Catalog for the
Academic Years 1962-63 and 1963-64
Augsburg College
and
Augsburg Theological
Seminary
MINNEAPOLIS 4, MINNESOTA
RECORD FOR THE ACADEMIC YEARS 1960-61 AND 1961-62
Augsburg's location deeply affects the nature of its educational
program. From the dynamic cultural, church, sc... Show more
Catalog for the
Academic Years 1962-63 and 1963-64
Augsburg College
and
Augsburg Theological
Seminary
MINNEAPOLIS 4, MINNESOTA
RECORD FOR THE ACADEMIC YEARS 1960-61 AND 1961-62
Augsburg's location deeply affects the nature of its educational
program. From the dynamic cultural, church, scientific and business
resolurces of tbig great Upper MiXwtxt metropolitan center, Augsburg
draws v&&y und s t r w h , mmsmtwhila contributing its o w n resources
to the r
e &ebping progress oJ t
harea.
Y o u are cordially invited to tour the campus. A letter or phone
call i n advance will enable us to make special arrangements t o suit
your particular needs and interests. Administrative offices are located
i n Science Hall (pictured above) at the corner of 7 t h Street and
21st Avenue South. Visiting hours are 9 a.m. t o 5 p.m., Monday
through Friday; Saturday b y appointment. Telephone FEderal 8-0501.
NNEAPOLIS
burg College i s convenienl
MINNEAPOLIS INSTITUTE 0 1 ART
-4 nrnraR
C ~ P U S B S P ~ ~ S I 0 and
6
educational development project
is undenrap, scheduld over n 20-year period. Shaded portions of
the map belon* designate campus arcs now- being developed. The
rota1 setting, encompassing he rlngburg College campus, Fairview
HuepitaL St. Rlary's Hospital. the Main Campus ant1 T e s t Bank
expansion of the Tinir~rsitr af Tvlinnesota, i s becoming a key
medical-educational center. Constmctitilln no\+-nnderlray an a nmv
inter-city freeway bordering the south side of the ~ l u p b w gcampus
will further enllance this setting.
CbMPUS DIRECTORY
Admin#$lrol~veORlce.
121 G c o w svcrdruplibmry
161 SiMclby HmII
A"d,lorium Gymn..,um
171 S w r h - D m m a Building
4 / T h e Academic Calendar
SEPTEMBER
S
M
T
W
T
T
S
FIRST SEMESTER - 1962-63
1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15
::g:
:! :: i!
30
gi gi
Sept. 12-18 (Wed.-Tues.)
S e* ~. t .17,
.
OCTOBER
M
s
w
S
-
1
8
p
T
2 3 4 5
9 10 11 12
19
21 22 23 24 25 26
28 29 30 31
7
14 15 16
M
T
W
T
T
2
9
16
23
30
T
W
T
6 7
13 14
20 21
27 28
W
F
T
S
(Thurs., 9:00 p.m.) . Christmas Recess begins
20
Jan.
22-25
SECOND SEMESTER - 1963
T
W
T
T
S
1 2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
l2 13 l4 15 l6
lo
17 18 19 20 21 22 23
24
31 25 26 27
29 30
,
1
T
2
W
T
P
3
MAY
M
T
W
T
T
S
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 91011
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
26 27 28 29 30 31
JUNE
s
M
T
W
Jan. 31 (Thurs.)
Feb. 22 (Fri.) .
April
I
April
10
(Fri.)
. . . . . . Late registration fee
. . . . . .
. . . . .
Washington's Birthday
End first half of Semester
(Wed., g:oo p.m.)
.
T
I
Easter recess begins
Easter recess ends
S
4 5
1l 12
14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
28 29 30
S
...
..Registration Second Semester
Jan. 31 (Thurs., 7:45 a.m.) . . . . . Classes begin
Jan. 30 (Wed.)
April 16 (Tues., 7:45 a.m.) . . .
APRIL
M
First Semester ends
S
MARCH
S
Seminary examinations
....
. . . . . . . . . .
1 2 3 4 5
8 9 10 11 12
15 16 17 18 19
22 23 24 25 26
29 30 31
1 2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16
17 18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25 26 27 28
M
(Tues.-Fri.)
Classes resume
College examinations
Jan. 16-24(Wed.-Thurs.)
Jan. 24 (Thurs.)
F
. . .
Jan. 3 (Thurs., 7:45 a.m.)
FEBRUARY
S
Registration
College classes begin
NOV. 13 (Tues.) . . . . End first half of Semester
Thanksgiving recess
22, 23 (Thurs., Fri.) . .
1
3 4 5 6 7 8
10 11 12 13 14 15
17 18 19 20 21 22
24 25 26 27 28 29
31
M
(Mon., Tues.) . . . . .
Nov.
JANUARY
S
Freshman Days
S
92
16
T
.
Sept. 19 (Wed.) . . . . . . . . .
Late registration fee
Oct. 26-28 (Fri.-Sun.) . . . . . . . . . . Homecoming
Dec.
M
.
Sept. 19 (Wed.) . . . . . . . . Seminary convenes
17
11 12 13 14 15
18 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28 29 30
S
.
Sept. 19 (Wed.) . . . . . . .
s
6
13
20
27
NOVEMBER
S
I8
.
S
1
May 23-31 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
May 24 (Fri.)
. . .
College examinations
Seminary Commencement
June
2
(Sun.) . . . . . . . . . Baccalaureate Service
June
2
(Sun.) . . . . . . . College Commencement
T b e Academic Calendar /
SEPTEMBER
FIRST SEMESTER - 1963-6e
Sept.
I I -17
(Wed.-Tues.)
....
. . .. .
Sept. 18 (Wed.)
. . . ... .. .. . ..
Sept. 18 (Wed.)
. . . . . . .. . .. . . .
Sept.
Oct.
I8
I 8-20
Registration
OCTOBER
College classes begin
Seminary convenes
(Fri.-Sun.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . Homecoming
... ......
(Sat.,
12:20
....
p.m.)
Jan. 6 (Mon., 7:45 a.m.)
NOVEMBER
S
M
T
W
T
~
S
End first half of Semester
Nov. 28, 29 (Thurs.-Fri.)
21
M T W T P S
2
3
4
5
6
7
9 10 11 12 13 14
16 17 18 19 20 21
23 24 25 26 27 28
30
(Wed.) . . . . . . . . . . . . Late registration fee
Nov. 15 (Fri.)
Dec.
Fresbman Days
. . . . .. . . .
Sept. 16, 17 (Mon., Tues.)
S
1
8
15
22
29
.
Thanksgiving recess
Christmas recess begins
.. . .. . . . .
DECEMBER
-S
M
S
M
S
M
T
W
T
P
C
P
S
F
S
Classes resume
Jan. 21-29 (Tues.-Wed.) . . . . . College examinations
. . Seminary examinations
Jan. 23-29 (Thurs.-Wed.)
. . . . . . . . . . . . ..
Jan. 29 (Wed.)
First Semester ends
SECOND SEMESTER - 1964
......
Feb. 5 (Wed.)
Registration Second Semester
. . .. . . . . . .
Feb. 6 (Thurs., 7:45 a.m.)
12
(Wed.)
. . . . . . . . . . . . Lincoln's Birthday
March 25 (Wed., 9:oo p.m.)
.. .
March 31 (Tues., 7:45 a.m.)
....
fister recess begins
22
(Fri.)
. . . . .. . . . .
Seminary Commencement
May 28-June 5 (Thurs.-Fri.)
June 7 (Sun.)
June 7 (Sun.)
..... ...
.
............
.
T
College Commencement
T
W
T
MARCH
7
S7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14
15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
29 30 31
APRIL
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
26 27 28 29 30
College examinations
Baccalaureate Service
W
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15
16 17 18 19 20 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29
Easter recess ends
April 9 (Thurs.) . . . . . . End first half of Semester
May
T
FEBRUARY
Ckrsses begin
Feb. 6 (Thurs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . Late registration fee
Feb.
JANUARY
MAY
S
M
3
4
T
5
W
6
:! !i ii ii27
24 25 26
31
T
~
1
8
2
9
28 29
30
7
:: iz i:
JUNE
S
7
14
21
28
M T W T P S
1
2
3
4
5
6
8
9 10 11 12 13
15 16 17 I8 19 20
22 23 24 25 26 27
29 30
S
6
Profile
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
A four-year Liberal Arts College sponsored
by the Lutheran Free Church. Offers a broad
education in a Christian environment.
Fully accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools.
Holds membership also in the American
Council on Education, the Association of American Colleges, the National Lutheran Educational
Conference, the Association of Minnesota Colleges, and the Minnesota Private College Council.
a In addition to providing a Liberal A.rts
cdumtion, Augsburg College offers preparation
f o r teaching, business administration, social
work, medical technology, secretarial work,
parish work, m d missions. Students may prepare for further *dy in the fields of engineering, theology, dentism, medicine, nursing, and
law, and for graduate study in various fields.
Located near the main business section of
Minneapolis. Students have eat- access to
libraries, museums, and art coIIe&ons. They
have opportunity to attend lectures and musical
programs and to participate actively in the l i e
of the churches.
Maintains a friendly atmosphere, in which
students participate in all phases of campus
community life under the direction of a capable,
well-prepared faculty.
A comprehensive development program is
in operation.
AUGSBURG THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY
Offers a three-year course of study leading
to a Bachelor of Theology degree.
Located on the same campus as the college.
Aims primarily to prepare pastors and
missionaries for the Lutheran Church.
General Inf ormatian
HISTORICAL SKETCH
AUGSBURG
was begun as a seminary in 1869, at Marshall, Wisconsin.
It was the first theological school founded by Norwegian Lutherans
in America. Through an arrangement with a private institution known
as Marshall Academy, the Seminary was at first housed in the academy
building. Students who needed further preparation in academic subjects were to obtain this in the academy. In the autumn of 1872 Augsburg Seminary was removed to Minneapolis, Minnesota, where a
building had been erected for its use. In the same year the school was
incorporated under the laws of Minnesota. Its aim was to train ministers for the Lutheran congregations which were being organized in
growing numbers in the pioneer settlements that were spreading rapidly
over the Northwest.
The College was established when it became evident that in order to
get students who were adequately prepared for theological study a
college department was needed. In 1874 a curriculum was planned
which provided for one year of preparatory studies and four
years of college work along two lines, a classical course to prepare
students for theology, and a scientific course to prepare for other
professions. The first college students were enrolled in 1874 and the
first class was graduated in 1879.
In 1900 a high schaaI course covering three years was estabkhed
which in 1910 was expanded to a standard four-year course. This
was discontinued in 3833. In the years 1916-1919the mlIege course
was thoroughly revised. A s a result of W w and of subsequent growth,
the earlier clcsieal course was geatIy modified and suppIemmted bp
social and ~ i e n t i f i cstudies and a more general emphasis upon the
study nf she humanities. Tn recent rears there has been continuoas
stud? and modification Q £ the curriculum including the introduction
of a number of new majors to meet the developing needs of the ~tuderits.
The divisional organization was adopted in 1945. At the present time
26 majors are offered.
Coeducation was introduced in the College in 1922.
8
/ General information
Recent years, especially since the close of World War 11, have witnessed a greatly increased enrollment and a corresponding expansion of
physical facilities both in campus area and in buildings.
In the Theological Seminary there L s likewise been a continuing
revision of the curriculum and the addition of new courses to meet
changing needs. The requirement of a six-month period of internship
was added in 1939. A bachelor's degree or equivalent is the required
scholastic preparation for admission.
While the Theological Seminary has its own organization, the Seminary and the College continue to function in close cooperation and as
integral parts of one institution.
Five presidents have served Augsburg during the course of its history.
August Weenaas ......................................1869 - 1876
.1907
George Sverdrup .....................................1876
.
Sven Oftedal ..............................................1907 - 1911
.........
.1937
George Sverdrup ....
--,1911
H. N. Hendrickson (Acting) ..
1937 - 1938
Bernhard Christensen ..............................1938 - Present
FUNDAMENTAL AIMS
THE EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES of Augsburg College and Theological
Seminary spring from the conviction that in the Christian religion
there are revealed the most basic truths concerning both man and God,
and that Christianity is the fundamental force for good in human life
and society. All the aims of the College, as well as those of the Seminary, are integrated with this principle.
Students who enroll at Augsburg are invited to take up their work
with the distinct understanding that the Christian spirit is determining
in all things. They are expected to cooperate wholeheartedly in the
program of the school towards that end. The entire program of the
school, curricular and extra-curricular, and the discipline necessary to
make possible the carrying out of this program, spring from the aim
"to see all things through the eyes of Christ."
SPECIFIC AIMS
To express more distinctly some major aspects of its program of
Christian higher education, the following statement of aims has been
formulated by the college faculty:
General Information / 9
SCHOLARSHIP
To stimulate the student's intellectual interest and to develop his
scholarly insight, so that he may think with accuracy and comprehension in the fields of the liberal arts.
To instruct the student in scientific methods of study and to develop
his understanding of the relations of science to spiritual reality and
to the welfare of mankind.
To familiarize the student with the culture of his own and other
civilizations, for his enjoyment and for the development of a more
sympathetic understanding of his fellow men throughout the world.
To awaken and foster in the student an intelligent appreciation
and enjoyment of the best in the fine arts.
To help the student develup certain skills, such as those in language,
music, physical aclivitiee. and use of the library, which will increase
his efficiency in the rarinus relationships of life.
FAITH
RELIGIOUS
To lead the student to a deeper understanding and experience of
the Christian Gospel, to the end that he may become an effective participant in the work of the Christian Church and an earnest advocate
of the Christian way of life.
CHARACTER
To teach the student to discipline his urges, interests, ambitions,
and demands in a way that will effectively contribute toward the development of good character.
To guide the student in the understanding of social relationships
in order that he may take his place in groups with propriety and grace,
motivated in his conversation and conduct by the principles of courtesy
and sincerity.
To cultivate in the student a Christian social spirit, in order that
he may realize in his life a right balance between what he expects of
others and the service he will render his fellow men.
CITIZENSHIP
To develop the student's interest in the common purposes of our
country, so that he may work for the welfare of our institutions and
the preservation of our liberties in community and nation.
To develop in the student an enlightened interest and participation
in human affairs throughout the world.
/ General lnformatia
10
VOCATIONAL
PREPARATION
To provide guidance for the student in discovering and clarifying
his aptitudes and his life purposes.
To proride votxtional and professional prqaratinn for public schooI
teaching, business adminisvation. home economics, m d parish work;
and to give prqaration for the study of medicbe: dentis- nursing,
medical technolog, engineering. social work; and throu~ha fouryear college course to prepare the student for the study of theology
and graduate work.
HEALTHAND RECREATION
To afford the student wholesome recreation which will contribute
to effective use of leisure time, and the development of such qualities
as leadership, sportsmanship, and self-control.
To instruct the student in principles pertaining to health, so that he
may develop attitudes, practices, and skills which will promote his
physical and mental well-being, making him better able to meet the
responsibilities of life.
FINANCIAL SUPPORT AND CONTROL
AUG~BURG
COLLEGEAND THEOLOGICAL
SEMINARY
is affiliated with the
Lutheran Free Church, a church body of about 90,000 members with
headquarters located in Minneapolis, near the Augsburg Campus.
The control exercised by the Lutheran Free Church is indirect. The
Annual Conference of the Church nominates the members of the
Augsburg Corporation and the Board of Trustees. The Corporation
through the Board of Trustees exercises direct control over property,
h a n c e , and personnel. Academic control is vested in the President
and the Faculty.
In addition to the income from student tuition and fees, which has
materially increased with the growth and derelqment of the College,
a major part of the financial support of the imtitution cnmes from the
congeegations of thr Lutheran Free Church. In recent y ~ a growing
~ s
E ~ T Cof~ friends slso out~idethis Church, hoth alumni and others,
have contributed financially to the school. Since 1951, business
and indmtrv have given sign5cant support through the Minnesota Private College Fund. An enIargetl Developmmt Program,
inchding a comprehensire 20-year plan for expansion, was hunched
in 1958. Augsburg welcomes and invites support on the part of all who
believe in k r program of vitai Christian education.
General Information /
II
THE ALUMNI ASSOCIATION
THE AUGSBURG
ALUMNIASSOCIATION
has as its goal to enable graduates
and former students to maintain effective contact and cooperation with
one another and with their Alma Mater. The annual meeting is held at
Commencement time each year. Local Augsburg clubs are promoted.
The affairs of the Association are under the leadership of the Board of
Directors. The Alumni Office is located in Science Hall.
THE PHYSICAL PLANT
INSTRUCTIONAL
FACILITIES and student housing at Augsburg are conveniently located in relation to each other.
Old Main, erected in 1900, contains a large number of classrooms
and offices.
Science Hall, erected in 1943-49, is a large and completely modern
building. It includes the general administration offices, well-equipped
laboratories for chemistry, physics, biology and home economics; the
student center; a medium-sized auditorium and several classrooms and
iaculty offices. A Tower Prayer Chapel is located on the fourth floor.
The Lisa Odland Observatory, on the roof of Science Hall, was
completed in the summer of 1960. The Science Hall is shown at left
in the picture below and George Sverdrup Library is the building
extending to the right, connecting with Memorial Hall.
I2
/ General Information
The George Sverdr11,p Library, named in honor of Augsburg's fourth
president, was erected and dedicated in 1955. Adjacent to Science Hall
2nd of similar contemporary architectural design, it contains spacious
reading rooms, seminars, work rooms, a visual-education center, the
Augsburg Archives, and a number of classrooms and faculty offices.
There is stack space for approximately 100,000 volumes.
The classrooms and offices of the Theological Seminary are located
in one section of the Library building.
Si Melby Hall, the new auditorium-gymnasium, shown above, was
completed in 1961. This building, named in honor of Professor J. S.
Melby, dean of men from 1920 to 1942, basketball coach and head
of the Christianity department, provides excellent facilities for the
health and physical education program, intercollegiate athletics, chapel
services and general auditorium purposes.
The Music Hall was acquired by purchase in 1947 and has been
remodeled to serve the needs of the music department.
T h e Speech and Drama Building was acquired in 1959 and remodeled to make an extremely functional building for dramatic and
other sveech activities.
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial
Hall, erected in 1938, is a
dormitory affording living
quarters for about 140 men.
On the ground floor of this
building is the college cafeteria and dining hall.
General Information / I 3
Gerda Mortensen Hall, erected in
1955, provides housing for 165 women
students, as well as apartments for the
resident head and her assistant. The
dormitory incorporates the former Sivertsen Hall, remodeled as a wing of the
larger dormitory.
Miriam, Edda, Epsilon, Kappa, Omega, Sigma, and Theta are small
dormitory houses, each accommodating from 8 to 20 women students.
T h e President's Home, an attractive colonial residence, is located on
the West River Road.
A large number of dwellings have also been acquired in recent years
in the expanded campus area, and are in use for faculty, staff, men
students, and married student housing.
T H E ARCHIVES
THE AUGSBURG
ARCHIVESOCIETY
was organized in 1929, for the purpose of gathering documents, books, and other articles of historical
value. The George Sverdrup Library provides adequate, fire-proof
quarters for the archives. Here are found a large collection of periodicals, old and rare books, manuscripts, letters, and pictures, and also
about 3000 volumes of Norwegian-American literature, affording extensive resources for scholarly research.
AUDIO-VISUAL EDUCATION
TO FACILITATE INSTRUCTION the college provides many excellent visual
and auditory aids. The audio-visual center is located on the ground
floor of the Library. Varied equipment is available for classroom use
and other college activities. This equipment includes movie projectors,
slide and filmstrip projectors, a sound amplification system, a tape
recorder, an Episcope, phonographs, and a mi'crocard reader. Records,
slides, maps, filmstrips, and microcards are also housed in this center.
Science Auditorium, as well as several classrooms, is equipped with
facilities for projection.
14
/ General Znf ormation
-
-
. -.
l
T
1
--
- B1r m!
\r
pk?*e.,
.-
LIBRARY FACILITIES
k-
7
-
I' 4
Tz+::>*A~2y
-7
7
THE BEAUTIFUL and spacious
George Sverdrup Library provides 1- +
a central study-workshop for both
-r-t
faculty and students. It contains
.
about 41,000 volumes, exclusive of
pamphlets, all available on open
stacks. Students and faculty memL=bers working in either of the two
large reading rooms have easy
access to the stacks. Additional
conveniences include conference rooms for larger groups or small
classes. A typing corner is provided in the ground floor reading room.
"LA
--
--
*
hh
i
-
11
1
-
%Jd
-
The library subscribes to about 425 of the best periodicals dealing
with a large variety of subjects, as well as a number of serials devoted
to the interests of special fields.
In the Twin City area other libraries are located which make their
holdings available to Augsburg students, notably, the St. Paul and
Minneapolis public libraries, the latter of which issues library cards
to out-of-town students for each school year; the James Jerome Hill
Reference Library in St. Paul, which has one of the finest reference
collections in the Northwest; and the University of Minnesota Library,
within walking distance of the Augsburg campus. Augsburg students
make extensive use of all these libraries.
NATURAL SCIENCE LABORATORIES
THE LABORATORIES of the Natural Sciences are located in the
Science Hall. Three laboratories and storeroom and office space
for Biology are located on the second floor; three larger laboratories
and two special research laboratories for Chemistry and two laboratories for Physics are located on the third and fourth floors. A chemistry library is located near the research facilities. Storerooms and
faculty offices are also located here.
Financial Information
A
CONSIDERABLE PART of the income on which Augsburg operates is
derived from endowment and from gifts, a major part of the latter
coming from the supporting church. Therefore, the fees charged the
student do not constitute the whole cost of his education, for he enjoys
the benefits of the gifts of those who believe in and support the work
of the school. For theological students, the church assumes the full
cost of tuition; a statement of other expenses in attending the seminary
is given in the Seminary section of the catalog.
GENERAL EXPENSES PER SEMESTER1
Tuition (including student activity fee, $9.00; health fee, $11.00) . .
Student union fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Matriculation fee (for those registering for the first time) . . . . . .
Locker (optional)
...........................................
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$400.00
7.50
10.00
1.00
$418.50
Bcoks are estimated at $25.00 to $40.00.
Students registered for more than the maximum number of credit hours
(17 in the College) are charged at the rate of $18.00 for each additional credit
hour a week per semester.
Special students will pay at the rate of $32.00 per credit hour up to 11
credits. Those who register for 12 o r more credit hours will pay the regular
tuition charge.
The fee for auditing a course is one-half the fee charged when i t is taken
for credit. Students and auditors enrolled for less than 5 credits are not charged
the student union fee. Those enrolled for 5 to 8 credits pay 1/3 the
student union fee. Those enrolled for 9 to 11 credits pay 2/3 the student
union fee.
ROOM AND BOARD PER SEMESTER1
Women
Room . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$115.00
.....................................
125.00
Key Deposit (refundable) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.00
$241.00
Total Room & Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Board*
Men
$115.00
150.00
I 6.00
$281.00
"Women students in residence are required to buy and use a minimum of
$125.00 of meal book coupons per semester, men students $ I 50.00.
1
Subject t o change.
I6
/ Financial Imfomation
SPECIAL FEES
Late registration fee per day (after classes begin) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Change of registration after the beginning of the second week of classes .
Registration with the Placement Bureau . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Placement fee. depending upon the method of placement . . . . . . $3.00 to
Graduation fee. for seniors in both the College and Seminary . . . . . . . . .
Final examinations taken at another hour than the one scheduled . . . . . .
Examination making up an incomplete o r a condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Comprehensive examination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Transcript of credits (after first one which is free) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Student Teaching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MUSIC FEES PER S E - E S T E R
Piano . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ................................
Voice .......................................................
Organ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Private instruction, per lesson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Piano studio rental (one hour per day) ...........................
Organ rental (one hour per day) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Voice studio rental (one hour per day) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Choir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Concert Band . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ESTIMATED EXPENSES PER SEMESTER1
Resident students
General expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $4 I 8.50
$418.50
to
266.00
Room & Board' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241.00
Special. Music. Books . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
25.00
to
80.00
Total. approximately . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $684.50
to
$764.50
*These are required minimum expenditures. Ordinarily the total cost is somewhat
higher .
Off-campus students
General expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $41 8.50
$418.50
Special. Music. Books . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
25.00
to
d0.00
Total. approximately . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $443.50
to
$498.50
These estimates do not include transportation. clothing. or ~ersonalexpenses.
PAYMENT OF ACCOUNTS
SEE UNDER Application for Admission for required advance deposits.
Parents may deposit additional money in advance at the college
or the student may make the remainder of the payment when he
registers. Student accounts are due in full at the time of registration
in September and February .
Recognizing that payment of fees in full at registration poses a
financial problem in some cases. the college has instituted a "budget"
plan . By this plan the resident student makes a down payment of
$475.00 at registration. then seven monthly payments of $115.00 and
1 Subject to change.
Financial Informl~tion/ 17
the balance due in May. Off-campus students pay an initial payment
of $225.00 and seven monthly payments aE $80.00 and the balance
due in May. To defray the cost of the plan, a charge of $1.00 is made
for each payment on the student's account after registration.
REFUNDS
Tuition, fees, and room charges for a student cancelling his registration
before the middle of anv semester will be charged at the rate of 10
percent per week or fraction thereof, except f;lr matriculation and
special fee.! which are not refundable. There i s no fee refund after
the middle of the semester.
Refunds for board are made on unused meal-book coupons. Students
who move out of dormitories but do not cancel out of school are
charged the full semester room rent.
FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE
Financial aids in the form of loan funds. schotawhips. grants-in-ai&
and emplo!-nlent assistance are available at +4ugbmg. Students must
complete ail application form and meet certain requirements to qualjfp
fur financial ni&. The collllep gives a~aistanceto s ~ d e n t sin securing
work bosh nn and off the campus.
LOAN FUNDS
Several loan funds have been established to assist students in working
out their financial problems. Loans may be arranged at a reasonable
rate of interest for various periods of time.
TFte GeneneralS d e n t Loan Fund', established through the gifts of
many individual donors, is chiefly maintaind by contributions from
the -4 ugsbarg College Women's Club.
The Olaf Rogne Fund, established in 1954, extends assistance to
students in the Seminary.
The Charles and Nora Crouch Student Loan Fund, established in
1954, extends assistance to members of all classes.
The Senior Loan Fund, established by the class of 1955, is available
to selected graduating seniors.
The John and Anna Jorgine Gregory Theological Student Loan Fund
is available to students who are preparing for the ministry.
The Student Aid Fund of the Zion Lutheran Hour, established by the
Zion Lutheran Church of Minot, North Dakota, likewise extends loans
to students preparing for the ministry.
National Defense Student Loam, established by h e National Defense
Education Act of 1958, are available to students capable of maintaining
good standing in their chosen course of study. Special consideration is
given to those students who express a desire to teach in elementary or
secondary schools and to those whose academic background indicates
a superior capacity for preparation in science, mathematics, engineering
or modem foreign languages.
I
8
/ Financial
Information
Arrangements for the loans are made through a conference with the
Dean of Students, chairman of a faculty committee on student loans.
In addition to arranging loans, the committee counsels students on
financial matters with the objective in mind of helping the student work
out a satisfactory plan for his finances.
SCHOLARSHIPS A N D PRIZES
Fifty Freshman Scholarships of varying amounts are available to
outstanding high school graduates. Some of these scholarships are
renewable provided the student's scholastic record is 2.0 or better.
A limited number of Tuition Scholarships is awarded to outstanding
high school graduates. Students who rank in the upper five per cent of
their high school class, perform well on scholastic aptitude tests, and
can show good character references are eligible for consideration. These
scholarships are renewable if the student maintains a 2.25 scholastic
average.
Departmental Scholarships of variable amounts are awarded each
year to students who are highly recommended by the chairman of their
major department. These scholarships are renewable if the student maintains a scholastic average of 1.75 or better.
Upper-class Scholarships of $300 are awarded each year to selected
students with an honor point ratio of 2.4 or better who apply to the
Student Personnel Committee.
Augsburg awards two Foreign Student Scholarships each year to
deserving students from other countries. These scholarships cover the
cost of tuition or its equivalent.
The American Indian Scholarship was established in 1955 by Spring
Lnke Park Lutheran Church, Minneapolis. I t is a scholarship of
$200.00 to be applied on tuition at Augsburg College. I t is to be
awarded to an American Indian student selected on the basis of
scholarship and economic need.
The Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarship was established in 1953 in
memory of Henry P. Opseth, former head of the Music Department and
director of the Augsburg College Choir. It is awarded annually to a
sephomore or junior student of outstanding promise or achievement
in the field of music.
The Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship in memory of Marilyn
Yvonne Solberg, a member of the Augsburg College Choir from 1950
uotil the time of her death in 1953, was established in 1955 by her
parents, Mr. and Mrs. Iver Solberg and her brother, Dorvan. I t is
awarded to an Augsburg student who has music as a major or minor
and who shows outstanding promise or achievement in the art of
singing.
Financial In formatima / 19
T h e George Sverdrup Graduate Fellowship was established by the
Board of Trustees of Augsburg in 1947 to honor the memory of George
Sverdrup, President of Augsburg from 1911 to 1937. It is awarded
annually to an Augsburg graduate of outstanding character and ability
who plans to prepare further for the vocation of teaching. The amount
of the Fellowship is five hundred dollars.
T h e Keith E. Hoffman Memorial Scholarship was established in
1945 b;r- Mr. and Mrs. Charles S. Hoffman of Minneapolis in memory
of their son whn gave his life in the conquest of Okinawa. The scholarslrip is awarded annually to a student selected on the basis of academic
achievement. personal character, and ability in the field of athletics.
Two Lutheran Brotherhood Scholarsh,ips of $300 each are provided
by the Lutheran Brotherhood Life Insurance Society and awarded each
fall to outstanding Lutheran college seniors. The students are selected
by the college in the spring of the junior year on the basis of religious
leadership and scholastic standing.
T h e Augsburg College Women's Club Scholarship awards, totaling
$400, are granted each year to two or more students of outstanding
character and excellent scholarship.
The Adolph Pnulson Jfernorial Price. from a fund established by
Adolph Paulson
w110 [aught Social Tcience at Aughurg from 1930 to 1935. is nm+arded
a~nuall! to a college studrnt for the b e € essay r+~ittenon an assi~ned
subject in the f i ~ l dof Christian Snciolog>-.The amount of the prize i s
mcmberr; of the Paulson farnil?- in memory of Profesor
$50.00
T h e Iver and Marie Iversen Scholarskip was established in 1957
through a grant from Mr. Iver Iversen of Brooklyn, New York. It is
awarded annually to a student in the College or Seminary. The award,
in the amount of $250, is made on the basis of need, scholarship, and
interest in Christian service.
T h e Reverend Oloj Rogne Men~nrialSrholnrsbips were established
in 1958 by two anonymous donors to honor the memory of Reverend
Olaf Rogne, business administrator oi tltr snIlege from 1940 to 1952.
Three awards of $500 each are made annually tn ~ e I p c t dstudents preparing for Christian service in either the college or the seminary.
T h e Carl Fosse ;VTcmnriul Chemistry Scltolarship was established in
1960 by the d ~ p a r t m ~ noff ~llpmietryto honor the menlory of Carl Fosse.
professor of c h e ~ n i s r rat
~ ;iupsburg from 1921 tn 1942. The annual
award is made to a fred~rnanstadent whose acarl~~nic
record indicates
promise of achievement in the field of chemistry.
T h e Manivald Aldre Menzorial Chemistry Scholarship was established
in 1960 by friends and the rlepartment nf chemistry to honor the memory of Manivald Aldre. assistant p s o f ~ 5 ~ nofr chemistry at Augsburg
from 1949 to 1958. The annual award i s made to a freshman student
whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field
of chemistry.
20
/ Financial
Information
Tlte Walter Gordon Sclrnell 3.femorilst CJ~emisrrySch ohrship was
established by friends and the department of chemistry in 1960 to honor
the memory of Walter Gordon 5chneIL a student of chemistry at Xogburg until the time of his death in January 2960. The annual arvard
is made to a freshman dudent whose academic b n c k ~ o u n d indicates promise of achievement in the field of c h e m i s .
The Dr. F r e d e d c C,a d LLWTOE. Ifortensen Chemistry Scholarship
was a~tahliahedin 1961 hp the chemist? staff. The award is made
annually tn a chemistry student whose record indicates promise in the
field of chemistry.
The Magnus A. Kleven Family Scholarship was established in 1956
by members of the family to honor their parents. The scholarship
is awarded annually to a student on the basis of academic achievement, personal character and promise of achievement in the field of
physical education.
The Professor P. A. Sveeggen Memorial! Scho?msh,ip was establish&
in 1959 by friends to honor the memory of P. -4.. Sveeggm, profmsor of
English at Augsburg from 1915 to 1952. The award of variable amount
is made annually to an outstanding student in the field of English.
Alumni Ach.ievmmf Scho?zrships are awarded annualI7 t o three
undergradaate studenk. The amount is goivalent to one semester's
tuition and f ~ e sThese
.
scholarships are give11 to the outstandjng etudent
in the freshman, sophomore. and junior classes for we the follnlring
academic year.
The Alma Jensen Dickersan, .Memorial Sch.ularsltips were established
in 1961 by Mrs. Alma Jensen Dickerson. a member of the Augsburg
facult? from 1943 to 195S. One or more schoIarsh@s are awarded
annually to able and desening junior or senior smdents.
The Carl W . LandahI Scholarship was established by the family
and friends in memory of Professor Carl W. Landahl, a member
of the Augsburg Music Faculty from 1952 until his death in 1961. It
is awarded annually to a student on the basis of achievement in the
field of music.
The Onesirnus Sc/rolarsiU'p. established in 1962 by Mr. and Mrs.
James WelEecbon, is awarded annually in the amount of $300 to a
student in the Seminary who is preparing for service in the Christian
mini--.
The Thorvald Olsen Barrttued~ Memorial Scho7arsltip Fund was
established in 1960 by gifts from h e Bnrnbedt family and through
a church-wide offering, to honor the memory of Dr. T. 0. Burntpdt
who was President of the Lutheran Free Church from 1930 to 1955.
One or more scholarships is awarded annually to a student or students
in Augsburg Theological Seminary.
The Celia Fredrickson Scholarship consists of the income from a
fund of one thousand dollars. It is awarded annuallv to an Augsburg
student from the Lamberton, Minnesota, pariah of the Lutheran Free
Church.
Finmrcial lnf omration / 2 I
The Edward Yokie Scholarship, consisting of the income from $5,000,
was established in 1962 through a bequest of Mr. Yokie, a former
Augsburg student.
The Greater Augsburg A h m n i A s s a c i ~ i o nScholarship of $500 is
awarded annually to an outstanding dumnus of Augsburg in order to
encourage and assist promising students in the carrying out of projects
of graduate study.
The Women's Missionary Federation Scholarship is awarded by the
Federation to returned mi~sionariesor to Lutheran students of recognized Christian character and good scholastic records who are making
preparation for mission work. The scholarship varies from $50.00 to
$250.00 per year. Higher awards are possibIe for graduate work or
medical study.
GRANTS-IN-AID
GRANTS-IN-AID
are available to students in good standing who are in
special need of financial assistance. In awarding these grants, the
Student Personnel Committee gives primary consideration to demonstrated financial need which is determined by examining a statement
of the resources and anticipated expenses of both the student and his
family.
EMPLOYMENT SERVICE
AN EMPLOYMENT SERVICE, located in the Personnel Office, assists
stodents in obtaining part-timeremunerative work. Many sixdents find
it possible to pap part 'of their college expenses with money earned in
this waj-. The t y p e of work available m e of variom kinds, including
~ecreationalleader&ip, reptaurant work, domestic service, sales work,
and secretarial and clerical work. The college i s concerned that mployment not interfere ruitl~ a student's academic work. Tllerefore, it is
dsirable that Freshmen have s&cient funds to pay their entire expenses
for at Ieast one semester. Part-time employment may then be secured
in accordance with the need of the gudent and his ability to handle
extra work.
Students are employed by the college in several areas. For these
positions preference is given to upper-class students who have maintained a good scholastic average.
Assistance in obtaining summer employment is also provided each
spring by the Ernploymemt Service. Application for part-time or summer
employment may be made in the Personnel Office.
Admission to the College
APPLICATION PROCEDURE
Xupsburg College should be made to
the Director of :ldrnie~ionr;.This ma)- be done at any time after the
completion of the junior year in high school. and preferably before
July 1 preceding the fall in rvliich a &.dent seeks admission. fio appljcadona are accepted after September 1. Studentr! are adrised to
apply earl!- in their senior year. Early applicants gain an advantage
hoth in regstration and housing. Kotification of admission is sant
a ~tudenta5 soon as his appIication is complete.
~ F P U C . ~ TFOR
~ ~ ;hDMJSST0Y
S
to
Steps in applying for admission:
(1) Obtain an application form by writing or visiting:
Office of Admissions
Augsburg College
Minneapolis 4, Minnesota
12) Complete and return the application form together with a photograph a n d $15.00 admissions deposit. TlGe deposit is applied to
the tuition. I1 the auplicarion is not accepted. o r if i t is withdrawn before July 1 for the fall spmester and by January 15
for the eprinp eemeter. 810.n0 of thB d e p o d itdl bbe refunded.
(3) Request your high school to send us a cop^ af your high school
record and t e results.
~
Transfer srudcnts will request the previous cfillege nr co1Iegs to send an official transcript of grades
togerher with results of standardized re?& taken.
An interview on campus ie encouraged but not r e w e d .
After acceptance dl new studenk are rewired to pay a $50 nonrefundable &tion dcposit. Tbie deposit is due by July 1; for those
admitred thereafter. it i due within two weelcs af~er acceptance.
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION
.$UCSR'ETRG COLLEGE
admits
as h d e n t s . men and xTomenof good moral
character ancl sound health who show interest in and a b i l i t ~to do
college work. 'Estimate of ability i s determined by rank in the high
schooi graduating class. by the Minne-cota Scholastic Aptitude Test or
comparable examination. and bv the h i ~ hschooI record or pserinus
colIese record.
The normal basis for aJrni~-.ionis the completion of the courses of
grades nine to tw~Ivein an accredited high school. No definite pattern
of ~ubjccksi s required. but i t is recnrnmendecl d ~ a tthe last fonr year5
oE high school include four units of En&h, and at least two units eac5
of a foreign lanpage. social studies. mathematics. and gcience. A m i t
is defined as a course carering one academic ?-ear and qnivalent to at
least 120 hours of classwork.
Admission t o the College /
23
For entrance to the Freshman class, either the tests of the American
College Testing Program (ACT) or the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT)
of the College Entrance Examination Board is required.
A recent physical examination is also required. Students will be
provided with blanks to be filled out and returned to the Student
Personnel Office by August 15. The health report must be received
before the student will be permitted to register.
TRANSFER
Students are accepted by transfer from other colleges and universities if their academic record was satisfactory and they were in good
standing. College credit is granted for liberal arts courses satisfactorily completed at accredited institutions. A maximum of 64 semester
credits is allowed on transfer from a junior college.
ADVANCED PLACEMENT
Advanced placement is granted to students who qualify, on the
basis of work taken in high school or elsewhere, to enroll in courses
beyond the beginning course. Placement may be determined by tests,
or by the level and length of the course previously completed.
ADVANCED STANDING
Advanced standing, that is, college credit, is granted to high school
students who have successfully completed a college-level course provided they received a grade of 3, 4, or 5 on the Advanced Placement Examinations.
-MINNEAPOLIS
Over 400 f r e s h e n enrolled in the faU of 1961.
STAR
PHOTO
Campus Life
THEINPLUEKCES which mould life and character on a college campus are
of many kind?. While rhe exercises of classroom, Iaboratary, and
library f o m ~the organizing basis of college a c t i v i ~ ?they need ro be
supplemented by ather than academic forces. T h e e intangible but
very real supplementary influrnces have n1uc11to do with ereatirg the
spirit of an institution. At .4ugsburg definirc emphasis is placed upon
thf maintenance of a rvholcmn~espirit of Christian community living*
Students are urged t o gite conscious attmtion to this personal and
spiritual side of their development and thus contribute toward the
prevalence of a vital and happy Christian atmosphere on the campus.
It is the earnest desire of those who direct the policies of Augsburg
that the institution may constantly be permeated by an atmosphere in
which the quest for Truth as it is in Christ is prayerfully fostered in
each life.
All students are required to conlplete fourteen credit hours in courses
offered in Religion. There are numerous voluntary religious activities
in which students are encouraged to participate. Spiritual Emphasis
Week is held twice each year. It is assumed that every Augsburg student
will find a church home in Minneapolis and attend its services regularly.
It is expected of each student that his life, conduct, and influence,
both on and off campus, shall be worthy of a member of a Christian
College. Those who do not feel drawn to this quality of life and to the
fellowship in which it is nourished should not seek to be enrolled at
Augsburg. A truly Christian spirit and environment must be the
product of the united effort and prayer of faculty, students, and administration.
THE CHAPELSERVICE
The heart of Augsburg's program of Christian education is the daily
Chapel Service, where the faculty and students gather for united worship, prayer, and a brief meditation upon the Word of God. Regular
attendance is expected of all students.
RECREATION STANDARDS AND DISCIPLINE
At Augsburg all the work of the college rests on certain Biblical
affirmations about human nature and man's relation to God. The college
regards the Christian life as the truly significant life. This life implies
an intimate relation to the person of Christ. In the content of this
primary relationship the Christian also lives in a relationship to people,
to events, to things. The fact that God not only created the world but
became Man gives evidence that life in this world is not to be despised.
Campus Life
/ 25
The Christian liberal arts college takes seriously these relationships
and therefore seeks to educate the whole man. It follows that one of its
important responsibilities is to establish recreational programs and
policies that contribute to this end. It should be clear, however, that
in an age which is much concerned with the pursuit of pleasure, a
college like Augsburg should never subordinate its academic program
to leisure-time activities. On the contrary, the recreational program
must be in the content of, and be congruent with, the major inellectual
quests of the college; and both must have as their goal to help the
individual to live an effectual Christian life in the world.
In setting up a recreational and social program, Augsburg is conscious of its position as a coeducational Christian college of liberal
arts. The program takes into account the relationship between sexes
and seeks to provide normal and healthy opportunities for the expression
of the mutual attraction of the sexes. Augsburg offers a varied and
selective recreational and social program which gives preference to
those activities which are emancipatory rather than restrictive, those
which enrich community life rather than those which are divisive or
encourage selfish satisfactions.
The college provides a rarietr- of activities designed to meet these
requirements. The ancial p-rogam includes a number of organized allschool went5 combined with many les-structured activities designed
for specified smaller poups. Tn nttempting to meet the needs and
interests o f all Angsburg fhdenb, we make use of dl existing facilities
on campus and m a t y of those which are available in the Twin City area.
In seeking to develop a constructive recreational program, some
limitations have been placed upon certain other activities. The college
is opposed to all forms of gambling. I t forbicb the posmaion or consumption of alcoholic bererages in dormitories; in any collegeapproved place of residence, or at an? college-spansored event. Any
student found under the influence of Liquor i s subject to disciplinary
action. SociaI. or ballroom dancing. is not a part of the recreztiond
program of the college. Students arr encouraged to be digcriminating in
all types of recreation in which they engag. [hat their time may be well
v e n t . and strong moral and ethical ralues map be developed. Such
common activitie: as television vierving and movie-going. for example,
can easily become time-wasting and even detrimental to the development
of moral and ethical values.
Without attempting ta dictate to the indiridud conscience, the
college regards i t as its right to ask its students t o adapt thernselve.
to the social p r a p a m approred by the college and to follow it as memh e n of the cr~llegecommunity. Although thp college l a ~ dowm
s
specific
rules regarding most mattes only with respect to activities centering
on the rampus. it reserves the right t o dismiss any studmt whose
cnntinuation in colZegr is deemed undeirahle for social as we11 as for
academic reaFons. It i s the policy of the c o l l ~ pthat such action shall
not be taken capriciously, but only after the avaiIable campus resources
of counseling and judicial processes have been utilized. Thus, dis-
t6
/ C m W Life
ciplinary problems are first dealt with through counseling. Those not
solved in this way are channeled to a faculty-student Judicial Council
through the Office of the Dean of Students. In all such cases, careful
investigation and the privilege of a hearing precede any disciplinary
action.
RELIGIOUS PROGRAM
The Religious Life Commission, composed of students and faculty,
endeavors to promote a religious program that will stimulate growth
of Christian life in the Augsburg community. Chairman of this council
is the student Commissioner of Religious Activities. Areas for which
this committee carries primary responsibility are the Mid-Week services,
Spiritual Emphasis Weeks, prayer meetings, informal group meetings,
and a Pre-seminary club.
This Commission also serves as a coordinating agency for all voluntary Christian organizations on campus. The principal organization
is the Student Christian Association. The SCA seeks to serve as a
stimulus and outlet for Christian faith and life. Students participate
in regional and national Lutheran Student Association of America
Conferences, and conduct a schedule of meetings on campus.
The Mission Society, the service organization of SCA promotes
interest in missions through a program of study, fellowship, worship,
and service. A highlight of the year is the Mission Festival, a week-end
conference devoted to the study of missionary activity and recruitment
of workers.
The Concordia Society is an organization for all the students in the
Theological Seminary.
CONVOCATION
Regular convocations are held each Thursday throughout the year.
These programs acquaint the campus community with outstanding
personalities in various fields. A wide range of interests is covered,
including the scientific, political, social, religious, and artistic.
SOCIAL AND RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES
Students at Augsburg are given many opportunities for social training
and recreation. The S t d e n t Council through the Commissioner of
Social Activities, assisted by a Commission on Social and Recreational
Life, sponsors each month an all-school social activity which all students
may attend. Most of these are informal. The Sophomore and Junior
classes spon:or semi-formal banquets. The Associated Women Students
and.a number of other organizations sponsor teas, dinners, and social
affairs on and off campus.
,4ugsbnrg7's location in Minneapolis gitw i t s shdmts unique opportunities to make use of some of rhe finest educational and cultural
adrantag3 which the Northwst has to offer. Excellent art coUectinns
are to he fonnd i n the Minneapolis Institute of
and the WaIker
Art Center. The Twin City libraries are evteneive in their services.
The Historical Museum in St. Paul gives access to large coflections of
historical material. The Minneapolis Symphony @ T C ~ F ~ ~ Tprograms
~ I
and other concerts affnrd rich npporiuni~yfor the e n j o y e n t of music.
Many students and faculty attend Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra
concerts by virtue of a special college season ticket arrangement.
Season tickets are available also for other University concerts and the
University Theater drama programs.
A monthly bulletin, Augsburg Plus, listing programs, concerts, art
displays and exhibitions is compiled and issued from the Student Personnel Office.
STUDENT GOVERNMENT
THE STUDENT
SOCIETYconsists of all full-time and part-time students
enrolled at Augsburg College and Theological Seminary.
The central concern of student government is focused on education
to rhe end that i n d i d n d s may develop their full capabilities through
intellectual gror+-lh.The student government relates to this broad objective by assuming rqonsibilities for fm-thering etudent affairs, educating
members to the democratic prace-fe, derelnping a sense of community,
fostering intellectual activity, and participating in policy making.
The administration, under the direction of the president, resides in
the executive branch. The Execzctizle Council consists of six commiss i o n e r w a c h responsible to the president for one of the major areas
of ~tudentlife. Eight boards also assist him in his work.
The Sttdertt Council. presided over by the ~ice-president,is the
branch of the government. Each of the
college classes has its own officers and participa~esin student government throuFh its repre~~ntatives
on the council.
ttrTentponem e d e r le+lative
The Judicial Council is a student-faculty judiciary, whose rulings
are subject to appeal only to the President of the College.
The Student-Faculi? Cotrncil. composed of students, administration
and faculty, discusses campw proble~n~,
considers legislation adopted
by one group or the o h e r rvl~jc!~affects the college as a whole, and
promotes cooperatian and understanding between the students, the
faculty, and t l ~ eadministration.
The Student Society is n member of the N a t i o n a l Student A~socistiaa,
L J I ~l a r g s t r~preserilativenatinnaI union of ~tudentsi n the United States.
Through this organization the students receire programming aide for
use on the campus. and adtl their voice ro the voice of all American
students before Ute r~ational porernment and otlther organizations in
matters of smdent concern,
The Slurlent C;n~:~mmenr
direct? siweraf projects of interest t o the
college community. These projects include ihe annual One-Appeal Campaign. Leadership Training Workshops. Political Actimn Week, Homecoming. 5~lddent Lecture Series, Academic Freedom 'K~ek. College
Union Study. and Development Council. Counseiing of FreAmen by
upper-class student%is conducted through a College Brofher-Co17ege
sister Program as a part of Freshman Orientation.
Associated Tomen Sludents. composed of all the women students,
provides opportunity for the $5-omen to develop meanin,@
seH gorernmenf. Tt aims to create a E;ense of Ilarmonv ant? fellowship, to promote
and maintain I~ighstandards of l~rrnorand i n t e g i ? in personal conilact. and i t encourages participation irl all collepe actintiea. It i s affJiatrrI with the Interccrllegiate .\r;sociated Tomen Students, a national
organization.
The Augsbzrrg Ech,o, the college newspaper, is published by a student
staff.
Augsburg's yearbook, the Arrgshurgian, prnvides a pictorial record
of the activities of the year. Work on the annual provides opporhmip
for creative expression in artistic design as \ ~ c l las in pl~ot~p-raph~.
The top staff members of the Azcgshnrg Echo and the Augsburgian
constitute the Board of Publication.
A student editor, named by the Publications Commission, compiles
the "A" Book. The Directory is published by the Registrar.
CO-CURRICULAR PROGRAM
The enlhusiasm and energy of student^ motirate them to pursue their
int~rest.Jwyonrl the rla~~r-roorn.
For most effective partidpation, ~tudents
with similar interests h a w unitrtl to form clubs. Several nf t h e e are
esten~ionsof courses beronrI the class room. Ot11ers are devoted to
i n t e r ~ ~ not
t s aRerrr1 in die currirulum. Nerv clubs are formed as the
o c c ~ ~ i odernancls.
n
The Alpha Delta Theta, Sigma Chaptm, is a prafe:siond sorority
open to students preparing for medical technolop. Ridership is
based,upon scholarship, character and professional
The Aristolelian Society unites those who have a common interest
in scientific knowledge and experimentation.
The Art Club is organized to satisfy the student's creative urge in
the field of art and to promote an interest in art.
The Business Club draws membership from the Business and Secretarial Studies classes. The development of professional interests is
the major objective.
The Chemistry Club is open to both majors and minors in chemistry. The meetings consist of seminars on current topics in this specific area.
The Cosmopolitan C1u.b brings together foreign and American students who have a mutual interest in the culture, language and people
of the various countries.
The Electronics Club is open to anyone interested in the field of
radio and electronics. Members operate an amateur radio station on
the campus.
The Augsburg Society for Drarnntic drrs provide? for its members
an opportunity to learn from participation in stage p~esmtationsand
from field trips, as well as from rending and seeing plays produced.
Membership is open to all students. b l m b e r ~ l ~ iinp ijrarional Cojleg-iute
lJlayers represents recognition for continued excellence in drama participation. It is open only to qualified upper-classmen.
The Student National Education Association, Martin Qmnbeck Chapter, offers to its members associate membership in professional education associations and strives to acquaint future teachers with the
importance of teaching as a profession.
The Home Economics Club, open to all students in the Home Economics Department, aims tc promote professional attitudes toward all
aspects of home and community life.
The Augsburg Republican Club and Democrat Club aim to stimulate
interest in public affairs and give students opportunity to participate
actively in local, state, and national politics, and in other human
relations activities.
The Sociology Forum is an organization of students preparing for
professional work in the field of Social Service.
The Writers' Club includes students who enjoy creative expression in
various forms of writing. The members share their literary efforts in an
ir?iormal atmosphere, and benefit from mutual criticism.
The "A" Club is limited to men who have won a major A at Augsburg. The aim of this organization is "to bind the 'A' men of the past,
present, and future into a more intimate bond of fellowship, and to
keep the athletics of Augsburg on the highest possible plane."
The Tomes" AtA7eric Assachtion at Augsbnrg is a member of the
Minnesota Athletic ,il;sociation of College Tomen. Membership in this
organization is gained by participation in individual and group recreationaI activities with awards given on a point bask.
Augsburg College participates in intercollegiate debating, both in
Minnesota and in the neighboring states. Students may also participate
in local and intercollegiate oratorical contests.
MUSICAL ORGANIZATIONS
The Augsburg College Choir has about sixty members selected
from all classes. In addition to local concerts, the choir goes on tour
each year to various parts of the United States and accmionally to
Canada.
The Augsburg College Concert Band makes an annual tour and
presents public concerts in Minneapolis. There are also a Varsity Band
and Instrumental Ensembles.
The Augsburg College Cantorians, a women's chorus, participates
in school programs and concerts and makes short tours annually.
The Male Chorus sings at various churches in the Twin City area
and makes short tours in the vicinity.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND RECREATION
Under he direction of the Department of Physical Education, a wide
range of recreational activities is arranged for general student participation. Every student is urged to participate in some activity for his own
recreation and relaxation.
An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team
sports as well ae indi~idaalperformance actidties. Climaxing the intramural Frogram is the Extramural Meet, a tournament for the winners
of intramuraI scbedulea in I-ariou~;colleges.
Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference. The college is represented annually by teams in football,
basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track, tennis, and golf.
IT IS TKE PURPOSE of Augshurg College to provide an intercaIIegiate
azhIetic program wlzich is in harmony with its Christian philost?phy.
This philosophp k to be reflected in the conduct and outlook of both
the pla?-era and the spectaton. The edncationaI program of the college
reco,gnizes that recreation and play are n fundamental part of hlife, and h a r ihjs phase of Life needs to be cultivated 8 physical,
mental, and crnationa1 health are to be maintained. IntercolIegiate
athletics, as a phase of that progam, g i v e recognition to the fact that
co~npetitiveplay can contribute to the development of student interests,
skills. insights, and loyalties.
More specifically. the following outcomes are sought: (I) The shrdrnt participating in athletics sl~ouldacquire and exhibit, both in and
out of athlckiw, sucFr Isaeic qualities of character as self-discipline,
h o n ~ t y . sense of fair pIay. ant! cooperation. ( 2 ) The participant
511ould de\.elop the knowledge. interests. and skills which will be of
special use to him in such r*oc;rtions as teaching and coaching or
recreational leadership, or in his own recreational activities. Far from
being set apart from his educational goal or in any way competing
wit11 it, the student's participation in intescnllegiate alliIetics must either
contribute directly to this goal ar be complementary LO his other
educational actirities. 131 The ~ t n d e n tspectator ~honlda c e r e and
erhibit snme of the finer qualities of Chridian character, such as
self-restraint. sense of fair play, appreciation of high-grade performance
on i l ~ epart of both oppnnents and fellow-students. and respect for
individual personalit!*. (4) The intercollegiate athletic program should
contrilmte to the development of a unified and healthy "schnol ~ i r i t . "
Err Aueiasrn for intercollegiate athletics or other c o - c d d a r sctivitie-s
should not overshadorv pride in high schola.~ticachievement. nor can
i t take the place of a well-roundcd and effective intramural and general
recreatianal progam.
HONORS AND AWARDS
On the 1927 Class Cup for Scholarship Trophy is engraved the name
of each student who has achieved the highest scholastic standing in his
college graduating class. He must have attended Augsburg for at least
two years.
Omicron Chapter of Lambda lota Tau, a national honor society, is
open to English majors who have attained a high scholastic average
and have presented a paper on a literary topic before a public audience.
The purpose? of the Timia Soci~ty.the Augsbwg lionor sociehr. are
to recngnize scademic achie\vement and to promote scholarship. Vembership is by invitation only. Juniors and Seniors who have earned 3
2.5 honor point ratio accmulative are normally indited. while Freshmen
and Snphomores with a 2.25 honor point ratio arc aclmifted as pledps.
Augsburg has a Chapter of Pi Garnrnn M r t . the National Social Science Honor Societ!-. wlirrh is affiliated rvith the Association of College
Honor Societies. A high lei-el of xholarship in the social sciences is
required for election to r n e m b c ~ h i ~ .
The d u g b u r g Guild of Honor is an organization to recognize and
hunor those members of the senior graduating c l s s rvho have shown
tl~emselves to be indirriduak excelliiig to an outstanding d e g e e in
r;cholanhip, leader& ip. and participation in extra-curricular activiries.
The Dean's List includes students who have achieved an honor point
ratio of 2.5 or better in the previous semester of work at Augsburg
College.
The 1925 Class Cup in Athletics is awarded to the athlete who has
made outstanding records both in athletics and in scholarship.
The Harold A. Johnson Trophy, presented by Gerald L. Johnson i n
1943, is awarded annually to the student who is judged to be the most
valuable player on the basketball team.
The Class of 1918 Ortltorical Cup was presented to the college as a
prize to arouse interest in oratory. The name of the winner of the
annual contest i s engraved upon the cup, which is to remain in the
possession of the college.
STUDENT PERSONNEL SERVICES
Tnstitutional semices to students are arganized and administered in
accordance with plans and policies estahIi&ed by the Student Personnel
Committee. Included sre such services as Counseling, Testing, Fr-hman Orientation. Stndnt Records. The Student Real& Service: Housing
and Faod Senlice, Placement, S~udentEmpIopment, snd Coordination of
Student Ac~ivities.The ac?ministralio~lof these services ia centered in
the Ofice of the Dean of Student:. The Stodent Personnel Office also
works claselp with the Director of Admigsions.
Caunseling services are maintained in an effort: tro assist each stndent
to obtain the mmimurn benefits from he learning experiences offered
at Augshurg CaIlege. RTatters such as uncertaine over vocational choice
or educational planning religious uncertain?, health, financial robletme., personal and social rtd jush-nent and personal deficiencies can
interfere wid? the learning process a d are dealt rvith in counseling
sessions. It is hoped itrat through counseling, students will develop more
realistic conceptions of themselves and the sunomding world, and
keener awareness of reources available to t h m as sltey meet the
problems of daily life.
At Angsburg the counseliig procea is carried an at a w e d levels.
.M1 faculty members participate in the counseling program, and each
ncw student is asigned to a faculty counselor who works with him until
he chooses a major field of stndy. At that h e , the major abvism
becomas his counselar. In addition. there are f a c u b members who
have specialized training in comseIing and techniques for dealing with
prohIems of adjmtment. The Dean of Stodents and the Dean of Women
are special counselors to the men and women. respechely. The connseling propam is coo~dinatedby ihe OEce of the Dean of Students in
accordance with the plane and policie,~established by the Student
Personnel Committee.
Students who have persona1 problems are mcouraged to seek heIp
through counseling conferences. If a serious problem develops which
demands profeminnaI skill and more time than the professor has to
spend in counseling the student is referred to tke Office of the Dean
of Students or Dean uf TiTomen. A further referraI may be made to
the College Chaplain, in the ca:e of spiritual problems, or a pspchiatrist. in rhe case of underl!ing emotional problems. The school phyician works lrirh the Personnel Deans in the Ixtter case.
All new students are gitren a battry of t e ~ t sduring Freshman Days.
College aptitude gcores, Englkh, and reading ability scores are used
Ey c o m s ~ l o r sto help students plan their initial progranzs. Personal
adjustment scorcs and the rocatianal interest t e t profile help the
student3 learn to know m O t F about themselves, in order to make the
best choice of subjects and occupatianal goals. The Sequential Tests
of Educational Progress ISTEP) are given to all sophomores. Saniors take the graduate record examinations.
Freshmen and other new students participate in FreAmam Days
before the beginning of classes each sernestc~.The stadenta take tests,
attend classes, inspect the college faciliti~s, and become acquainted
with their fellow students. with the facdp, and especiallj~with their
o w n f ~ c u l t ycolmselors. The facuIty counselors and students have several conferences during which they p l ~ n the student*s program of
study.
A special course in improvement of reading is offered for interested
stodents, Freshmen who expect d3Iiculty with the increased quantity
and complexity of the reading material encountered in college are
~ P C i d yE I T t~o ~flr011i n this COUTSe.
Individual student records are kept in the Records Office under the
supervision of the Registrar. These records include admissions data,
academic achievement, student participation and achievement in nonacademic activities, test scores, reports of counseling and other information.
The Student Personnel Office maintains a file of student government
officers, of clubs and societies, including the constitutions, activities,
schedules, and membership rosters.
The Student Health Senice provides campus dispensary service with
registered nurses on duty. The coltege ph?sician has daily o5ce
hours on campus for consulration and for emergency treahlent. Infimlav rooms are adjacent to the dispensaq. The Health SerPice is
housed in a first faor _~ectinnof Memorial Hd,the men's residence
hall.
two
Physical examinations are given to all seniors. Before registering,
each entering ~rturlenti~ required to have on file the report of a physical
examination girm by his family physician. Corrective treatment is
prescril~cdwhere nccded.
Students, faculty, and staff have chest X-rays taken semi-annually
through the cooperation of the Hennepin County Tuberculosis Association Mobile Unit.
In it? residence propam, the coFlep sin15 t o dewlop in the students
Chrislian cI~aracter.self-control. and though~fulconirleration of others.
.#it he same time. the collep rcalizee t h a ~s;tudents' llappinese, comfort,
and emotional adjur;tmrnt in ;he rcsidcnce halls are rlirect influences
on their general efiriancy in the clwsroam.
Ln an effort to provide these opportunities for development while
maintaining optimal living ennditianc, active student dormitory councils
assume the responsibilities for the adlnjtlistratinn of dormitory life
policies in con~;ul~atjo~i
rr it11 he UirecLor of EcsIdences 1or Wn11te11,
the Hear! re sir lent^, and Fprsunnel Deans.
Llpper-daw studenis serw as t o u n a ~ l ~ r n~
e the dormitories and
attempt to help rlo~nlitor!- residents with prol~lerns of personal adjndment. Tllp lieat1 Resirlr~ltsand Per?onnel Deans senre as resource people
to these c o u n ~ e l o rand
~ handle cases rciprred to them.
A11 lrnmen atudents a n d freshman nlen studenti not Iiving at home
are requireti Lo live in colIege-ol~eratedhousing. Students desiring t o
reside in the city ~r.ikhr c l a t i r ~t~n u ~ tfin[ secure apprtrral for such an
arrangement from the Student Personnel Office. All studen& living in
the dormitoris. and umst sturlenk i n off-campus homing take heir
meals in she coJIcp r l i n i t q room. The c o l l e ~ ealso prorides two houses
Eor ~vornen with a cnoperati\.~huuse plan and nne house with small
apartments.
Reeiclenc~l~allcare npPn to students a day before regdar schedules
become ~ffectir-P.and the!- C ~ O ~aP day after the term clnsee. Students
%rlio 1ris11 to sta!- in residence during vacatiun~ must apply for the
privilege. R o n m ~are furnit-hrd err~p1for l ~ p dlinen. LOX$-rls,
hlankels.
and bedspreads. Laundry facilitit~ arp alaiIa1,lc i n each residence.
Red linen. and tntrels n-iay be reiltcrl rrit11 laurl(lcring fir--ice a1 a reasenahle c o ~ t .T h i ~sen~iceir; ~equircdof all \\-.\.omenstudent-. in Gerda
>Tortensen Hall. =Zn optional linm sen-ire is a r ~ i l a b l eto other students.
5tudents e l y a g e a aonm ai tlic: hegi~lninenf the fan semester f o r
the entire scltonl !;car. Rr~om resema1inn3 urrith depnsit nf 925 are
requirsrl of all 5ittgJe ~ f u r l ~ n tThis
s . rleposit is appli~dto the first semester's room rent. Rooms Tor ncrr- students are a ~ ~ i ~ ni ne dthe lare
summer according to the date of application. P r e s ~ ~~tudrnts
tt
must
make room application prior LO M a y 15 ant1 suhmit tIte rnom deposit
by July 15. After May 15, reservations for present students are assigned on the same basis as for new students. Students who find it
necessary to cancel their room reservation will receive full refund of
the deposit if the cancellation is received by August 1.
All men living in Memorial Hall are required to pay a $15.00
breakage fee at the beginning of each school year. At the end of the
year the fee is refunded if the condition of the room and the furniture is satisfactory.
The Placement Bureau assists seniors and alumni in securing positions.
Continuous contact is maintained with business, governmental, welfare,
and educational institutions and organizations at the local as well as
the state and national levels. Interviews are arranged both on and off
the campus. A registration fee and a small placement fee are charged.
An employment service, located in the Student Personnel Office, assists
students in obtaining part-time remunerative work during the school
year, Christmas vacation, and summer.
The Coordinator of Stu,dent Activities assists student officers to
maintain effective functioning of student activities, and keeps on file
the club constitutions, rosters, and schedules of meetings. Faculty
advisers to student organizations are approved by the Coordinator.
The program of student activities is a primary responsibility of the
Executive Council and the Student Council which is the legislative body
of the Augsburg Student Society.
Liaison between the Student Society and Faculty and Administration
is the function of the Student-Faculty Committee.
A weekly bulletin of events is prepared by the Student Personnel
Office. Also, the college activities calendar is kept by the Coordinator
of Student Activities assisted by the chairman of the Commission on
Student Organizations.
EXAMINATIONS
T&s are given periodically throughout the semester. In the course
of e ~ c hsemester, reports of the grades attained are made to the Registrar who forwards them to the counselors and students. Final reports
are sent at the close of each semester to the parents and students.
Written examinations are regularly scheduled at the close of each
semester. No student or class may arrange to take a final examination
in any course before the examination week.
Absence from a final examination without a sufficient reason will
grade of failure in the course concerned. A student who has
to be &sent from a h a 1 m i n a t i o n because of a conflict with outside
work from which he cannot ahtain an excuse, may arrange to take
such an mamination during some period after the time on which the
mult i n a
subject is scheduled.
If a student has obtained permission from the Dean of the College
to take a final examination at another hour than that scheduled, he is
charged a fee of $2.00 for such an examination. Before the student
takes the examination, he mmt obtain a statement from the Registrar's
ofice and bring it to the teacher concerned.
COMPREHENSIVE EXAMINATIONS
Comprehensive examinations map be permitted in courses in which
h e Committee on Admissions and Student Standing believe the student
has adequate preparation or background. Students who wish to take a
comprehensive examination must apply in writing to this committee.
W h e n permission is granted, the necessary approval foms may be
secured at the a5ce of the Registrar. A fee of $5.00 is charged for each
examination and must be paid in advance. Examination questions and
the answers wiIl be filed in the Registrar's office.
GRADE VALUES
A -Superior, 3 honor puinb per credit
B -Very good, 2 honor paints per credit
C -Satisfactory, I honor point per credit
D -Passable, no honor points per credit
F -Failure, minus 1honor point per credit
E - Condition
I - Incomplete
CONDITIONS AND INCOMPLETES
A condition or an incomplete received at the end of the semester must
be removed within the first six weeks of classes of the following semester, or within a year if the student has not re-enrolled. 11 incompletes
Academic Administrotion / 39
and conditions are not removed within the time rtflowed, the condition
automatically becomes a failure and the incomplete map be changed to
a passing grade only when the average of Lhe previans work is sufficiently high. The final grade after the condition examination is taken
may not be higher than D. A fee of $2.00 is charged for an examination
making up an incomplete or a condition received at the end of a
semester.
GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS
In order to qualify for the BacheIor of h degree, certain reqtmenrents m u ~ he
t m ~ with
t
re&
to credits. courses, and grades. A student wlio plans to graduate from tlugsburp is urger1 to dudy the requiremcnts as outIimcd in this section of the catalog and in the deparkmunt in which he plans to major. It is the responsibility of the student
to pee that he includef- the rvuirad subjects a t the right time in his
program of studic~.The facull? ad&ers. IF: deans. and &e registrar
will gladly a s s i ~ thim in planning his prorrarn.
For a general college education and as a basis for study in professicnal fields, students are required to complete credits as indicated in
the following fields :
Religion, 1 4 credits, at least 8 credits in lower division courses
and 4 in upper division. A maximum of 3 credits from courses
10, 51, 52, 54 may apply. For transfer students, the requirement is an average of 2 credits per semester of attendance.
Freshman English, 6 credits from Eng. 1-2. On the basis of proficiency examinations, students may substitute Eng. 3, 21.
Literature or Philosophy, 3 credits.
Beginning Speech, 2 credits.
Fine Arts, 2 credits from Art 1, 71; H.Ec. 3, 64; Mu. 3, 7; or
Sp. 30.
Foreign Language, 0 to 1 4 credits as indicated below:
AMOUNT PRESENTED
FROM HIGH SCHOOL
Four years of one language.
Two or three years of one language.
None or one year of a language.
AMOUNT REQUIRED
I N COLLEGE
None.
Second or third year of the same
language, or two years of another
language.
Two years in one language.
Social Sciences, 6 credits from Hist. 1-2; 21, 22; or Soc. 1, 2.
Natural Scierices, 9 credits, at least 3 of these credits must be in
the biological sciences, and 3 in the physical sciences.
Physical Education, 1 credit from Courses 3 and 4.
40 / Academic Administration
All students are required to take an English test at the end of the
sophomore year and must demonstrate a proficiency in writing in order
to qualify for the A.B. degree.
Where the demands of special curriculums prevent completion of the
general education requirements in four years, exemption or modification of these requirements may be sought through petition.
All students are required to complete a major for graduation. The
major subject is determined by the student's aims as well as by his
particular interests and aptitudes as shown in the quality of work he
does in lower division courses.
Application for major must be made to the Head of the Department
offering the major. Majors are offered in the following areas:
Religion
Music
Business Education
Philosophy
History
Home Economics
Greek and Latin
Sociology
Medical Technology
English
Social Science
Biology
Language Arts
Psychology
Physics
German
Elementary Education
Chemistry
French
Business Administration Natural Science
Spanish
Economics
Mathematics
Speech
Physical Education
Except with special majors such as language arts, music, business
education, home economics, and combined natural science, students
in the teacher education curriculums should complete a minor as well
as a major.
For major and minor requirements as to hours of credit see departmental statements.
Electives are planned with the purpose of properly distributing a
student's choices among the fundamental fields of knowledge and culture, as well as among the correlatives of the major. A maximum of
40 credits in one department is permitted to count toward graduation.
Juniors and Seniors should, as a rule, choose their electives from
courses designated as Upper Division Courses, that is courses numbered 50 or above. At least 36 credits in the Upper Division Courses
must be completed for graduation.
The amount of work required for gaduation comprises a minimum
of 128 credits with an average grade of C, or one honor point for each
credit taken. A credit equals one recitation period a week throughout
or;e semester.
Honor points are computed at the rate of one honor point for each
credit with a grade of C, two honor points for each credit with a grade
of B, and three honor points for each credit with a grade of A.
Academic Administration / 41
RESIDENCE
REQUIREMENT
To receive the A.B. degree the candidate must spend at least the
concluding year for such a degree in residence.
DEGREE W I T H DISTINCTZON
THE A.B.
DEGREE
with distinction is conferred as follows:
Distinction
Summa Cum Laude
Magna Cum Laude
Cum Laude
Honor point ratio
2.8-3.0
2.5-2.79+
2.1-2.49+
To be eligible for these honors, the student must have completed at
least two years of work at Augsburg, and his record at Augsburg, as
well as his total record must meet the requirements as given above.
Academic procession approaches S i illelby Hall for Comrnencen~en~
Service. Flags o n top of building denote countries where alumni are
serving.
Courses of Study
COURSES OFFERED
DESCRIPTIONS
OF THE COURSES offered in 1962-64 are given on the
following pages. Unforeseen circumstances map necessitate making
changes. Courses with inadequate registration map LC cancelled. Stndents should consult the schedule of classes to determine definitely the
current course offerings.
NUMBERING OF COURSES
Odd numbers are used for first semester courses and even numbers
for second semester courses. The Roman numerals I, I1 after the
descriptive title also indicate the semester in which the course is to
be offered.
Numbers 1 through 49 indicate lower division courses which are
primarily for freshmen and sophomores. Numbers 50 through 99 are
upper division courses intended for juniors and seniors.
Two course numbers joined by a hyphen (1-2) indicate that the
course is a continuation course and both semesters of it must be completed before credit is given. Course numbers separated by a comma
(1,2) indicate that it is a year course, but students may receive credit
for one semester without completing the other.
SYMBOLS
i Continuation course. To receive credit for this course a student must
complete both semesters.
# Course may be taken with coneent of the instructor irrespective of
prerequisites.
CREDITS
CREDITS SHOWN are in terms of semester credits. For continuation
courses. the total credits for the year are given. A two-credit c o m e
generallT meets hvice a week and a three-credit course three 'times a
week. In the caPe of laboratory courses. the hours of meeting per week
are more than the crcdib given, A semester is appmximate\!- 1S J V P P ~ S
in length. The normal load for s student i s 16 credit hours per wrnester,
Cuurses of Study / 43
DIVISIONAL ORGANIZATION
THE COLLEGE COURSES are organized into four divisions in order to
make: interdepartmental coordination more convenient and cooperative
aims more easily achieved. A chairman is appointed for each division.
Major and minor requirements are indicated in the departmental
statements.
Religion
Philosophy
Greek, Latin, Hebrew
English, Journalism, Speech
German, Scandinavian, French, Spanish
Music, Art
History, Political Science, Geography
Sociology
Psychology, Education
Library Science
Business Administration and Economics
Business Education
Home Economics
Biology
Chemistry
Physics
Mathematics
Health and Physical Education
Division of Religion and Philosophy
MR. P. A. QUANBECK,Chairman
THROUGH
m~ STUDY of religion and philosophy, the individual is appraised
of those realities which are central to the problem of human existence. The
student is encouraged to seek to understand himself and his relation to the world
within the framework of the Christian Faith. The goal is the development of
an informed and integrated Christian person who is equipped to participate
responsibly in the life of the Church and of society.
DEPARTMENT OF RELIGION
THE COURSES in Religion are designed to give the student a working knowledge of the Bible, to acquaint him with the history, doctrines, and ethics of the
Church, and to prepare him for effective service in the congregation. The fundamental aim in instruction is to lead as many as possible to personal faith i n
Christ, and to nurture the Christian life.
The graduation requirement includes 14 credits in religion. Of these credits
8 must be in the lower division, and at least 4 must be upper division. N o t
more than 3 credits earned in any of the courses numbered 10, 51, 52, and 54
may be applied to this requirement. Freshmen are required to take courses I
and 2, and Sophomores are required to take courses 3 and 4. Courses I , 2, 3,
and 4 are prerequisites for all upper division courses. Requirements for transfer
students will be determined at the time of admission.
A religion major is recommended as preparation for careers in parish education, parish work, youth work, and parish administration. Majors must consult with the Chairman of the Department regarding their course of study.
Major, 28 credits. Minor, 22 credits. Six upper division credits in Greek may
apply toward the major in religion.
r,
2.
BASICBIBLE. Fr. I, 11.
2, 2
Cr.
A brief introduction to the Bible followed by a study of the Old Testament,
including the history of Israel and special attention to one o r two Old Testament books. The second semester is devoted to the study of the New Testament
with special attention to two o r three books including Romans. Reading assignments include the entire New Testament.
3 . CHURCHHISTORY.I.
2 Cr.
A survey of the institutional development of the Christian Church, with the
purpose of creating a greater understanding of its historical foundations. Emphasis is on the Reformation.
Division of Religion and Philosophy / 45
4. CHRISTIANDOCTRINE.11.
r Cr.
The fundamental doctrines of the Christian Faith and the historical development of some of these doctrines. The significance of the Pcumenical creeds and
the Lutheran confessional writings.
10. HYMNSAND !MUSICOF THE CHURCH. 11.
See Course 10 under the Department of Music.
2
Cr.
Upper Division Courses
$1.
PRINCIPLE^ OF CHRISTIANEDUCATION.I.
3 Cr.
Seeks to develop a fundamental understanding of Christian education, its history,
objectives, curriculum, and administration, especially as applied to Sunday
School and Vacation Bible School teaching.
2 Cr.
PARISHWORK. 11.
Seeks to familiarize the student with the work of parish organization and
visitation. Class lectures are supplemented by actual field work.
52.
r Cr.
CHURCH.11.
A study of principles, methods, and materials in youth work for the purpose of
developing effective Christian leadership in this sphere.
54. YOUTH WORKIN
THE
6 1 . HISTORYOF RELIGIONS.I.
3 Cr.
A survey of some of the major religions of the world. The origin and development of these religions and their influences today. Includes readings in the
sacred writings of the religions studied.
62.
THEMISSIONARY
ENTERPRISE.11.
3 Cr.
The missionary motives, means, and results are studied as these are seen in their
varied emphases in the history of missionary work in heathen lands.
3 Cr.
71. THE EARLYCHRISTIANFATHERS.I.
The development of certain fundamental theological doctrines from the time
of the Apostolic Fathers up to the Ecumenical Councils of the Early Church.
3 Cr.
PROTESTANTISM
IN AMERICA.11.
The Protestant ethos in the United States. Special attention to the rise of religious liberty, revivalism, the American denominational structure, and the responses of American Protestantism to the challenges of its environing culture.
72.
3 cr.
8 I . THE GOSPELS.I.
The nature of the Gospels. The life and work of Jesus. Particular attention to
His teaching concerning the Kingdom of God.
46 / Division of Religion and Philosophy
8 2 . LIFE A N D EPISTLESOF PAUL. 11.
3 Cr.
A survey of the life and work of Paul, with a study of some of the leading
ideas that emerge from his writings.
8 3 . T H E MESSAGEOF THE OLD TESTAMENT.I.
3 Cr.
The various types of Old Testament literature. The distinctive ideas of Hebrew
thought with emphasis on the message of the
9 I . INTRODUCTION
TO CONTEMPORARY
THEOLOGICAL
THOUGHT.I.
3 Cr.
A study of some representative trends in Christian theological thought today,
as seen from the perspective of the enduring theological task of the Christian
Church.
9 2 . CHRISTIAN
ETHICS.11.
3 Cr.
The basic principles of ethics from a Christian point of view. Their application to selected personal and social moral problems.
94. THE CHRISTIANVIEW OF MAN. 11.
3 Cr.
The Christian doctrine of man and salvation. Its uniqueness and relevance to
certain other contemporary views of the nature and destiny of man.
DEPARTMENT OF PHILOSOPHY
THE COURSES I N PHILOSOPHY seek to assist the student to become conversant
with the great men and intellectual movements in the history of Western
civilization, to cultivate an understanding of the principles of sound reasoning,
and to develop a mature understanding of the foundations of our knowledge in
such areas as science, religion, and morals.
Major, 24 credits beyond Philosophy 2 1 . Minor, 1 8 credits. Courses 2 1 , 2 3 ,
4 1 , 42 are required for the major and the minor.
2I.
INTRODUCTION
TO PHILOSOPHY.Offered both semesters.
3 Cr.
Seeks to give the student a basic understanding of the nature and aims of
philosophy, an acquaintance with some of its central problems, and a mastery
of the terminology employed in philosophical discussion.
2 3 . LOGIC.Offered both semesters.
3 Cr.
The formal rules of sound reasoning. The nature and functions of language;
fallacies in reasoning; definition; principles of deductive reasoning; induction.
A brief introduction to the notation of modern symbolic logic.
4 1 , 4 2 . HISTORYOF PHILOSOPHY. Prereq. 2 1 . I, 11.
3, 3 Cr.
An historical survey of the outstanding men and movements in the development
of philosophical thought from the Greeks through Kant. Some reading in
selected primary sources.
Division of Religion and Philosophy
/ 47
Upper Division Courses
53. PLATOAND ARISTOTLE. Prereq. 42. I.
3 Cr.
A careful study and analysis of selected writings of each of these two great
philosophers. Extensive reading required. (Offered 1963-64.)
54. AUGUSTINE
AND AQUINAS. Prereq. 42. 11.
3 Cr.
A careful study and analysis of the most important philosophical writings of
each. Extensive reading required. (Offered 1963-64.)
63. RATIONALISM.Prereq. 42. I.
3 Cr.
A study of this important movement through the writings of its chief exponents: Descartes, Spinoza, Leibniz. Extensive reading required. (Offered 196364.)
cr-
3
64. EMPIRICISM. Prereq. 42. 11.
A study of this important and influential movement through the writings of its
outstanding modern representatives. Emphasis is placed upon the works of Locke,
Berkeley, and Hume. (Offered 1963-64.)
65. GERMANIDEALISM. Prereq. 42. I.
3 Cr.
A study of Kant and his immediate successors. Reading of selected primary
sources supplements classroom lectures and discussion. The first half of the
course is devoted entirely to a careful study of the philosophy of Kant. (Offered
1962-63.)
66. EXISTENTIALISM.Prereq. 42. 11.
3 Cr.
A study of modern existentialism from Kierkegaard to the present day. Emphasis is placed upon the reading of selected primary source materials. (Offered
1962-63.)
7 I . CONTEMPORARY
PHILOSOPHY. Prereq. 42. I.
3 Cr.
An historical survey of the main currents of philosophical thought since Kant.
Some reading in primary sources. (Offered 1963-64.)
3 Cr.
73. PHILOSOPHY
OF SCIENCE.Prereq. 42. I.
A study of the meaning, methods, and implications of modern science by
means of an analysis of basic concepts, presuppositions, and procedures. (Offered
1962-63.)
3 Cr.
OF RELIGION.Prereq. 21. I.
85. PHILOSOPHY
An inquiry into the nature of religious faith and experience with special attention to the problem of the nature of religious language. (Offered 1962-63.)
3 cr.
86. MORALPHILOSOPHY.Prereq. 21. 11.
An inquiry into the nature of the moral experience, and an analysis of the language of moral discourse. ( W e r e d 1962-63.)
91, 92. PHILOSOPHY SEMINAR. Prereq. #. I, II.
1-3, 1-3 Cr.
For philosophy majors. Individual study and research on some philosophical
topic of interest to the student, worked out in consultation with the head
of the department.
Division of the Humanities
MR. THORSON,Chairman
IT rs THE PURPOSE of the Division of the Humanities to transmit to the students
a knowledge of and interest in the cultural heritage of mankind, and to assist
the student in finding his place within this culture. The Division seeks to
stimulate the student's desire to acquaint himself with the cultural treasures
as these are found in language, literature, and the h e arts, and to seek an expression of these upon the basis and within the framework of the Christian faith.
DEPARTMENT OF NEW TESTAMENT GREEK, LATIN,
AND HEBREW
THECOURSES in this department aim to give the students a direct insight into
our biblical and classical heritage. Hebrew and New Testament Greek are tools
by which a student may gain a more complete understanding of the Scriptures.
A knowledge of New Testament Greek is a standard prerequisite for admission
to most theological seminaries.
Combined Major in Greek and Latin:
14 credits in Latin.
20
credits in New Testament Greek and
N E W TESTAMENT GREEK
Minor: t o credits.
I-2.f
ELEMENTSOF NEW TESTAMENT
GREEK. I, 11.
8 Cr.
In addition to the theoretical and practical study of the grammar of' the Greek
language of the New Testament, the course will cover the manuscript transmission of the Greek text of the New Testament with the description of the
main uncial manuscripts and ancient versions.
Upper Division Courses
5 I , 5 2. ADVANCED
NEWTESTAMENT
GREEK. Prereq. 2. I, 11.
3, 3 Cr.
Selections ,from the Synoptic Gospels and Acts. Special emphasis is given to
parsing and syntax of the Greek text.
$ 3 , 54. GREEKEXEGESIS. Prereq. 12. I, 11.
3 9 3 Cr.
Selections from the Pauline and Catholic Epistles. Special emSphasis is given to
the syntactical and exegetical approach to the Greek text.
LATIN
BEGINNINGLATIN. Fr. I, 11.
Grammar and exercises in translation.
1-2:;-
8 Cr.
3 , 4. CZSAR, ST. AUGUSTINE,AND MEDIEVALWRITERS.
Prereq. 2. So. I, 11.
3 , 3 Cr.
Continuation of grammar and syntax. Selections from Caesar's Gallic War,
St. Augustine's Confessions, and Medieval Latin writers.
Uivisron of the Humanities / 49
HEBREW
g3-g4.t HEBREWFOR BEGINNERS.I, n.
See Course 9-10 under Theological Seminary.
n.
a5, 86. HEBREWEXEGESIS.I,
See Course 17, 18 under Theological Seminary.
6 Cr.
2,
n Cr.
DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH
THE DEPARTMENT
OF ENGLISHaims to train students in the proper use of
English in oral and written expression; to increase proficiency in reading and
in analyzing literary texts; to acquaint the students with the beginnings of
Western literature and its development in England and America; and to instill
a deeper understanding of the fundamental truths and realities of life revealed
in great literature.
The department prepares specifically for the teaching of English in secondary
schools and for gaduate study.
Freshman English is required of all students. This requirement is met by
satisfactory completion of English I and 2, or, for students of superior rating,
satisfactory completion of English 3 and 21. English 2 1 also meets the literature requirement for graduation. Satisfactory completion of English I is a
prerequisite for English 2.
All students are required to take an English test at the end of the sophomore
year and must demonstrate a proficiency in writing to qualify for the A.B.
degree.
Major: 26 credits above course 9, including 21, 3 I , 32, 5 I , 6 1 , 62, 74,
and a course in modern literature. Recommended for students who plan
graduate study, in addition to those listed above, courses 52, 76 or 78, 92, 94,
three credits of electives, plus mastery of French and German.
Teaching major: 28 credits above course 9, including courses listed for the
major, plus 2 5 or lo, and 71. A minor in speech, library science, or a foreign
language is recommended. All teaching majors must meet the foreign language
requirement.
Minor:
I8
credits above course 9, including 21, 3 I , 32, 5 I , 61, and 62.
Teaching minor: For secondary school: 2 1 credits above 9, including courses
listed for the minor, plus 50 or 7 1 . For elementary school: 18 credits above
9, including 21, 25 or 50, Y I , 71, and 3 credits in modern literature.
A.
IMPROVEMENT
OF READING. Fr.
(Oflered both semesters.)
I Cr.
Designed to improve reading speed and comprehension. May be taken by upperclassmen, but only freshmen receive credit.
6 Cr.
I-2.t FRESHMAN
ENGLISH.(Offered both semesters.)
A study of language, composition, and literature. Themes and a reference paper.
Students who do not meet the minimum requirements in the entrance English
tests are placed in special sections meeting five hours a week.
yo / urvrston 01 tne Hll?nlr~~~reS
3 . FRESHMAN
ENGLISH.I.
3 Cr.
An accelerated course providing experience in writing a reference paper, expository, narrative, and descriptive themes. Includes study of language, correct usage, and types of literature. Introduction to analysis and criticism of
literary selections.
7. ENGLISHFOR THE FOREIGN-BORN.I.
2 Cr.
An introduction to colloquial English. Training in speaking, writing, and
listening. T o be taken by foreign-born students before Freshman English.
2 Cr.
A course including reading of literary selections and practice in the skills of
writing, speaking, and listening. For student nurses.
9 . COMMUNICATIONS.
(Offered both semesters.)
12. FORMSOF JOURNALISTIC WRITING. 11.
See course I 2 under Journalism.
z Cr.
21, 22. LITERATURE
OF THE WESTERNWORLD.Prereq. 2 o r 3. (Offered both
semesters.)
3, 3 Cr.
Reading, analysis, and discussion of some of the world's great classics. Various
literary movements and the influence of the classical tradition.
25. EXPOSITORY
WRITING. Prereq. 2 o r 3. I.
2 Cr.
Practice in the writing of exposition and argumentation. Reading and analysis
of models.
26. CREATIVE
WRITING.Prereq. 2 o r 3 . 11.
2 Cr.
Writing of description and narration. Study of techniques in the composition
of fiction, poetry, and drama. Individual and group projects.
3 I . MEDIEVAL
LITERATURE.
Prereq. 2 o r 3. I.
2 Cr.
Literature of the Middle Ages, chiefiy English. Special attention given to
Chaucer.
32. RENAISSANCE
LITERATURE.
Prereq. 2 o r 3. 11.
z Cr.
Literature of England from 1481 to the death of Shakespeare. Some attention
given to non-English works.
Upper Division Courses
yo. MODERNENGLISHUSAGE.Prereq. 2 or 3. (Offered both semesters.)
2 Cr.
A course in grammar and usage for the general student. Recommended for students preparing for teaching. Satisfactory completion of this course meetss the
graduation requirement for proficiency in English.
11, 52. AMERICANLITERATURE.
Prereq. z o r 3. I, 11.
3, 3 c r .
The growth of American literature from colonial times to the present. Its
themes, techniques, and place in intellectual movements.
55. THEMODERNSCANDINAVIAN
NOVEL. I.
Sec course 15 under Scandinavian Language and Literature.
r Cr.
Division of the Humanities / 5 I
56. THE MODERNSCANDINAVIAN
DRAMA. 11.
See course 56 under Scandinavian Language and Literature.
2
Cr.
3 Cr.
57. THE BRITISHNOVEL.Prereq. 2 or 3. I.
The development of the novel in England. A study of the major novelists and
their novels. (Offered 1963-64.)
3 cr.
58. MODERNFICTION.Prereq. z or 3. 11.
The modern novel and short story. British, American, and continental writers.
(Offered 1963-64.)
59. MODERNPOETRY.Prereq. r or 3. I.
3 Cr.
A study of major English and American poets with attention to themes,
forms, and techniques.
60. MODERNDRAMA.Prereq. 2 or 3. 11.
3 Cr.
A survey of the chief dramatists from the time of 1,bsen. Representative plays
studied as literature and as theater. (Offered 1962-63.)
61. BRITISHLITERATURE
OF THE SEVENTEENTH
AND EIGHTEENTH
CENTURIES.
3 Cr.
Prereq. r or 3. I.
The principal authors from John Donne through Samuel Johnson. Discussion
of literary movements and historical backgrounds.
62. BRITISH LITERATURE
OF
THE NINETEENTHCENTURY.Prereq. 2 Or 3.
11.
3 Cr.
Romantic and Victorian literature in England. Stress placed on major writers of
prose and poetry.
3 Cr.
71. INTRODUCTION
TO MODERNENGLISH.Prereq. 2 or 3. I.
The study of American English vocabulary, sounds, and grammar. Designed to
give prospective teachers an introduction to the study of language. (Not offered
(1962-63.)
2 Cr.
CRITICISM.
Prereq. 2 or 3. I.
73. LITERARY
A study of basic texts, with emphasis on principles and issues which have
special relevance for modern thought. (Offered 1962-63.)
3 Cr.
74. SHAKESPEARE.
Prereq. 3 2 or #. 11.
A study of selected plays with attention given to Shakespeare's development,
to dramatic technique, and to the Elizabethan Age.
76. MILTON. Prereq. 61 or #. 11.
z Cr.
A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose works in relation to the
important intellectual movements of the seventeenth century. (Offered 196364.)
78. CHAUCER. Prereq. 3 I or #. 11.
z Cr.
Chaucer's poetry in relation to the thought and culture of the Middle Ages.
Emphasis on The Canterbury Tales. (Offered I 962-63.)
5 2 / Division of the Humanities
83. MODERNBRITISHLITERATURE.
Prereq. 6 crs. in Br. lit. or #. I.
2 Cr.
The immprtant literary movements of the present century in England, concentrating on leading authors and notable productions. (Offered 1962-63.)
85. CONTEMPORARY
AMERICAN
LITERATURE.Prereq. 5 2 or #. I.
2 Cr.
A study of major writers and movements since World War I. (Offered 196364.)
92. ENGLISHSEMINAR. Prereq. Sr. and English major or minor. 11.
2 Cr.
Methods and problems of bisbliography and research. Selected topics in American
and British literature.
STUDY. Prereq. Jr. or Sr. major and consent of de94, 95. INDEPENDENT
I , I Cr.
partment chairman. (Offered both semesters.)
JOURNALISM
12. FORMSOF JOURNALISTIC
WRITING.11.
r Cr.
An introduction to news, feature, and editorial writing. Some attention given
to editing and headlining
15. EDITINGTHE SMALLPAPER. I.
2 Cr.
The mechanics of newspaper production. Designed especially for prospective
advisers of high-school publications. (Offered 1963-64.)
Major in Language Arts for Teaching: 46 credits in the following areas,
including: Eng. 21, 31, 32, 51, 61, 62, 71, 74, 2 2 or $2, 2 5 or 50; Journalism
12; Speech 31, 66, plus 2 additional credits; Library Science 63.
DEPARTMENT OF SPEECH
THISDEPARTMENT
aims to foster in students those speech skills which contribute to meaningful self-expression and effective leadership. I t seeks to
develop platform skills, intelligent speech compositions, and critical listening
habits. It aims, through courses in intenpretative reading and drama, to stimulate an appreciation of fine literature and drama.
The department offers a major in general speech which prepares the student
to teach speech in the secondary schools and to take graduate work in speech,
theater, or speech pathology.
II
All students are required to earn 2 credits in speech for graduation.. Speech
is designed especially for this requirement.
Students needing help with speech problems such as stuttering, lisping, foreign
dialect, and excessive stage fright should contact the head of the department
for individual attention.
Major: 24 credits above Speech 11. For Education students courses 12, 30,
3 I , 5 I, 66, and 76. In addition, a course in logic is required of all majors.
Minor: 17 credits above Speech 11. For Education students courses
3 I , 5 I , 66, and 76.
12,
30,
-
Division of the Humanities / 5 3
I I. BEGMNINGSPEECH. SO. ( m e r e d both semesters.)
2 Cr.
Basic problems of effective speaking and critical listening. Three hours a week.
12.
FORMSOF PUBLICADDRESS.
Prereq. 11, Fr.,
So. 11.
z
Cr.
Public speaking projects with emphasis on style, audience psychology, and
adaptation to various situations. Three hours per week.
I 6.
STORYTELLING
AND CREATNE
DRAMATICS.SO. lT.
z Cr.
Selection of stories for various age groups. Techniques, observation, and practice
in story telling and creative dramatics. Recommended for p/arish workers and
elementary school teachers. (Offered 1962-63.)
z Cr.
21-2z.t INTERCOLLEGIATE
DEBATE. I, 11. Open to all students.
Practice in debating the intercollegiate debate question of the year. Participation
in intercollegiate debate tournaments.
25. ~NTERCOLLEGIATE SPEECH. Open to all students. I.
Prepara~ionfor and participation in intercol1egiate.speech contests.
I
Cr.
30. INTRODUCTION
TO DRAMATIC
ARTS.Open to all students. 11.
3 Cr.
An introduction to the history of the theater and to the theories of drama
and dramatic production.
3 I.
INTERPRETATIVE
READING. So. I.
3 Cr.
Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice in reading various
kinds of prose, poetry, and drama.
So. TI.
3 Cr.
An introduction to the art of acting. Practical work in pantomime and improvisation; participation in dramatic presentations.
jz.
ACTING.
Upper Division Courses
3 Cr.
5 I . ARGUMENTATION.
Jr., Sr., I.
Applications of logic in public speaking, discussion, and debate. Participation
in intercollegiate debates.
3 Cr.
52. ADVANCED
PUBLICSPEAKING.Jr., Sr., 11.
An introduction to classics in rhetoric; analysis of great speeches; practical
work in speech writing.
$5. GROUPLEADERSHIP
AND DISCUSSION.
Jr., Sr.,
I.
z Cr.
Theories of group leadership; principles and types of discussion; practice in
group discussion techniques. (Offered 1962-63.)
64. STAGECRAFT.Jr., Sr. 11.
r Cr.
A study of stage design, scene construction and theatrical lighting, with emphasis on the problems of the amateur stage. Laboratory exercises.
54
66.
/ Division
of the Humanities
STAGEDIRECTION. Prereq. 32. Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
Theory and practice of stage direction with lzboratory exercises in planning
productions and conducting rehearsals.
76. SPEECH PATHOLOGY. Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
Physical and psychological factors underlying normal and abnormal speech. An
introduction to principles and methods of speech correction.
91, 92. SPEECH SEMINAR.Sr. I, 11.
2, 2 Cr.
Selected topics in rhetorical theory; individual projects with emphasis on the
use of primary sources and the methodology of research.
93, 94. DRAMASEMINAR.Sr. I, 11.
2, 2 Cr.
Selected topics in drama; individual projects as indicated by personal needs and
interests.
DEPARTMENT OF MODERN LANGUAGES
THISDEPARTMENTaims to impart to the student the knowledge of a modem
language as a factor in stimulating a sympathetic interest in the people for whom
i t is the main channel of expression. I t also aims to aid the student in developing
an understanding of the idiom of a particular language and a mastery of the
rules of grammar and pronunciation. I t durthermore seeks to develop an interest
in the history, literature and life of the people whose language he is learning,
and to transmit to American life the best of their cultural and religious heritage.
A special aim is to provide language facility and technical training for those who
plan to teach, study theology, or become candidates for higher academic degrees.
GERMAN
Major: 24 credits above German 2.
Minor: 1 6 credits above German 2.
I - 2 . t BEGINNINGGERMAN.I,, 11.
8 Cr.
Pronunciation, grammar, reading, elementary composition and conversation.
Audio-oral exercises in laboratory required.
3, 4. INTERMEDIATE
GERMAN.Prereq. 2 o r equivalent. I, 11.
3, 3 Cr.
Emphasizes pronunciation and comprehension. Grammar review, composition,
and conversation. Required for teachers and minors. Students who have credit
for German 5 , 6 will not receive credit for this course.
y, 6. INTERMEDIATE
GERMAN.Prereq. 2 or equivalent. I, 11.
3, 3 Cr.
Emphasizes reading and interpretation of texts in German. For students who
plan to enroll in a theological seminary or graduate school. Students who have
credit for German 3, 4 will not receive credit for this course.
Upper Division Courses
51, 52. GERMANLITERATURE.
Prereq. 4 or 6. I, 11.
3, 3 Cr.
Selected works of standard German authors. A survey of German literature
and culture.
AND CONVERSATION.
Prereq. 4. I, 11.
61, 62. COMPOSITION
2, 2 Cr.
More advanced work in writing and speaking German. Required for teachers
and minors.
Prereq. 5 2 or #. I.
71. THEGERMANDRAMAQF THE 1 9 m CENTURY.
3 Cr.
A survey of the field and reading of representative works. (Offered 1963-64.)
#. 11.
3 Cr.
A survey of the genre and reading 'of works in the field. (Offered 1963-64.)
72. THEGERMANSHORTSTORY(Novelle.) Prereq. 52 or
74. THEGERMANNOVELOF
THE I ~ T HAND LOTH
#. 11.
CENTURIES.Prereq. 5 2 or
3 Cr.
Discussion and reading of representative works. (Offered 1964-65.)
91. INDEPENDENT
STUDY.Prereq. #. Offered both semesters.
r Cr.
Selected topics in German literature. Paper to be written in German. (Offered
'963-64.)
SCANDINAVIAN LANGUAGE AND LlTERATURE
Minor, 24 credits.
I-2.-1-
BEGINNING
NORWEGIAN.
Fr. I,
II.
8 Cr.
Reading, translation, spelling, and exercises in writing and in pronunciation.
3, 4.
INTERMEDIATE
NORWEGIAN.So. I, 11.
3, 3 Cr.
Further study of grammar. Reading of standard authors. Brief survey of Norwegian literature. Composition.
I I.
SCANDINAVIAN
HISTORY. I.
3 Cr.
A brief survey of the history of the Scandinavian peoples, with history of
Norway as the core. (Offered 1963-64.)
I 6.
MODERNSCANDINAVIA.11.
3 Cr.
A survey of social thought and life in Scandinavia since 1814, with special
emphasis upon recent developments. (Offered 1963-64.)
Upper Division Courses
$5.
THE MODERNSCANDINAVIAN
NOVEL. Jr., Sr. I.
z Cr.
The course includes selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset, Selma Lagerl~f,
and others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language not required. ( m e r e d
1962-63.)
56.
THEMODERNSCANDINAVIAN
DRAMA. Jr., Sr. 11.
L
Cr.
The course includes dramas by Bjfirnson, Ibsen, and Strindberg. Knowledge of
a Scandinavian language not required. (Offered 1962-63.)
FRENCH
Major: 24 credits above French
Minor: 16 credits above French
I-2.t
2.
2.
8 Cr.
BEGINNINGFRENCH.I, 11.
Pronunciation, conversation and elementary grammar. Oral, written, and reading practice. Laboratory work an integral part of the course.
3 , 4. INTERMEDIATE
FRENCH.Prereq. 2 or equivalent. I, 11.
3, 3 Cr.
Further study of grammar involving aural-oral and written practice. Composition. Reading of representative works. Laboratory emphasis on the native
voice.
Upper Division Courses
51, 5 2 . SURVEYOF FRENCHLITERATURE.
Prereq. 4. I, 11.
3, 3 cr.
Study of French authors and literary movements. Lecture, reading, and reporting on literary works in the French language.
61. FRENCH C O N V E R S A ~ O
N COMPOSITION.
AND
Prereq. 4. I.
2
Cr.
Further conversation practice and composition toward facility in the language.
Vucabulary enrichment, organization, and correctness of expression.
62. FRENCH HISTORYA N D CIVILIZATION.
Prereq. 61 or
#.
11.
2
Cr.
Contribution of French thought and culture to the world is studied in conjunction with historical setting and contemporary life.
72. MODERNFRENCHLITERATURE.
Prereq. 52. I, 11.
3, 3 Cr.
Significant literary works since Balzac. Contemporary trends in literary movements and 20th century thought. (Offered 1963-64.)
71,
2 Cr.
90. SEMINARIN LITERATURE.Sr. 11.
Selected topics in French literature. Discussion and reports in French. (Offered
1963-64.)
SPANISH
Major: 24 credits above Spanish 2.
Minor: 16 credits above Spanish 2.
1-2.
t BEGINNINGSPANISH.I, 11.
8 Cr.
Aims to develop the ability to speak, write, understand, and read simple Spanish. Laboratory work an essential part of the course.
3 , 4. INTERMEDIATE
SPANISH.I, 11.
3, 3 Cr.
Further study of grammar; oral work; reading of short stories, novels, and
plays. Further laboratory work.
Upper Division Courses
j I, j t . SURVEYOF SPANISHLITERATURE.
Prereq. 4. I, 11.
3. 3 Cr.
A study of Spanish literature from the Poema del Cid to modern times. Lectures in Spanish. Reading of representative works. Written and oral reports.
Laboratory work.
z Cr.
61. SPANISHCONVERSATION
A N D COMPOSITION.
Prereq. 4. I.
Aims to facilitate free expression in Spanish through conversation and composition. Laboratory work provides opportunity for hearing native voices.
62. SPANISHCIVILIZATION.
Prereq. 61 or #. 11.
2 Cr.
Designed to acquaint the student with characteristic aspects of Hispanic life,
thought and culture. Significant texts are used as a basis for discussion and
for written and oral reports in Spanish.
71, 72. CONTEMPORARY
SPANISHA N D HISPANICAMERICANWRITERS.Prereq.
gt. I, 11.
3, 3 Cr.
Selected readings of modern writers. Oral and written reports in Spanish.
(Offered 1963-64.)
z Cr.
90. SEMINARI N LITERATURE.Sr. 11.
Selected topics in Spanish literature. Discussion and reports in Spanish. (Offered
'963-64.)
DEPARTMENT OF MUSIC
THE DEPARTMENTOF MUSIC offers training to students who wish to become
teachers of music, directors of choral and instrumental ensembles, o r who are
primarily interested in performance, as well as preparation for those who expect
to pursue specialized study in the field of music. General instruction is afforded
other students who also wish to broaden their cultural background with an
understanding of and appreciation for the music of the masters. Emphasis is
laid upon the rich musical heritage of the Christian Church.
Major: 40 credits. Excepting 3 and 10, courses I through 58, 61-62" o r 6364*, 69, 77 o r 78, 80, and 10 credits in applied music, of which 4 must be in
private lessons in voice or on an instrument, and 4 as a member of a musical
organization. A t least z credits in private instruction must be earned in the
junior and senior years. Non-education students may substitute 10 for 77 or 78.
One public performance in their area of specialization is required of juniors
and seniors. This requirement may be fulfilled by satisfactory participation in
the monthly Performance Seminars. Formal public recitals are encouraged and,
upon recommendation of the department, may be given in fulfillment of the
requirement.
Sophomores, Juniors, and Seniors are required to attend monthly Performance
Seminars. Freshmen are encouraged to attend. The seminars are student recitals
which provide opportunity for p b l i c ~erformanceand acquaint the students
with a repertory of musical excellence.
58
/ Dirision
of fbc lf zrrnanities
All majors are required to pass a piano proficiency examination, preferably
by the end of the sophomore year. I t includes: (a) major and harmonic
minor scales with triads and inversions, played two octaves, ascending and
descending, hands together, at moderate speed; ( b ) a Bach two-part invention
o r a classical sonatina; (c) a romantic o r modern piece showing expression; and
( d ) sight reading pieces of hymn-tune grade.
Minor: 26 credits. Excepting 3 and 10, courses I through 58, 61-62" o r 6364", and 6 credits in applied music, z of which must be in private lessons in
vocal o r instrumental music.
A maximum of 10 credits in applied music may count toward the Bachelor
of Arts degree.
I , 2.
THEORY.I, IT.
z, z Cr.
A basic course in the fundamentals of music, including the principles of notation, major and minor scales, intervals, triads, rhythms; aural skills; sight
rezding, dictation, and part singing.
TO MUSIC. 11.
4. INTRODUCTION
z Cr.
A course for non-majors. To promote understanding and enjoyment of music.
Fulfills the fine arts requirement.
7, -8. HISTORYAND LITERATURE
OF MUSIC. I, 11.
z, z Cr.
An historical survey of western music from its beginnings to 1900. Supplemented by musical scores and recorded performances.
10. H Y M N SAND MUSICOF THE CHURCH. 11.
2 Cr.
Development of the music af the Christian Church, with special attention to
the Protestant heritage. Designed for the general student, organists, choir directors, and pre-theological students. Fulfills the requirements of a course in
religion.
I
5-16:i-
HARMONY. I, 11.
4 Cr.
Application of the study of scales, intervals, and chord formation in written
exercises. Written work includes harmonization of figured bass and given
melodies a; well as opportunity for simple creative writing.
Upper Division Courses
55, 56.
ADVANCED
HARMONY.Prereq.
2,
16. I, 11.
2,
z Cr.
Continuation of 15-16, with advanced work in harmonization of figured bass
and given melodies. Modulation, advanced chord formations, the use of suspensions, retardations, and ornaments of music.
57, 58.
CONDUCTING.Prereq.
Jr. I, 11.
2,
or
2
Cr. in piano, organ, o r equivalent.
z, 2 Cr.
Techniques of conducting choral and instrumental music; organization and
administration of choral and instrumental ensembles in school, church, and
community. Students in music education should take the course in junior
year.
:% student in education should, unless he takes both technique courses, take
Choral Technique if his applied music is largely instrumental, and Instrumental
Technique if his applied music is largely vocal.
/ 59
Division of the Humanities
61, 62. INSTRUMENTAL
TECHNIQUE. Prereq. 2. Jr., Sr. I, II.
-2, 2 Cr.
Class instruction in string, reed, brass, and percussion instruments, preparing
the prospective public school music teacher and director for work in band and
orchestra.
63, 64. CHORALTECHNIQUE.
Prereq. z. Jr., Sr. I, 11.
2 , z Cr.
Class instruction in the 'fundamentals of voice culture as related to choral
ensemble. For public school music teachers and directors of vocal music.
69. TWENTIE-TH
CENTURYMUSIC. Prereq. 8, 56. Jr., Sr. I.
A survey of western music with emphasis on contemporary trends.
2
CL
77. COUNTERPOINT.Prereq. 56. Sr. I.
r Cr.
Strict counterpoint in one, two, three, and four-part writing in all the species.
Three hours per week.
2 Cr.
78. MUSICALANALYSIS.Prereq. 56. Sr. 11.
A detailed study of the structure and form of music, together with the study of
the harmonies constituting any musical composition.
I , I Cr.
80, 81. SENIORSEMINAR. Prereq. Sr. and Music Major. I, 11.
P,dvanced topics in music. Choral, vocal, and instrumental literature. Bibliographies and research. (Offered in 1963-64.)
APPLIED MUSIC
Vocal and instrumental instruction is available to all students. Beginners must
complete two semesters of private lessons in order to receive credit. Others
receive one credit for a minimum of sixteen thirty-minute lessons per semester.
Occasional lessons are available without credit. For statement of fees see under
Financial Information.
I, I Cr.
PIANO. I, 11.
Technique as needed, repertory, performance, accompanying. Music majors and
minors must pass the proficiency examination. Only those credits earned after this
examination has been passed apply toward the major or minor.
ORGAN. Prereq. Basic piano technique and consent of instructor. I, 11. I , I Cr.
Technique as needed, repertory, performance, hymn playing, accompanying.
I, I Cr.
VOICE. I, 11.
Includes correct habits of pronunciation and articulation, breath control,
flexibility, ear training in some cases, and interpretation of song classics, both
sacred and secular.
CHOIR.-;- I, 11.
CONCERTBAND. I, 11.
WOOD-W~ND
INSTRUMENTS,BRASSINSTRUMENTS.
2
Cr.
I, I
Cr.
I,
I
Cr.
WOMEN'S CHORUS (Cantorians), MALE CHORUS, VARSITYBAND, ORCHESTRA (Offered in 1963-64), BRASSENSEMBLE,STRINGENSEMBLE,
WOODWIND
ENSEMBLE.
I/1 Credit per semester
These organizations exist not only for the benefit of the music student but
for any student who wishes to participate in groups affording opportunity for
musical expression.
PERFORMANCESEMINAR I, 11.
o Cr.
6o/Division of the Humanities
DEPARTMENT OF ART
THE DEPARTMENTOF ART endeavors to further the student's technical and
conceptual understanding of art. Besides experience in the disciplines of drawing,
painting, and sculpture, emphasis is given to the function of art in history
and religion. Because of the place art has in contemporary life, students are
encouraged to consider the areas of teaching, graduate study, commercial designing, and avocational art.
In addition to the courses oeered for credit, students have the opportunity
to study and discuss with August Molder, artist in residence, problems of art
related to painting and the making of stained glass windows.
The department reserves the right to keep for three years examples of student art work for exhibition purposes.
Minor: 16 credits, including I , 17 or 18,
21
or 22, and 7 1 .
I . BASICDESIGN. Offered both semesters.
3 Cr.
Theory and application of basic art principles, in drawing, painting, lettering,
and sculpture.
3. ART IN DAILYLMNG. I.
See course 3 under Department of Home Economics.
3 Cr.
17, I 8. OIL PAINTING. I, 11.
2, z Cr.
Investigation of the technical and expressive possibilities of oil paint. Still life,
landscap, and portrait painting.
21, 22. SCULPTURE.I, 11.
z, z Cr.
Design in three-dimensional form. Modeling of portraits, human figures, and
animal forms. Ceramic and plaster casting.
32. WATER&LOR PAINTING. 11.
z Cr.
Use of transparent and opaque water color techniques, with emphasis on landscape painting. (Offered 1963-64.)
Upper Division Courses
n.
64. HISTORY
AND APPRECIATION
OF ART.
See course 64 under Department of Home Economics.
3 Cr.
68. PRINT MAKING.11. Prereq. I.
2 Cr.
Introduction to principles and methods of color printing and composition.
Studio practice in woodcut, linocut, monoprint and the silk screen process.
(Offered 1962-63.)
71. HISTORY
OF PAINTING. I.
3 Cr.
A historical survey of painting in western civilization from early Mediterranean
cultures to modern times.
Division of the Social Sciences
MR. CHRISLOCK,
Chairman
IT IS THE GENERAL PURPOSE of the work in this division to improve the
student's understanding of human relationships and his appreciation of their
importance and value, especially in their Christian interpretation. The work
proceeding under the guidance of the faculty in this division is therefore
ictended to develop a higher grade of citizenship and to improve the individual's
adaptation to his vocation.
DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY AND POLITICAL SCIENCE
THE WORK OF THIS DEPARTMENT is designed to give the student an understanding and appreciation of the events, functions, motivations, and operations
af the phenomena in the fields of History and Political Science. It affords
preparation for gaduate study and for teaching in secondary schools.
Major, 30 credits; minor, 2 1 credits. Students with a major o r minor in
history who plan to teach in this field must include History 21 and 22. For
non-majors, prerequisites may be waived on consent of the instructor.
I , 2. WESTERNCIVILIZATION.Fr. I, 11.
3, 3 crThis course is a rapid survey of European history from ancient times and up to
the present. Designed to lay the foundation for future work in History.
2 I, 22. UNITEDSTATES
HISTORY.
So. I, 11.
3, 3 CrA survey of the life of the American people, and the development of their ideas
and institutions. First semester, from early explorations to 1865; second semester,
the beginning of the reconstruction period to the present.
Upper Division Courses
52. ENGLANDTO I 832. Prereq. I, 2. Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
Emphasis laced on the constitutional development of England. (Offered 196263.1
3 Cr.
53. HISTORYOF CANADA. Jr., Sr. I.
The development of Canada from early explorations to the present, with
emphasis on Canadian-United States relations. (Offered 1963-64.)
5 5 . CONTEMPORARY
UNITEDSTATES. Prereq. 21, 22. Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
The United States from about 1900 to the present. Seminar offered in connection with this course may be takep for one additional credit on approval of
instructor.
62 / Dizfision of the Social Scirnces
A ~ T E R IDIFSQMATTC
C A ~ T HISTORY.
Prereq. 6 Cr. in History or Pof. Sci.
16.
=. Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
The history of Arreric3~1fortiqn policy. The period from ~ 8 9 8to the present
is emphnsiacd. Seminar o f i r e d in cr,mection with this course may be takcn for
or
one additional credit oa apprnr3l of in,strvctor.
(Offcred 1963-64.)
GOVERNMENTS
A N D PROBLEMS
OF SOUTHAND SOUTHEAST
ASIA.
Jr., Sr. I.
See course 57 under Political Science
57.
58. POLITICSAND PROBLEMSOF THE MIDDLEEAST. Jr., Sr. 11.
See course 58 under Political Science.
3 Cr.
3 Cr.
Prereq. I , 2. Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
61. ANCIENTHISTORY.
A cultural and p l i t i c a l history of ancient civilizations and their contribution
to modern cultures. (Offered 1962-63.)
3 Cr.
63. MEDIEVAL
EUROPE,300-1200. Prereq. I , z. Jr., Sr. I.
From the decline of Rome, through the ~olitical,economic, and cultural revival
of I r t h century Europe. (Offered 1963-64.)
64. MEDIEVALEUROPE, 1200-1500. Prereq. I , 2. Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
Medieval culture at its height in the r 3 t h century, the rise of western monarchies,
decline of the medieval papacy and empire, late Middle Ages and the Italian
Renaissance. (Offered 1963-64.)
3 Cr.
65. EARLYMODERNEUROPE, 1500-1648. Jr., Sr. I.
Emphasizes the religious crises of the Reformation and the religious wars.
(Offered 1962-63.)
66. EARLYMODERNEUROPE, 1648-1783. Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
A study of divine-righr ahsoliltism of Louis XIV and its influence in Europe,
contrasting political pattern of England, scientific developments and their
efiects on areas of thoughr, 18th cenrury background of the French Revolution. (Offered 1962-63.)
Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
A political and cultural survey of these countries from ancient times to the
nineteenth century. (Offered 1963-64.)
I67.
PRE-NINEI,EENTHCENTURYINDIA, CHINA, AND
68.
CHINA A N D JAPAN, 18y0
TO
JAPAN.
PRESENT. Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
A survey of the internal developments in China and Japan, their relations with
each other and with the West. (Offered 1963-64.)
A N D EARLYNINETEENTH
CENTURYEUROPE.
FRENCHREVOLUTION
Prereq. 12 credits in History. Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
Political, economic, social, and cultural development in Europe from 1789 to
I 8 $0. The French Revolution, Napoleon, the Restoration, the Revolution of
71.
I 848.
Division of the Social Sciences / 6 3
LATE NINETEENTH C E N ~ ~ U EUROPE.
RY
Prereq. 12 credits in History.
3 Cr.
Jr., Sr. 11.
Political, economic, social, and cultural development in Europe from 1848 to
1914. The national unification of Germany and Italy, the rise of imperialism,
and the background of World War I.
72.
HISTORY
OF POLITICALTHEORY. Jr., Sr. I.
See course 75 under Political Science.
75.
82. TWENTIETHCENTURYEUROPE. Prereq.
12
3 Cr.
credits in History. Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
A survey of recent developments in the world, extending from the outbreak, of
World War I to the present. Seminar offered in connection with this course
may be taken for one additional credit on approval af instructor.
95. SEMINARI N NORTHWESTHISTORY. Prereq. #., Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
A study of various areas of the history of Minnesota and the Northwest. A
research paper is required. (Offered 1962-63.)
POLITICAL SCIENCE
Minor:
I5
credits.
41-42:i- AMERICANGOVERXMENT.I, 11.
6 Cr.
A study of the Constitution; civil rights; federal, state, and local governments;
citizenship; and popular control of government.
Upper Division. Courses
5 6. AMERICANDIPLOMATICHISTORY.
11.
See course 56 under History.
3 Cr.
GOVERNMENTS
AND PROBLEMSOF SOUTH AND SOUTHEASTASIA. Jr.,
Sr. I.
3 Cr.
The emergence of the new national states in this area; their political and
economic problems. (Ogered 1962-63.)
57.
58. POLITICSAND PROBLEMS
OF .THE MIDDLEEAST. Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
A survey of the contemporary political and economic problems in the Middle
East. (Offered 1962-63.)
PUBLIC FINANCE. Prereq. 41-42 or Economics I F for Political Science
3 Cr.
minors. Jr., Sr. I.
See course 61 under Business Administration and Economics.
61.
71. HISTORY
OF POLITICALTHEORY. Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
A survey of the high points in the development of political theory from the
Greeks to the present. (Offered 1963-64.)
GEOGRAPHY
14. HUMANGEOGRAPHY. Fr., So. 11.
A study of geographical factors affecting mankind.
3
Cr.
64 / Division of the Social Sciences
Combined Major in Social Sciences for Teaching: 24 credits in History (including History 21 and 22) and Geography; Sociology I , 2; Economics I F , 16;
Political Science 41-42.
Minor in Social Science: 6 credits each in History and Sociology; Political
Science 41-42; and 3 credits in Economics.
DEPARTMENT OF SOCIOLOGY
THE OBJECTIVES OF THIS DEPARTMENT are to help students attain a better
understanding ~f socircy and its socia! problems, a3 well as tu prepare students
for social senice, f o r grnduatc trnining in mcia1 nrork. and for graduare study in
Sociology. Bepond rrndersranding of society and its pmMcms and beyond
academic comperence, the Department aims to explore the relevance uf Christianity to effective social service.
Major, 27 credits including Sociology I, 2. Required in addition are History
1-2, o r 21, zz; Psychology 5 .
Minor, 11 credits including Sociology I, 2. Required in addition are History
1-2, or Z I , 22.
I.
INTRODUCTION
TO SOCIOLOGY. Fr., So. I.
3 Cr.
An introduction to the field of Sociology, examining its methods, techniques,
and general concepts as they apply to an analysis of American society.
2.
SOCIALPROBLEMS. Fr., So. 11.
3 Cr.
The dynamic processes at the root. of contemporary problems. Problems of
personal, family and community disorganization are selected for special study.
8. SOCIOLOGY.
11.
r o r 3 Cr.
A n introduction to the field of sociology. Designed especially for student nurses.
I 6.
MODERNSCANDINAVIA.11.
3 Cr.
See course 16 under Scandinavian Language and Literature.
21.
RURAL SOCIOLOGY.So. I.
3 Cr.
Structure, function and change of rural society with special attention to the
problems of contemporary rural America.
rr.
URBANSOCIOLOGY.SO. 11.
3 Cr.
Study of the city as to historical background, causes of growth, social communities, maladjustments, urban planning, housing problems, health factors,
cultural centers, and rural-urban relationships.
AND FAMILYRELATIONSHIPS.
Offered both semesters.
42. MARRIAGE
See course 42 under Department of Home Economics.
3 Cr.
Division of the Social Sciences / 65
Upper Division Courses
9 3 . INTRODUCTION
TO STATISTICS.
Jr. I.
3 Cr.
Scientific methods of dealing with the collection, organization, comparison, and
interpretation of numerical data. Constructing of graphs and tables, finding
measures of central tendencies, variability and correlation. Methods of sampling.
54. SOCIALRESEARCH.Jr. 11.
3 Cr.
Methods of investigation in sociology and psychology; an examination of problems and procedures of social research; an analysis of research designs and
techniques.
57. FIELDSOF SOCIALWOW. Jr., Sr., I.
z Cr.
An introduction to the historical development, basic concepts, legislative policies, organizational structure, and institutional functions of social welfare,
including a survey of contemporary public welfare and social security.
TO METHODS
OF SOCIALWORK. Jr., Sr. 11.
58. INTRODUCTION
z Cr.
Principles and procedures of case work and group work. Designed especially for
students who anticipate entering the field of social work. (Offered 1963-64.)
5 9 6 0 . t FIELDEXPERIENCE
I N SOCIAL
WORKAGENCIES.Jr., Sr. I, 11.
2 Cr.
Provides laboratory experience in the metropolitan community for students
preparing for social work. To be integrated with Sociology 57 and 5 8 o r 66.
63. CRIMINOLOGY.
Prereq. I. Jr., Sr. I.
3 cr.
A study of the nature of delinquency and crime in contemporary society. An
examination of casual factors, methods of apprehension, treatment, and prevention of delinquency and crime.
66. PUBLICWELFARE.Jr., Sr. 11.
z Cr.
A study of the development of public welfare in the context of historical
changes in American society, and an examination of major concomitant social
issues. (Offered 1962-63.)
3 Cr.
75. SOCIALPSYCHOLOGY.
Prereq. I , Psy. 5. Jr., Sr. I.
Society and the individual, the socialization process, the development of personality, the impact of grou,p norms. Selrcted forms of collective behavior
such as crowd, rumor, and audiences.
3 Cr.
76. RACERELATIONS.Jr., Sr. 11.
The dynamics of prejudice, racism, and discrimination, together with an examination of social action programs. (Offered 1962-63.)
78. LABOR-MANAGEMENT
RELATIONS.Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
An analysis of the socio-economic roles of labor and management in a dynamic
society. (Offered 1963-64.)
81. MODERNSOCIOLOGICAL
THEORY.
Sr. I.
3 Cr.
An examination of the nature and major types of contemporary sociological
theories in the context of their historical settings in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. (Offered 1963-64.)
66 / Division of the Social Sciences
DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY
THE OBJECTIVES OF THIS DEPARTMENT ARE: ( I ) to acquaint the student with
the principles and methods in the scientific study of behavior and ( 2 ) to enable
the student to better understand the processes which influence behavior. Emphasis is on the study of man, so that the student may develop an understanding of himself and his fellow man.
Major: 24 credits, including 5, 6 1 , 62, 64, 8 1 , and 86. In addition, Sociology
$3 or Business Administration 54 is required. Students planning to enter graduate school in psychology should also plan to take Biology 1-2 o r 13-14;
Chemistry 5, 6, or Physics 5, 6 ; and Philosophy 2 3 or 73.
Minor: I 5 credits, including 5, 62.
5. GENERALPSYCHOLOGY.
So. o r #. Offered both semesters.
3 Cr.
A study of the basic processes underlying behavior. The general principles and
methods of psychology are examined as they apply to the many areas of
specialization in psychology.
7. GENERALPSYCHOLOGY.
I.
2
Cr.
A study of the basic processes underlying behavior. The general principles and
methods of psychology are examined. For student nurses.
Upper Division Courses
50. H U M A NGROWTHA N D DEVELOPMENT.
Prereq. 5. Jr., Sr. o r
See course 5 0 under Education.
#.
11.
3 Cr.
60. PSYCHOLOGICAL
MEASUREMENT.
Prereq. 5 and Soc. 53 or Bus. Ad. 54.
Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
A systematic survey of problems of data collection and analysis. Special attention given to measurement of achievement, aptitudes, interests, attitudes.
61. PSYCHOLOGY
OF PERSONALITY:
NORMAL.Prereq. 5 . Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
A study of the dynamics of human adjustment with emphasis on behavior
that customarily falls within the normal range. Includes an introduction to major theories of personality.
#.
Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
A study of the sociological, biological, and psychological factors involved in
abnormal behavior. Contains an examination of diagnostic categories, treatment,
and research in mental illness.
OF PERSONALITY:
ABNORMAL.Prereq. 6 1 or
62. PSYCHOLOGY
64. EXPERIMENTAL
PSYCHOLOGY.
Prereq. 5 , and Sac. 53 o r Bus. Ad. 54.
Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
An introduction to design, execution, and analysis of experiments in psychology.
One two-hour lecture and one three-hour laboratory period per week.
Division of the Social Sciences / 67
71. EDUCATIONAL
PSYCHOLOGY.
Prereq. 5 . Jr. I.
See course 71 under Education.
3 Cr.
75. SOCIALPSYCHOLOGY.
Prereq. 5 and Soc.
See course 75 under Sociology.
3 Cr.
I.
Jr., Sr. I.
81. HISTORYAND SYSTEMSIN PSYCHOLOGY.
Prereq. 9 hours in Psy. or #.
Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
A survey of ideas and events of importance in the development of current
points of view in psychology.
1-2, 1-2 Cr.
83, 84. TOPICSIN PSYCHOLOGY.
Prereq. #. Jr., Sr. I, 11.
Independent study for students desiring to carry out individual research projects. Four credit maximum.
85. COUNSELING
PSYCHOLOGY.
Prereq. 61.Sr. I.
3 Cr.
An introduction to the basic principles, methods, and techniques of counseling.
Consideration given to goals and ethical problems in a counseling relationship.
(Offered 1963-64.)
86. SEMINARIN PSYCHOLOGY.
Prereq. 1 5 hours in Psy. or #. Sr. 11.
2 Cr.
A study of psychological problems in the contemporary world. (Offered 196364.)
DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION
THE EDUCATION
CURRICULUM has been designed primarily for those preparing
to do public school teaching, although any student who is preparing to work
with youth is encouraged to study in this area. The work in this department
will qualify the graduate ifor teaching on the elementary or the junior and
senior high school level, as well as for further study in the field of education.
ELEMENTARY EDUCATIOh7
STUDENTS
PLANNING FOR elementary school teaching are required to follow
the prescribed course of study. See under curriculum for Elementary Education.
Formal admission to the program takes place in the sophomore year. During
t h i s year the srudmt has regwlw conferences with the Director for orientation
ar;d counseling purposes, and is resred in the subject matter of the fields which
are r ~ u ~ hinr elementary schools. S:udenrs wirh dctiriencies may be required to
t A e addi:ionnl work. Each scudenx w&ng to complete the program must
make written application on the form provided and must be recommended by
thc Director and approved by the Committee on Teacher Education.
Major: 3 1 credits, including all courses listed under Curriculum for Elementary Education.
6 8 /Division of the Social Sciences
51. ORIENTATIONTO ELEMENTARY
EDUCATION.
Prereq. Admission to Dept.
of Education, Jr. I.
4 Cr.
A study of the qualifications of teachers, the teaching profession, survey of
American schools, philosophies, policies, and practices. Includes observation of
teaching situations.
73.
A
HUMAN
GRDPM
AND
stndy of the growth
DEVELOPMENT.
Prereq. Psy. 5, Jr. I.
3 Cr.
and development of the human organism from con-
ception &rough adol~cmce.Emphasis on process of learning, factors influencing learn in^.
54. METHODSAND MATERIALS:ART, HEALTH,PHYSICALEDUCATION,
MUSIC.
z Cr.
Prereq. 5 I and 53. Jr. II.
Principles, methods and techniques for health and physical education in elementary grades. Philosophy, methods and materials for teaching art and music
in the elementary school.
56. METHODS AND MATERIALS:MATHEMATICS,
SCIENCE.Prereq. 5 I and 53.
Jr. 11.
r Cr.
Principles, aims, methods, techniques of arithmetic and science in the elementary school. Use of instructional materials.
61.METHODSAND MATERIALS:
LANGUAGE
ARTS.Prereq. 5 1 and j 3 . Sr. I. r Cr.
Aims, methods and techniques of the language arts sther than reading;
language, spelling and handwriting
METHODSAND MATERIALS:SOCIALSTUDIES.Prereq. j I and 53. Sr. IT. r Cr.
Objertiveg, principles, rnerhods and techniques in the social studies. Development of units.
62.
63. TEACHING
OF READING.Prereq. 5 I and 5 3. Sr. I.
3 Cr.
Deals with the problems of teaching reading to elementary school children. T h e
materials and methods are studied in the context of learning theory.
65. CHILDREN'SLITERATURE.Prereq. 5 I and j 3 o r #. Sr. I.
3 Cr.
This is a study of literature suitable for children of elementary school age. It
requires extensive reading and evaluation of books.
66. SEMINARIN TEACHING.
Prereq. Concurrent registration in 68. Sr. 11. r Cr.
This deals with the practical problems of teaching as they arise in the student
reaching experience.
68. DIRECTEDTEACHING
IN
THE ELEMENTARY
SCHOOL.Open to seniors in
elementary education. 11.
8 Cr.
Students spend eight weeks assisting the regular teacher and doing actual tea,ching in cooperating schools. Supemision is carried out by the classroom cooperating teacher and the college staff.
SECONDARY EDUCATION
TO THE SECONDARY EDUCATION CURRICULUM requires an application
ADMISSION
to be approved by the Committee on Teacher Education. Application must be
made during the second semester of the sophomore year if the student is to
complete the program in the regular time of two years. Approval is granted on
Division of the Social Sciences / 69
the basis of a satisfactory health report, favorable personality characteristics,
and a minimum in scholastic achievement of 1.5 honor point ratio in the major,
a 1.0 ratio in the minor, and a 1.0 ratio for the over-all average. Except in
special fields the applicant should be preparing for competency in at least two
subjects that are taught on the high school level, that is, he should complete
a major and a minor or two majors.
All students admitted to the secondary education curriculum must register
for Group Activity, usually to be taken in connection with Ed. 71 and 72.
They are also required to have a course in personal and community health
(Family Health for Home Economic majors) and three semester hours in general psychology, the latter to be completed before taking Ed. 71. For a proposed course of study see Curriculum for High School Teaching.
3 Cr.
71. EDUCATIONAL
PSYCHOLOGY.Prereq. Psy. 5, Jr. I.
A study of human development, learning, and adjustment in order to better
understand human behavior, especially the behavior of adolescents in a school
context.
72. TEACHING
IN SECONDARY
SCHOOLS. Prereq. 71. Jr. 11.
3 Cr.
This course has three parts: a study of the purposes and programs of secondary
schools; developing personal competency in planning instructional activities; and
developing the ability to evaluate the outcome of instruction.
o Cr.
73, 74. GROUPACTIVITY.I, 11.
This is not given as a separate course, but offered in connection with Education
71, 72. Includes such activities as teaching, supervising recreation, and advising clubs. The cooperation of the agencies involved is necessary, with reports
from the supervisor and the student.
76. ~RINCWLES
OF GUIDANCE.
Prereq. 71. Offered both semesters. Sr.
2
Cr.
A study of the guidance function of the classroom teacher, tools and techniques
used in studying students, and methods appropriate for student guidance,
including counseling.
2 Cr.
n.
both semesters. Sr.
78. SCHOOLAND S o c ~ ~ Offered
A course designed to develop skill in perceiving and defining current problems in education and the relation of the American school system to modern
society. Included are a study of educational philosophy and the development
of American education.
79.
TEACHING
OF NATURALSCIENCES
IN
THE
SECONDARY
SCHOOL. Sr. I.
2
Cr.
t
Cr.
SECONDARY
SCHOOL. Sr. I.
2
Cr.
SECONDARY
SCHOOL. Sr. I.
2
Cr.
81.
TEACHING
OF BUSINESS
IN
83.
TEACHING
OF MATHEMATICS
IN
85.
TEACHING
OF SOCIALSTUDIES
IN
87.
TEACHING
OF HEALTH
EDUCATIONAND PHYSICALEDUCATION
IN
THE
SECONDARY
SCHOOL. Sr. I.
SECONDARY
SCHOOL. Sr. I.
THE
THE
THE
s Cr.
70 / Division of the Social Sciences
88. TEACHING
OF MUSICIN
THE
ELEMENTARY
SCHOOL. Jr.
89.
TEACHING
OF MUSICIN
THE
SECONDARY
SCHOOL. Sr. I.
91.
TEACHINGOF HOME ECONOMICSr~
THE
n.
z Cr.
2 Cr.
SECONDARY
SCHOOL. Sr. I.
z Cr.
92.
EVALUATION
AND ADULTEDUCATION
IN HOME ECONOMICS. Sr. 11.
2
93.
TEACHINGOF ENGLISHIN
2 Cr.
94.
TEACHING
OF MODERNLANGUAGES
IN
THE
SECONDARY
SCHOOL. Sr. I.
THE
Cr.
SECONDARY
SCHOOL. Sr. I.
2 Cr.
TEACHING
OF SPEECH IN THE SECONDARY
SCHOOL. Sr. I.
2 Cr.
Courses 79 through 95 include the study of the materials, organization, and
teaching procedures of the field for which they are given; applications of the
principles of teaching are made in the specific field. Each student is required
to take one course related to the major field to prepare for student teaching.
Prerequisites are a major in the field and Education 72.
95.
97. STUDENTTEACHING
IN
THE
both semesters.
SECONDARY
SCHOOL. Prereq. 72. Offered
6 Cr.
Student teaching is offered both semesters of the senior year. Two alternative
experiences are possible: an eight-week, full-time teaching assignment; or onehalf day of each school day for one semester. In addition, the student attends
seminar meetings.
99.
TOPICS IN EDUCATION. Offered both semesters. Sr.
1-2 Cr.
Independent s t u d y offering students an opportunity to explore areas of specialization in education. Each student does research and presents a report of his
findings o n the requirements, present status, and future possibilities of his own
field of interest. Conducted largely on a seminar basis. Open to seniors with the
approval of the department.
LIBRARY SCIENCE
THE FOLLOWING
COURSES prepare the student to meet the state requirements
for a minor in library science. They train him in making a wise choice of books
for the school li,brary, in preparing books and other library materials for
circulation, in administering a school library, and in making intelligent and
effective use of library tools for his own needs as a teacher.
Minor,
55-56:i-
I6
credits. Recommended elective, Education 65.
BASICFUNCTIONSOF
THE
SCHOOLLIBRARY. SO., Jr. I, 11.
4 Cr.
Designed to acquaint the student with the place of the library in the school
and community; local public, county, state, and national services; standards;
relations with school administration, faculty, students, and community; the
budget; planning, housing, and equipment; library records; organization of
materials; school library administration.
Division of the Social Sciences / 7 1
58. ELEMENTARYM A ~ R I A L SJr.,
. Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
Library materials for the elementary school library; book selection, principles
and standard lists; correlating the library holdings with the grade curriculum;
reviewing of individual titles. Sources. (Offered 1962-63.)
MATERIALS. Jr., Sr. I, 11.
6 Cr.
59-6o.j- SECONDARY
Introduction to book selection; book selection in subject fields, including reference books and related fiction; periodicals and other non-book materials, standard lists for book selection; reviewing of individual titles. Sources. (Offered
'963-64.)
METHODS. Prereq. 56. Sr. I.
6 1 . PRACTICAL
I
Cr.
Giving the student practice experience in school libraries; teaching the use of
thc library; weeding and withdrawal procedures.
63. READINGGUIDANCE.Sr. I.
2 Cr.
Remedial reading in the school as it relates to the school library, reading ladders;
student's personal library; professional literature in the field; lists, testing,
and records; guiding individual students in their recreational reading.
DEPARTMEMT OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION A N D
ECONOMICS, A N D BUSINESS EDUCATION
THE
OBJECTIVE
OF THIS
DEPARTMENT is to help students gain a broad
knowledge and sound perspective of business and our economic society. The
business major prepares a student for positions in the business community. The
economics major provides the background necessary for further study in
g a d u a t e school. The department also provides a major and minor f o r teaching
in secondary schools.
BUSINESS ADMlNlSTRATION A N D ECOATOMICS
Major in Business Administration: 3 3 credits, including courses I , 2, 15, 16,
53, 54, 61, 62, 92. Equivalent of higher algebra also required.
Major in Economics: 30 credits, including courses I , 2, 15, 16, 54, 6 1 , 62,
92, and nine credits from courses 78, 8 I , 83, 84. Math. 5 2 also required.
Applications for admission to the major must be made to the department
before the end of the sophomore year. Recommended electives: sociology, psychology, history, and political science.
Minor in Business Administration: 1 8 credits, including courses I , 2, 15,
and six credits in Upper Division courses.
I 6,
Minor in Economics: 1 5 credits, including courses 15, 16, and nine credits
from courses 61, 62, 78, 81, 83, 84.
I , 2 . PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING.Fr. I, 11.
3, 3 Cr.
An introduction to the principles of accounting and their application to the
single
partnership, and corporation; preparation of financial
72 / Division of the Social Sciences
statements; and procedure in recording and classifying business transactions.
Meets four hours per week.
I 5, I 6.
PRINCIPLESOF ECONOMICS. So. I, 11.
3, 3 c r .
The foundations of economic analysis; production, employment and prices; and
public policy. The objective is to promote interest in economic problems and
the ability t o use economic analysis in reaching judgments about economic
policy problems. Course 1 5 recommended for students taking only one semester of economics.
Upper Division Courses
53. BUSINESSLAW. Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and
business organizations.
54. INTRODUCTION
TO STATISTICS.
Prereq. higher algebra. Jr. 11.
3 Cr.
A course in scientific methods of dealing with the collection, organization,
comparison and interpretation of numerical data. Consideramble emphasis on statistical inference.
61. INTERMEDIATE
ECONOMIC
ANALYSIS:
THE FIRM. Prereq. 11,16,and higher
algebra. Jr. I.
2 Cr.
An analysis of the behavior of business firms under competitive and monopolistic conditions, with particular reference to the firms' decisions in regard to
production and prices.
62. INTERMEDIATE
ECONOMICANALYSIS:INCOME
AND EMPLOYMENT.
Prereq.
2 Cr.
IJ,16, and higher algebra. Jr. 11.
An analysis of the determinants of national income, employment and price
levels with particular reference to aggregate consumption and investment.
71. INTERMEDIATE
ACCOUNTING.
I. Prereq. 2. Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, net income concepts, capital stock and surplus accounts, cash, receivables and inventories.
72. INTERMEDIATE
ACCOUNTING
11. Prereq. 71.Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to investments, tangible and intangible fixed assets, liabilities and reserves, with additional emphasis on financial statements and various measures of income and operations.
74. COST ACCOUNTING.
Prereq. 72. Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
Essential features of accounting for manufacturing concerns with particular
reference to the securing of unit costs of manufactured products; job order and
process costs.
78. LABOR-MANAGEMENT
RELATIONS.Jr., Sr. 11.
See course 78 under Department of Sociology.
3 Cr.
Division of the Social Sciences / 73
8 1 . MONEYAND BANKING.Prereq. r 5 , I 6. Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
The influence of money and banking on economic activity and of monetary and
fiscal policies which might be adopted to yield a stable general price level with
high levels of output and employment.
8 3 . PUBLICFINANCE.Prereq. 15, 1 6 . Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
Governmental taxation, spending and borrowing, and the impact of governmental finance on economic activity.
8 4 . COMPARATIVE
ECONOMICSYSTEMS.
Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
A cornpararive study of the major politico-economic systems of today-capitalism, socialism, communism. The background, the characteristics, the
strengths and weaknesses, and the problems of each system will be examined
and compared.
9 2 . SEMINARIN BUSINESS
ADMINISTRATION.
Sr. Offered both semesters.
2 Cr.
Covers problems of special concern to economics and business majors and serves
as a capstone of previous work. The course is designed to encourage advanced
study by students in areas of particular interest to them.
BUSINESS EDUCATION
THESECOURSES
ARE PLANNED to prepare students for stenographic and secretarial positions in business oEices, to assist in the preparation for the teaching
of business education in high schools, for parish secretarial work, and to provide
an opportunity for the development of business skills for personal use.
Business education major: 3 6 credits above I , including 3-4, 8 , 5 I , 5 2 , 5 3 - 5 4 ,
5 5 . Business Administration I , 2 , I 5, 1 6 , 5 3 .
Minor: 2 6 credits above I , including 3-4, 8, 5 1 , 5 2 , 5 3 - 5 4 , and Business
Administration I , 2 ; or I 5, I 6.
Six credits less will be required on the major or minor, if the student can
demonstrate satisfactory -achievement in course 3-4.
I.
ELEMENTARY
TYPEWRITING.
Offered both semesters.
I Cr.
A course for the development of the fundamental skills of typewriting. Three
hours per week.
3-4.t
6 Cr.
ELEMENTARY
SHORTHAND.Prereq. I . I, 11.
Fundamentals of Simplified Gregg Shorthand. Dictation and transcription. Four
hours per week.
3 Cr.
8. OFFICE MACHINES.Prereq. I . Offered both semesters.
The operation of the calculator, adding machine, mimeograph, mimeoscope,
spirit duplicator, and the transcription machine. Three hours per week.
Upper Division Courses
3 Cr.
5 I . ADVANCED
TYPEWRITING.
Prereq. I or equivalent. I.
Further development of typewriting technique in business letter arrangement,
billing, tabulating, manuscript typing, and the typing of legal documents.
Four hours per week.
74 / Division of the Social Sciences
52. SECRETARIAL
PRACTICE.
Prereq. 4. 11.
3 Cr.
Dictation, business letterwriting, filing, telephoning, use of business and legal
forms, personality development, writing application letters, and making application for a job. Mimeographing also taught for those who include this as a
part of the parish worker's course. Four hours per week.
4 Cr.
53-54.t ADVANCED
SHORTHAND.Prereq. 4 or equivalent. I, II.
Advanced study of Gregg shorthand. Rapid dictation. Open to students who
can take dictation at a minimum of 80 words per minute. Four hours per week.
55. BUSINESSSEMINAR.11.
z Cr.
A study in special ~roblemsin the field of business education through research
and informal discussion. Special emphasis on general business.
DEPARTMENT OF HOME ECONOMICS
THE OBJECTNES
OF THIS DEPARTMENT are threefold: to provide courses that
will help students to solve personal, home, and family living problems; to offer
training for homemaking; and to offer training for the teaching of home
economics. Graduates are qualified to teach in federally aided home economics
departments. Courses are open to all students and recommended for general
education.
Non-teaching major: 36 credits; courses are 3, 5, 6, 8, 39, 40, 42, 45, 58,
74. Also required are: Chemistry 5 or 5-6 or 1-32; Physics 3;
66, 67, 71,
Economics 15; Sociology I ; Biology 1-2 or 4 or 13-14, and 54; Psychology 5
and 3 additional credits in Social Science.
Non-teaching minor:
upper division course.
21
credits, including 3, 5, 8, 39, 40, 42, 45, and one
Teaching major: 38 credits above H. Ec. 3 ; courses listed for non-teaching
major plus 33 and 75. Also required of students preparing to teach Home EConomics are Education 91 and 92.
Each student who plans for a vocation in this field should consult members
of the staff about details of the program when she begins her college work.
3 Cr.
3. ART IN DAILYLIVING. I.
A study of art as it is met in the activities of everyday living. Open to all
students.
2 Cr.
5. CLOTHINGSELECTION,
CAREAND REPAIR.I.
Line and design in dress, wardrobe planning, clothing costs and budgets,
quality in ready made garments, textile fabrics, problems related to storing
and caring for clothing. Two class hours per week.
11.
6, CLOTHINGCONSTRUCTION.
2 Cr.
Laboratory experience in making three simple garments from fabrics of different
fiber content. One lecture and two double laboratory periods per week.
Division of Social Science / 75
8. ELEMENTSOF NUTRITION. 11.
A study of the nutrients necessary for maintenance of good health
all of life starting from prenatal needs and continuing rhrough old
emphasis is placed on the needs of the college student. Dietaries of
bers and published recommended dietaries will be analyzed. Three
periods per week.
3 Cr.
throughout
age. Special
class memsingle class
3 Cr.
33. COLORAND DESIGN. I.
Principles of design and color related to selecting and arranging household furnishings. Lettering and simple poster designing. Some craft experience. Home
Economics 3 prerequisite for Home Economics majors. Three double laboratory
periods per week.
z Cr.
36. CRAFTS. 11.
Laboratory experience in various crafts which can be done at home or at camps
with simple equipment. Two double laboratory periods per week. (Ofiered
'963-64.)
AND MANAGEMENT.Prereq. 8 o r f f . I, II. 3, 3 Cr.
3,0, 40. FOODPREPARATION
Laboratory experience in food preparation, menu planning, and table service.
Study of time and money management as related to family meals; food preservation; food costs and purchasing of food. Three double laboratory periods per
week.
Offered both semesters.
3 Cr.
42. MARRIAGEAND FAMILYRELATIONSHIPS.
A course applying principles of cultural living to everyday problems of home
life. Discussions of personal family relationships, preparation for marriage, the
Christian home and its influence in the community, and related subjects.
Regular lectures, talks by guest speakers, illustrated lectures, and tours.
r Cr.
45. CHILDDEVELOPMENT.Prereq. Psy. 5 or #. I.
The physical, mental and social development of the young child. Observations
in local nursery schools; a two week play school is conducted at the college for
10 to 12 children of pre-school age. One lecture period plus one double
laboratory period per week.
Upper Division Courses
58. TEXTILES.
11.
t Cr.
Study of textile fibers, fabrics, and finishes with special emphasis on selection,
use, and care of common household and clothing textiles. Two double laboratory
hours a week.
OF ART. 11.
3 Cr.
64. HISTORYA N D APPRECIATION
A study of the historical development of architecture, decoration, costume,
furniture, painting, and sculpture. Three regular hours scheduled and field trips
arranged. (Offered 1962-63.)
4 Cr.
66. HOMEPLANNINGAND FURNISHING. 11.
This course includes a consideration of housing, an analysis of floor plans, a
study of the design of exteriors and interiors, and problems in selecting,
arranging, and conserving home furnishings. Home Economics 3 and 33 prerequisite for Home Economics Education maiors. Three double laboratory periods
per week.
76
/ Divisim of
Socid Science
67. FAMILYHEALTH. I.
s Cr.
Basic facts and practical application of home care of the sick. Problems relating
to environmental disease, prevention of illness and safety measures, as well as to
individual health problems within the family group.
71. HOME MANAGEMENT
PROBLEMS. I.
z Cr.
Consideration of problems relating to planning, directing, guiding, and COordinating the resources of the home for happy, satisfying family living.
3 Cr.
73. HOME MANAGEMENT
LABORATORY.
I.
Actual experience in the regular activities of homemaking such as meal preparation and service, entertaining, care of house and equipment. Emphasis is
placed on management of time, money and energy for eflective family living.
Six weeks residence in a home management house. One individual conference and
one group meeting per week.
74. CONSUMEREDUCATIONAND INCOMEMANAGEMENT. II.
2 Cr.
The wise choice of consumer goods and services available on the market and
the necessity of a careful plan for spending are topics which will be considered
for the purpose of helping the student receive greater satisfaction from the use
of money income.
2 Cr.
75. ADVANCED
CLOTHINGCONSTRUCTION.
Prereq. 6. I.
Laboratory experience in making garments of wool. More advanced problems in
fitting and construction are used than those in Course z . Some experience also
given in planning and constructing garments for children. Two three-hour
laboratory periods per week.
Division of Natural Sciences
and Mathematics
MR. NASH, Chairman
IT IS THE PURPOSE of this division to provide training in methods and techniques of natural science and mathematics; to interpret Natural Science in the
light of the Word of God; to acquaint the student with the significance of
science and mathematics in a modern, changing world; to emphasize a sound
mind and a strong body; to train for vocations in various fields; and to equip
the student with a scientific background which will enrich hi life and the
lives of his fellow men.
DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGY
THE AIM OF THIS DEPARTMENT
is to give the student a broader scientific background through the study of Biology, to further the use of leisure time, and to
prepare for vocations or graduate study.
Major, 28 credits, including courses 13-14, 2 9 , 26, and at least 3 Upper
Division courses not including 60. Also required are 8 credits in chemistry.
Minor for high school teaching, 20 credits, including courses 13-14, 25, 26,
and at least one Upper Division course not including 60.
I-2.iGENERALBIOLOGY. Fr. I, 11.
6 Cr.
A study of the broad pinciples of biology to meet the needs of non-science
majors. Two lectures and one double laboratory period per week. This course
does not count toward the major or minor.
AND PHYSIOLOGY.
Fr. I.
4 Cr.
3. HUMANANATOMY
A professional course in human anatomy and physiology with special emphasis
on structure. For student nurses. Three lectures and three hours of laboratory
per week. Students who have credit for Biol. 4 will not receive credit for
Biol. 3.
4. HUMANANATOMY
AND PHYSIOLOGY.Fr. 11.
4 Cr.
A professional course in human anatomy and physiology with emphasis on
both structure and function. Three lectures and three hours of laboratory
per week. Students who have credit for Biol. 3 will not receive credit for Biol. 4.
8. MICROBIOLOGY.
11.
3 Cr.
The study of bacteria, yeasts, molds, viruses and other micro-organisms, their
characteristics, role and control, especially in the fields of sanitation and medicine. Designed especially for student nurses. Two lectures and three hours of
laboratory per week.
13-14.i- GENERALZOOLOGY.Fr. I, 11.
8 Cr.
A survey of the animal kingdom with emphasis on the habitat, morphology,
physiology, adaptation, and reproduction of type animals. Biological principles
are emphasized. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week.
78
/ Division of Natural Sciences and Mathematics
25, 26. GENERALBOTANY.SO., Jr. I, 11.
4, 4 Cr.
A study of the morphology and physiology of higher plants, followed by a
survey of the plant kingdom. Emphasis is also placed on botanical principles.
Flowering plants are identified in the spring. Three lectures and two single
laboratory periods per week.
Upper Division Courses
1I . GENETICS.Prereq. 15-14, or 25, 26. So., Jr. I.
4 Cr.
A study of the laws involved in heredity and variation. Special emphasis is
placed on the practical application of the genetical laws. Four lectures per week.
4 Cr.
52. ECOLOGY.
Prereq. I 3-14, and 25, 26. So., Jr. 11.
A survey of local ecological communities, and a study of the general principles
of biological association and succession. Two lectures and one double laboratory
period or field trip per week. (Ogered 1963-64.)
53. GENERALENTOMOLOGY.
Prereq. 13-14. Sr. I.
3 Cr.
A study of the habitat, morphology, physiology, reproduction, and classification
of insects. Two lectures and one double laboratory period per week. (Offered
1962-63.)
$4. MICROBIOLOGY.
Prereq. Chem.
or I $ . 11.
4 Cr.
The study of bacteria, yeasts, molds, viruses and other micro-organisms; their
characteristics, role, and control in the home, medicine, agriculture, and industry. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week.
3 Cr.
56. TAXONOMY
OF FLOWERING
PLANTS.Prereq. 25, 26. Sr. 11.
Taxonomy of flowering plants. Special emphasis is placed on systematic principles, systems of classification, rules of nomenclature, etc. Two lectures and
one double laboratory period per week. (Offered 1962-63.)
$ 8.
COMPARATIVE
ANATOMY
OF VERTEBRATES.
Prereq. I 3-14. lT.
4 Cr.
A comparative study dealing with the taxonomy, morphology, and evolution
of the larger vertebrate phyla. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods
per week.
60. BIOLOGYSEMINAR. Sr. 11.
A review of biological techniques. (Offered 1962-63.)
I
Cr.
DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY
IT IS THE PURPOSE of this department to give students an understanding and an
appreciation of the nature of matter and the ways by which this has been
elucidated. The curriculum in chemistry provides an opportunity to examine
the chemical aspect of the structure, the power, and beauty of one of the great
intellectual accomplishments of man-modern
science, and i t provides dramatic
examples of effective ways to handle certain types of problems.
Division of ATatural Sciences and Mathematics / 79
Courses in chemistry are offered not only as part of a liberal arts education,
but also to prepare for: ( I ) high school teaching, (2) the study of medicine,
dentistry, pharmacy, medical technology, nursing, and allied professions, (3)
graduate study, and (4) the chemical profession.
Students planning chemistry majors for pre-graduate training, high school
teaching, or pre-medical work are urged to consult with the chemistry staff at
the earliest possible time.
Major: 24 credits. Minor: 16 credits. Also strongly recommended are: Physics
5, 6; Mathematics 13, 14. Course 3 does not count toward the major or minor.
For those planning to teach chemistry in high school, the major will include
Math 13, 14; Physics 5, 6; Chem. 5, 6 (or 15, 1 6 ) ; 53, 54; 61; 82, 84 (or
78) and preferably 83, 85. A teaching minor must include Chem. 5, 6 (or 15,
16) and other courses to complete '16 credits. Chem. 32 and 61 are strongly
recommended.
Recommended for pre-medical students: I 7, 16, 53, 54, 61, 78; for pre-dental
students: 15, 16 (or 5, 6 ) , 53, 54; for graduate study: 15, 16, and all courses
above 50.
Majors participate in informal, biweekly seminars during the junior and senior years in Chem. 93, 94, 95, and 96.
See under Curriculums for a course of study to meet recommendations of
the American Chemical Society.
3.
ELEMENTARY
CHEMISTRY.Fr. I. Prereq. H. S. Chem. or
tf.
3 Cr.
Study of inorganic, organic, physiological, and pathological chemistry. Designed
especially to meet the needs of the Schools of Nursing of Lutheran Deaconess,
Swedish, Fairview, and Methodist Hospitals. Two lectures and two hours of
laboratory per week.
5, 6.
AND QUALITATIVE
ANALYSIS.
INTRODUCTORY
CHEMISTRY
Fr. I, 11.
4. 4 c r .
For pre-dental, home economics, elementary education, medical technologists,
and other students not majoring in chemistry. Laws and theories of chemistry
and of non-metals and metals and their compounds. Organic chemistry is considered. Systematic semimicro qualitative analysis of cations is the main laboratory work the second semester. Three lectures and four hours of laboratory
per week.
17, 16. INORGANIC
AND QUALITATIVE
CHEMISTRY. Fr. I, 11.
4, 4 c r For majors in chemistry, including pre-medical students; others by permission
of instructor. An intensive course. First semester devoted to fundamental principles and second to inorganic chemistry and qualitative analysis. Three lectures
and four hours of laboratory per week. Prereq.: High school chemistry, elementary algebra, and geometry.
32.
ELEMENTARY
ORGANICCHEMISTRY.Prereq. 5 or 15. So. 11.
4 Cr.
Designed for medical technology and home economics students. Aliphatic and
aromatic compounds with frequent reference to bio-chemistry. Three lectures
and three hours of laboratory per week. (Offered 1962-63.)
80
/ Division
of Natural Sciences and Mathematics
Upper Division Courses
53, 54. ORGANICCHEMISTRY.
Prereq. 6 or 16. So. I, 11.
4, 4 c r .
The important classes of aliphatic and aromatic compounds. Correlations based
on elementary molecular orbital theory and modern concepts of reaction mechanisms. Laboratory work is study of technique and the preparation and study
of typical organic ccnnpounds. Three lectures, five hours of laboratory per
week.
6 I . QUANTITATIVE
ANALYTICAL
CHEMISTRY.
Prereq. 3 2 or 5 3 or #; Math. 13. Jr. I.
4 Cr.
Gravimetric and volumetric analysis. Ionic equilibria with many problems to
solve. Some contact with instrumental analysis. Three lectures and six hours of
laboratory per week.
72. ADVANCED
ORGANICAND QUALITATIVE
CHEMISTRY.
Prereq. 54, 61; some
reading knowledge of German (or concurrent registration). Jr. 11. 4 Cr.
Lectures stress mechanism of organic reactions. Laboratory is qualitative analysis
of organic compounds and mixtures. The ultraviolet and infrared spectraphotometers are utilized. Two lectures and six hours of laboratory per week.
78. INTRODUCTION
TO PHYSICAL
CHEMISTRY.
Prereq. 61 and Math. 14. Jr. 11.
4 Cr.
For premedical students. Thermodynamics, thermochemistry, equilibrium, solutions, electrochemistry, kinetics, colloids, states of matter, gas laws, and atomic
structure. Three lectures, one recitation, and three hours of laboratory per week.
(Offered 1963-64.)
82, 83. PHYSICAL
CHEMISTRY.
Prereq. 61 and Math. 5 2 (or concurrent registra-
tion). Jr. 11, Sr. I.
3, 3 Cr.
For prospective graduate students and industrial chemists. Atomic structure,
states of matter, gas laws, thermodynamics, thermochemistry, equilibrium,
solutions, phase rule, electrochemistry, kinetics, colloids. Three lectures per
week.
84, 85. PHYSICAL
CHEMISTRY
LABORATORY.
Jr. 11, Sr. I.
I, I Cr.
Laboratory course to accompany Chemistry 82, 83. Four hours per week.
86. ADVANCED
PHYSICAL
CHEMISTRY.Prereq. 83. Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
Topics introducing statistical thermodynamics, introductory quantum chemistry,
afid theories of chemical binding. Three lectures per week.
88. ADVANCED
INSTRUMENTAL
ANALYSES.Prereq. 61. Jr., Sr. 11.
I Cr.
A laboratory course designed to acquaint students with some of the important
optical and electrochemical methods of chemical analysis. Four hours of laboratory per week.
90. ADVANCED
INORGANIC
CHEMISTRY.
Prereq. 61. 11.
4 Cr.
Review of atomic structure. Nuclear chemistry, the periodic table, hydrides,
and coordination chemistry. Preparations of inorganic compounds utilizing hottube reactions, air free systems, and similar techniques. Three lectures and three
hours of laboratory per week.
Division of Natural Sciences and Mathematics
/ 81
93, 94, 95, 96. CHEMISTRY
SEMINARS. Jr., Sr. I, 11.
o Cr.
During the junior and senior years all chemistry majors will participate in these
informal bi-weekly seminars to discuss topics of general interest.
97, 98. CHEMISTRY
RESEARCH.Sr. I, 11.
Cr. Arr.
During the senior year each chemistry major preparing for graduate study in
chemistry, will participate in independent research in cooperation with a staff
member. By staff permission only.
DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS
RECENTDEVELOPMENTS in the field of physics make it imperative that excellent
training be provided for those who intend to continue their studies in graduate
school or who intend to pursue a career in the teaching of physics. It is the
aim of this department to assure the needed training for both of these groups
and to provide the non-science major with s d c i e n t background to make it
possible for him to follow, with some degree of comprehension, the developments in the field of science as they come to him from the medium of semiscientific publications.
Major: 27 credits including courses 5 3 , 54.
Minor: 16 credi,ts.
Courses
2
and 3 do not apply toward the major or minor.
2.
DESCRIPTIVE
ASTRONOMY.Fr. 11.
3 Cr.
A study of our galaxy with particular emphasis on the origin of our solar
system and the distribution and composition of the planets and stars. The location of some of the more prominent constellations and the use of the telescope
and spectroscope will be studied. Three lectures per week. Periodic evening
meetings to observe the sky.
3 . PRINCIPLES
OF PHYSICS. Prereq. elementary algebra. Fr. I.
3 Cr.
A lecture, demonstration-laboratory course in the principles of physics 'including
mechanics, fluids, heat, electricity, magnetism, light and sound. This course is
intended for students in home economics and elementary education, and others
who wish some basic information in the field of physics. Three lectures, one
two-hour laboratory.
5. GENERAL
PHYSICS.Prereq. Math. 13 or concurrent registration in Math. 13.
Fr., So. I.
4 Cr.
A general course in mechanics, sound, and heat. Three lectures, one quiz, and
one two-hour laboratory period per week.
6. GENERALPHYSICS. Prereq. 5 . Fr., So. 11.
4 Cr.
This course is a continuation of Phys. 5 and covers electricity, magnetism, and
light. Three lectures, one quiz, and one two-hour laboratory period per week.
82
/Division of Natztral Sciences and Mathematics
Upper Division Courses
INTRODUCTION
TO ATOMICAND NUCLEAR
PHYSICS. Prereq. 6, and Math.
5 I or concurrent registration in Math. 51. So., Jr. 11.
3 Cr.
The hydrogen atom, optical and X-ray spectra determination of "e" and "e"/m,
radioactivity, disintegration of nuclei, nuclear fission. Three hours lecture per
week.
52.
ELECTRICITY
AND MAGNETISM.Prereq. 6, and Math. 5 1 or concurrent
registration in Math. 5 I . So., Jr. I.
3 Cr.
Electric and magnetic fields, potential, D.C. circuits, A.C. circuits, electrical
instruments. Three hours lecture per week.
53.
ELECTRICITY
AND MAGNETISM.Prereq. 5 3 and Math. 5 2 or concurrent
3 Cr.
registration in Math 52. So., Jr. 11.
Continuation of Physics 53, including also electronics and field theory.
54.
OPTICS. Prereq. 6 and Math. 5 I or concurrent registration in Math. 5 1
Jr. I.
3 Cr.
Geometrical and physical optics dealing with topics such as reflection and refraction by both plane and spherical surfaces, less aberrations, interference,
diffraction, polarized light. (Offered 1962-63.)
57.
MECHANICS.Prereq. 6 and Math. 5 1 . Jr. I, 11.
3, 3 c r .
Introduction to vector algebra and vector analysis, forces, motion of a particle,
motion of a rigid body, work, kinetic energy, vibrations in one dimension,
motion in a conservative field.
61, 62.
ADVANCED
PHYSICSLABORATORY.
Prereq. concurrent registration in
I, I Cr.
an upper division physics course. Jr., Sr. I, 11.
Experiments will be performed in electricity and magnetism, atomic and nuclear
physics, optics, heat and mechanics. One three-hour period per week.
63, 64.
7 1 . HEAT AND THERMODYNAMICS.
Prereq. 6, and Math. 5 1 or concurrent
3 Cr.
registration in Math. 5 I . Jr., Sr. I.
A study of temperature, heat, expansion, change of state, ideal gases, first and
second laws of thermodynamics, heat engines. (Offered 1963-64.)
PHYSICS. Prereq. 6, and Math. 5 I. Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
72. MATHEMATICAL
Discussion of the equations of mathematical physics with applications to various
fields such as mechanics, thermodynamics, heat flow, electricity and magnetism,
optics. (Offered 1963-64.)
PHYSICSLABORATORY.
Prereq. concurrent registration in
73, 74. ADVANCED
I, I Cr.
an upper division physics course. Jr., Sr. I, 11.
Experiments will be performed in electricity and magnetism, atomic and nuclear
physics, optics, heat and mechanics. One three-hour period per week.
Combined Science Major for Teaching: 4 6 credits, including Chemistry 5, 6,
(or 15, 16) 32, 6 1 ; Biology 13-14 and 25, 26; Physics 5, 6, and 6 credits in
Upper Division courses.
Division of Natural Sciences a d Mathmatics / 8 3
DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS
The Department of Mathematics aims to develop the student's knowledge and
skill in the major branches of elementary mathematics, an appreciation of its
cultural and practical values, and the background for teaching and for professional and graduate study.
~ a j o r :24 credits above 13, including 14, 5 I, 52. For those preparing to
teach in the secondary schools, courses 6 1 , 62, and 71, 72 are also required.
Minor: z t credits, including
I 3,
14, 5 I , 52.
5 . ENGINEERING
DRAWINGAND DESCRIPTIVE
GEOMETRY.Prereq. solid geometry.
Er., I.
3 Cr.
Representation and analysis of systems of projection and space problems
including engineering geometry. Introduction to theory and standard practices
of graphic representation. Two lectures and four laboratory hours per week.
6. ENGINEERINGDRAWING
A N D GRAPHICCOMPUTATION.
Prereq. 5, I 3. Fr., 11.
3 Cr.
Application of theory and standard ' practices of graphic representation.
Graphical computation of engineering problems and analysis of empirical data.
Two lectures and four laboratory hours per week.
13, 14. INTRODUCTION
TO MATHEMATICAL
ANALYSIS.Prereq. higher algebra
o r equivalent. Fr., So. I, 11.
4, 4 c r .
An analysis of algebraic, trigonometric, logarithmic, and exponential functions. I t includes derivatives and integrals, and an introduction to determinants, and numerical trigonometry. Calculus and analytical geometry are introduced. Students whose backgrounds call for additional work are placed
in sections meeting five hours a week.
Upper Division Courses
I A,
5 zB. ELEMENTARY
CALCULUS
AND DIFFERENTIAL
EQUATIONS.Prereq.
14. So., Jr. I, 11.
51
5
I 3,
cr-
Fundamental concepts are introduced. Formulas for differentiation and integration, and solutions for various types of ordinary differential equations are
developed and applications made. (Offered 1962-63.)
ANALYTICALGEOMETRYAND CALCULUS.
Prereq. 14. So., Jr. I, II.
4, 4 Cr.
Study of calculus and analytical geometry. Includes some work in solid anal y t i c ~ .Open to freshmen with exceptional preparation from high school. (Offered 1963-64.)
5 I,
12.
56. FOUNDATIONS
OF ARITHMETIC.Jr., Sr. 11.
2
Cr.
A treatment of basic arithmetical concepts and number theory. For students
preparing for elementary school teaching only. (Ogered 1962-63.)
84 /Division of Natural Sciences and Mathematics
61. BASIC CONCEPTSOF MATHEMATICS
Prereq. 52. Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
A treatment of basic mathematical concepts. For students preparing to teach
mathematics in high school. (Offered 1963-64.)
62. MODERNGEOMETRY.Prereq. 14. Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
A study of advanced Euclidean and an introduction to non-Euclidean geometry. Stresses the postulational approach. Primarily for students preparing to
teach mathematics in high school. (Offered 1963-64.)
3 Cr.
66. DIFFERENTIALEQUATIONS.
Prereq. 52. Jr., Sr. 11.
A study of ordinary differential equations and partial differential equations.
Special attention is given to these as they are applied in physics and advanced
geometry. (Offered 1963-64.)
3 Cr.
67. PROBABILITY
A N D STATISTICS.
Prereq. 51. Jr., Sr. I.
A study of probability, distributions, central limit theorem, tests of hypotheses,
and other topics in statistics. (Offered 1963-64.)
7 1 , 72. MODERNALGEBRA.
Prereq. 51. Jr., Sr. I, 11.
3, 3 Cr.
A n introduction to abstract algebra, with topics including theory of equations,
determinants, matrices, groups, rings, fields, and vectors.
73, 74. ADVANCED
CALCULUS.
Prereq. 52. Jr., Sr. I, 11.
3, 3 %r.
Operations with infinite series, derivatives, integrals, partial differentiation, implicit functions, line integrals, vector analysis, and complex variables. Emphasis is placed on applications to physics and engineering problems.
DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION
THE AIM OF THE DEPARTMENT of Health and Physical Education is to promote
health and physical fitness through a well-rounded physical education program,
to develop character and good sportsmanship, to further the worthy use of
leisure time, and to provide an effective training program for prospective
teachers of health and physical education.
All students are required to take a physical examination by the college
physician as a part of the registration procedure before participating in any
phase of the physical education program..
One year of physical activities, course 3 and 4, is required of all students.
Major for men: 32 credits, including courses 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 11, 12, 23, 51,
54, 57, 58, 73, 74 and 84. Biology 4 also required.
hlajor for women: 29 credits, including courses 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 1 3 , 14, 17,
18, 23, 53, 57, 58, 73, 74, and 84. Biology 4 also required.
Minor, 2 1 credits, including courses 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8,
men; 2, 3 , 4, S, 6, 8, 13, 14, 17, 18, 73, 74 for women.
I
I, 12, 5 I , 73, 74 f o r
Division of Natural Sciences and Mathematics / 8 y
z. PERSONAL
AND COMMUNITY
HEALTH. Fr. Ofiered both semesters. z Cr.
A study of modern concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied
to the individual and the community.
3 , 4. PHYSICALACTIVITIES.(Men). Fr. I, 11.
Two hours per week.
3, 4. PHYSICALACTIVITIES. (Women). Fr. I, 11.
Two hours per week.
%, % Cr.
TO HEALTH EDUCATION,PHYSICAL EDUCATION, AND
RECREATION.Fr. I.
2 Cr.
A brief preview of the three present day interrelated fields of health education,
physical education, and recreation.
5.
~NTRODUCTION
6. RECREATIONAL
ACTIVITIES. Fr. 11.
I Cr.
Theory and practice in teaching recreational activities, social recreation, quiet
games, low organized games, noon hour activities, camp nights, relays, and
modified games. Two hours per week.
8. FIRSTAID. Fr., So. 11.
American Red Cross First Aid Course.
I
Cr.
11. TEAM SPORTSAND LEAD-UPGAMES. (Men.) So. I.
2 Cr.
A study of technique, rules, and teaching of lead-up games for soccer, speedball,
volleyball; touch football, and basketball. Four hours per week.
r 2. INDIVIDUAL
AND DUAL SPORTS. ('Men). So. 11.
2 Cr.
Theory and practice in teaching badminton, shuffleboard, handball, aerial darts,
table tennis, horseshoes, tennis, archery, golf, bowling, and wrestling. Four
hours per week.
2, 2 Cr.
13, 14. TEAMSPORTSFOR WOMEN.SO. I, 11.
Theory and practice in the coaching and osciating of field hockey, soccer,
basketball, volleyball, and softball. Four hours per week. (Offered 1963-64.)
17. SELF-TESTINGACTNITIES.(Women). So. I.
z Cr.
Theory and technique of teaching stunts and tumbling. Body mechanics. Four
hours per week.
I 8.
INDIVIDUAL
AND DUALSPORTS. (Women). SO. 11.
2 Cr.
Theory and practice in teaching skating, skiing, badminton, table tennis, shuffleboard, archery, tennis, golf, and bowling. Four hours per week.
23. RHYTHMS.SO. I.
I
Cr.
Simple rhythmic games, folk and square dancing. Two hours per week.
Upper Division Courses
7 I . SELF-TESTING
ACTIVI~ES.
(Men). Jr. I.
2 Cr.
Theory and practice in teaching individual and dual stunts, apparatus, tumbling,
and special physical fitness activities. Four hours per week.
86 / Division of Natural Sciences and Mathematics
$3. SWIMMINGA N D AQUATICS.(women). I. (For majors and minors in physical education only.)
I Cr.
Theory and practice in teaching swimming. Acquaints students with lifesaving and water safety work. Two hours a week.
54. SWIMMINGAND AQUATICS.(Men.) 11. (For majors and minors in physical
education only.)
I Cr.
Theory and practice in teaching swimming. Acquaints students with life-saving
and water safety work. Two hours a week.
57. KINESIOLOGY.
Prereq. Biology 4. Jr. I.
2 Cr.
This is a study of body movements and the mechanics in the effecting of
efficient movements.
58. PHYSICALEXAMINATIONS
AND ADAPTEDPHYSICALEDUCATION. Prereq.
2 Cr.
Biol. 4, and P.E. 57. Jr. 11.
Procedures and interpretation of physical examinations. Analysis of functional
and organic abnormalities and suggested adapted activities for atypical cases.
61. PREVENTIONAND
TREATMENT OF
ATHLETIC INJURIES. (Men).
I. z Cr.
66. INSTRUCTOR'S
COURSEIN FIRSTAID. Prereq. 8. Jr. 11.
I Cr.
Methods and materials in teaching the American Red Cross First Aid Course.
PRINCIPLESAND CURRICULUMOF HEALTH EDUCATIONAND PHYSICAL
EDUCATION. Prereq. 5. Sr. I.
3 Cr.
Aims, scope and objectives of health and physical education. Analysis and
evaluation of the elementary and secondary school hea1,th education and physical
education curriculum.
73.
74. ORGANIZATI~N
AND
ADMINISTRATIONOF HEALTH EDUCATION AND
3 Cr.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION. Prereq. 5. Sr. 11.
Problems of organization, administration, and supervision of health education
and physical education.
S I. COACHINGOF SPORTS:FOOTBALLAND BASKETBALL.Sr. I.
2 Cr.
Theory and techniques of coaching. Seniors only, o r approval of instructor.
82. c 0 . 4 ~ ~
O F1
SPORTS:
~~
BASEBALLA N D TRACK.Sr. TI.
2 Cr.
Theory and techniques of coaching. Seniors only, or approval of instructor.
84. TESTSAND MEASUREMENTS
IN PHYSICALEDUCATION. Sr. 11.
A survey and evaluation of tests in physical education.
I
Cr.
86. COMMUNITYRECREATION.Jr., Sr. I1
2 Cr.
Problems of community recreation including programs and program planning,
a survey of activities, and the organization and administration of recreational
work. (Ofiered 1962-63.)
87. TEACHING
OF HEALTH
EDUCATION AND PHYSICALEDUCATIONIN
SECONDARY
SCHOOL. Sr. I.
THE
2
Cr.
Special Programs of Study
EVENING SCHOOL
EVENINGCLASSES are held as a community service for adults not enrolled in the day school and are available to regular day students as
well. Announcement of courses to be offered is made in the fall.
AFFILIATION WITH SCHOOLS OF NURSING
STUDENT
NURSES in the SchooIs of Nursing at the Lutheran Deaconess.
Swedish, Fairview, and Methodist Hospitals in Minneapolis receive
some of their instruction at Augsbmg College. Application for admission to the Schools of Nursing should be made to she hospitals directIv.
MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY
IN COOPERATION with the Minneapolis General and Swedish Hospitals,
Augsburg offers work which enables the student to receive a college
degree with a major in Medical Technology. The first t h e e years of
this work are taken at Augsburg and a final twelve-month p r o e m is
completed at one of the two hospitals.
SPAN
AUGSBURG PARTICIPATES in the SPAN (Student Project for Amity
among Nations) progranl. This is a joint venture of the University of
Minnesota and s e ~ e r a lcolleges in the state. Qualified students are
selected to spend a summer in informal. study abroad. Applications are
made in the ~pringof the Sophamore year.
JUNIOR YEAR ABROAD
A n ARRLVGEMEXT has bem made with the Universit!~ of Oslo in Norway
under which s ~ c l e n tentering
~
their junior year in collcge may spend
this ?ear a t that I'nive~ity. llpplications must he approved b?- the
Committee on Admissions ancl Strrtlent Standing. The plan is available
onlv to students -with good echolastic records whose special fie!d of
study can he follo~redsatisfactorily a t the Univer~ityof Oslo. Some
possible fields are Nomegiw language and literature, history, reli~ion.
and plrilosophp.
CORRECTIVE THERAPY
A YROGR~M in Corrective ThaaTJy worked out in cooperation ~ 4 t h
the Veterans Administration Hospital is availahlc to students who
complete a majar in Phvcical Education at Augsburg. The program
requires 250 hours of clinical obsenation, practice. and orientation
under the direction of the Chief of Physical Xedicine and Rehabilitation Service at the Veterans Hospital. The work map be done either
during the senior year or after graduation. It carries no c o l e g ~credit.
Curriculums
The following courses of study are outlined as guides for the student
and his adviser in planning a prolgram in accordance with his major
field of study and vocational objective.
GENERAL LIBERAL ARTS
THE COURSE
OF S T ~ Y
given below suggests a sepence which may be
followed to include the rewired general education courses. For elmtives, students should take care to include all courses required for the
-jar
field of study. Requirement- for the major are listed m d e r
departmental headings.
FmSHMAN
SOPHOMORE
ISem. I I Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
Religion 1, 2
.2
2
English 1, 2 ................ 3
3
History or Sociology ...... . 3
3
Foreign Language ......... . 4
4
Natural Science ........ .3 or 4
3 or 4
Physical Education 3, 4
Y2
Y2
.............
....
JUNIOR
ISem. II Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
Religion 3, 4 ...............
Foreign Language
Social Sc~ence
Natural Science
Electives ....................
..........Z
.3
2
3
D
3
9
.............
.3
........... .-
-
SENIOR
I S m . I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
Religion ..................... 3
3
Speech
2
Social Science or History .. 3
Electives ................., .lo
12
-
I Sem. II Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
Fine Arts
.3
Literature or Philosophy ...
3
Electives ................... 14
14
..................
-
THE CHRISTIAN MINISTRY
COMPLETFON
OF TEE P R E - S E ~ . P R YcrrrricuInm qualifies the
&dent for
admission into the th-ree-year c o u r s ~in the "27leological Seminary*which
preparer students for the Cbi3ian ministry as pastoss or miesionaries.
The following program gives the approximate pre-seminarp course. T t
does not specify a major or a minor. The srudent shouId seek the
counsel of the Seminary adviser as early as ~ossiblesince the major
selected by the student may affect the choice of courses even in the
Freshrnan year.
Prsseminary students should confer with the Seminary adviser.
FRESHMAN
SOPHOMORE
I Sem. II Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
................
........
......
.2
Basic Bible
meshman Endish ......... . 3
.4
Foreign ~ a n 5 a g e
.3
Western Civilization
Physical Education ........ %
Natural Science
.3
Electives
2
...........
....................
2
3
4
3
H
3
2
I Sem. II Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
2
3
3
Religion 3, 4 .............. . Z
Fine Arts
Natural Science ........... .Psychology ................. .S
Foreign Language ........ .3
Typewriting ............... .I
New Testament Greek ... .4
Electives
.3
................... .-
...................
3
4
2
JUNIOR
SENIOR
I Sem. I I S e m .
Cr.
Cr.
-3
3
...2
3
-3
3
.....
..................
....................
N e w Testament Greek
Speech
History
Sociology or Economics or
Political Science ........ . S
Electives ................... .5
3
5
f Sem, R Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
Religion ................... .3
a
Y o u t h W o r k in t h e- Church2
Philosophy ................ . 3
3
English Literature ........ . 3
3
Electives .................. . 8
5
The foreign language requirement includes 14 semester credits in
Greek, and 14 semester credits in Latin, German, or Norwegian.
PARISH AND MISSIONARY WORKERS
THE PURPOSE OF THIS COURSE is to train men and women for effective
the Church at home o r ahroad: &at is, as teachers in vacation, week-day, m d Sundar schools. as yonih leaders, and as parish
workers. The course is co arranged that the student rtill, upon its
satisfactory conclusim. receive the A.R. degree and also a certificate
indicating that he or she is a tpaljfied parish worker.
service in
Students interested in becoming parish workers should consult with
the chairman of the Department of Religion.
The suggested schedule provids for a minor in religion and makes
it possible to plan for a major in this field or in history, English, philosophy, or socielogp. The caur;es essential for the securing of the
Parish Torker's Certificate are italicized in the outline below.
SOPHOMORE
FRESHMAN
I Sem. II S e m .
Cr.
Cr.
Basic Bible .............. , . .2
Freshman English ......... .3
Natural Science ........... . 3
Typewriting
.1
Phy$icaI Activities ......... Yi
Foreign Language ......... . 4
Sociology 1, 2 .............. . 3
...............
2
3
3
I Sem.
R
.............
.................
....-.........
-L.
ieligion 3, 4
.2
,h 11
.2
:h 12 .............
.anguage
.a
~ e n e f a lPsychology ....... . 3
Fine Arts ................. .First Aid
.Natural Science
-3
Speech 16 ................. .Music: 1U
FElectives
.4
A
-
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
T h e Missionary Enterprise
3
Principles o f Christian
Education ............... .3
Religion 81 ............... - 3
Religion 72 ...............
Social Pwchology or Urban
Socioloau
- - ................ .S
Acting
Crafts
Elementary Shorthand .... .8
Recreational Activities
Electives
6
. .-
.-
~
~
........................
Cr.
2
..................
...........
................. .-
...................
SENIOR
JUNIOR
I1 Sem.
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
-Cr.
2
Parish W o r k ...............
Y o u t h W o r k i n t h e Church 2
Educatiofial Psychology ... .3
Journalistic Writing .......
Literature or Philosophy .. .3
Fields o f Socinl W o r k ...... . 3
Secretarial Practice ........ .Advanced Typewriting ... . 3
Electives ................... .4
.-
HIGH SCHOOL TEACHING
Each state sets certain requirements for obtaining a teacher's certificate. The course outlined below satisfies the requirements for a certificate for teaching in Minnesota at the junior and senior high school
level. The same program will meet the demands set by most of the
neighboring states. The student should apply to the Department of
Education for admission to the Education curriculum during his Sophomore year. Admission will be determined by a committee on the basis
of scholarship and other qualifications. Except with special majors such
as music, home economics, combined natural science, business education, and language arts, students should usually prepare for competency
in at least two subject-matter fields in which high schools offer work.
Areas in which they may obtain teaching majors or minors include
English, German, Spanish, French, speech, music, history, social
science, business education, home economics, biology, physics, chemistry, natural science, mathematics, and physical education. Minors are
also offered in Scandinavian language and literature, art, political
science, and library science.
FRESHMAN
r smn.
Cr.
Religion 1. 2 ............. .4
English 1, 2
.3
History or Sociology
.3
Foreign Language ....... .a
Natural Science ....... .3 or 4
Health .
Physical Education 3, 4
I4
..............
.....
I1 S e m .
Cr.
2
3
3
SOPHOMORE
I Sem.
cr
.2
.
Foreim U n z u a E e ........3
P.wcholoP~ ...-...........
.h'alurnl ScTence ........ .3 ar 4
Religirm 3, 4
.............
11 S e m .
..
JUNIOR
I S m . 11 Sem.
Religion ...................
Education 71. 72 ..........
Education 13. 74 ........
Speech
Electives in Major
or Minor ................
Cr.
3
.3
.1
....................
Cr.
3
3
1
+
2
10
0
SENIOR
I S e m . I1 Sem.
Cr.
Education 76 ............. .2*
Education78
.2*
Special Methods ......... .2-4
Education 97
.6*
Literature or Philosophy . .Electives in Major or
Minor .................... 4-6
*May be taken lT Sem.
..............
.............
Cr.
-
Students preparing for secondary school teaching whose programs
prevent the completion of the full requirements in the regular four
years, may be allowed certain modifications in the general education
requirements. They are required to complete courses in general psychology, 3 credits, and health, 2 credits. On the recommendation of
their registration adviser and the approval of the Committee on Admissims and Stodent Standing, they may secure exemption from one or
more of the following, not t o exceed a total of 9 credits: Freshman
English, 3 credik; literature or philosopby, 3 credits; speech, 2 credits;
h e arts, 2 credits; natural science: 3 credits; social science, 3 credits;
foreign language, 6 credits. (At least one year of foreign language must
be taken in college, unless the student completed four years of a language in high school.) To be valid, approvaI of exemption must be
filed in the Registrar's office prior to registration for the junior year.
Curriculums / 9 I
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION
Students planning for elementary school teaching are required to
complete the following curriculum. Except where a choice is indicated,
substitutions can be made only upon the approval of the Director of
Elementar)- Education. -4s with other *dents: certain exemptions are
paeaibIe. Since die optional subjects and free electives are so limited, the
program must be follo~vedcarefully from the fim gear, The major in
this program is Elementary Education: each szudenr i s reqrrired to take
a minor in at least one of the subject matter fields taught in the elementary schools. Variations in the requirements of the minor from
those described by the department may be permitted subject to special
departmental approval.
SOPHOMORE
I Sem.
I S e m . I1 S e m .
Cr.
Cr.
Cr.
2
Religion
3,
4
..............
..2
...............
Religion 1, 2
.2
3
-General
Biology ...........- 3
O e s h m a n English ......... .3
3
General PsvcholoE~
-. ....... .3
-Western
Civilization ...... .3
4
Geography .................. .Modern Foreign Language 4
3 or 4 ,U.
S. History .............. .S
/hysical
Science . . . . . . . .3 or 4
Modern Foreign Language . 3
(Selected from Physics 3,
Electives in minor ........3
Astronomy, Chemistry 5,
FRESHMAN
Sem.
Cr.
2
3
.
6 )
c_phGical
Health
Activities
....... .I/*
SENIOR
JUNIOR
I S e m . I1 S e m .
m.
Cr.
3
Religion .....................
American Government ..... . 3
Education 51 ............. - 4
Education 53 ............. . 3
Education 54.
. . . . . . . .?$ducation
56
Basic -Design
.&
Introduction to Music
.Mathematics 56 ............
Electives in minor
.4
............. ..............
.....
...-...
I S e m . I1 S e n .
Cr.
Cr.
Religion ...................
Education 61
Education 62
Education 63 ..............
Education 65 .............
Education 66 .............
Education 68
Literature ..................
Speech
Electives in minor ........
.3
.............
3
.................3
2
.3
.-
...............3
.3
LAW
Most law schools require, for admision, at least three years of prelegal education at the college l e ~ e l The
.
student ia advised to select a
broad program of study including course in the humanities, the social
sciences, and the natural sciences. ,4 suggested threp-year curriculum
is given below :
FRESHMAN
I Sem. I I S e m .
Cc.
Religion 1, 2 ...............2
English 1. 2 ............... 3
Foreign Language ........ . 4
History 1, 2 .............. ..3
Natural Science ........... .-i
Physical Education 3, 4 .... ' i
Cr.
2
3
4
3
4
1/2
JUNIOR
I S e m . I1 S e m .
Religion
.3
3
S ~ e e c h .................... .2
~ L d i s hComposition ....... .2
Fine Arts ................. .2
Electives ................. .12
10
...................
SOPHOMORE
1 S m . IISem
Cr.
Cr.
Religion 3, 4 .............. .2
2
English
................... .3
Foreign Language ........ . 3
3
Logic ................-..- - 3
3
Social Science ............ .3
Natural Science ......-.... 3
Electives ............. --.... 3
6
-
9 2 / Curriculums
VOCATIONS IN HOME ECOhrOMZCS
Work in the Department of Rome Economics is intended to equip
~tuden&for the teaching of home economics in bigh sc.hao1, to prepare
them for homemaking and to give them h e - b s t two years of the
training required fnr wch rocaeons as dietetics, institution rnanagemerit, home ectrnomice ancl journaliem, and home ectjnomim in business.
Each student who plans for a vocation in this field should consult
members of the home economics staff about the details of the program
when she begins her college work.
A curriculum for a home economics education major is given below.
A graduate who completes this curriculum qualifies for certification
by the Minnesota State Board for Vocational Education to teach in
federally-aided secondary school home economics departments (SmithHughes). Courses in italics are not required for a general home economics major.
FRESHMAN
SOPHOMORE
I Sem. II Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
Religion 1, 2 .............. .2
Physical Education ........ !k
English .................... .:!
S O C ~ O ~..................
O~Y
.S
Biology 1-2, or 4 or
13-14"
.................. W
Art in Daily Living ....... .3
Nutrition ...................
Clothing Selection ......... . 2
Clothing Construction
Chemistry 5 or 5, 6, or
-
.....-
5, 32.
....................
4
2
Yz
3
3
4
-3
-
2
0-4
JUNIOR
ISem.
Cr.
ReUgim ................... .F o r c i ~ n Languaqe
.3
........
.................
Speech .....................
.2
Economics
.3
Co!or and Design .......... .3
H o m e Planning k Furnishjng
Family Health
............
.2
....................Edzccotional Psychology ....3
Tpachtng in SeC. Schools ..Textiles
C r c ~ r p Actlvitu ........... . O
Home EconoWcs 75
.2
........
I Sem. II Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
Religion 3, 4 .............. .2
2
Psychology ................ .3
Foreign Language ......... . 4
4
Physics .................... . 3
Marriage & Family Relations3
Child Development ....... .2
Food Preparation & Management ..................... 3
3
Electives
2
................. . 3
II Sem.
Cr.
3
3
-
4
-
Z
3
SENIOR
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
Religion ................... .3
Literature or Philosophy ..3
Biology 54 ..............
4
Education 76, 78, 91 .. , .1
2
Education 92 .............. .2
Education 97 ............. .6
Home Management
Problems ................. 2
Home Management Lab ... .3
Home Economics 74 ....... .2
....-
0
Students preparing for secondary school teaching whose programs
prevent the completion of the full requirements in the regular four
years, may be allowed certain modifications in the general education
requirements.
DENTISTRY
Preparation for the study of dentistry can generally be completed
in two years. The following schedule will meet the requirements for
admission to most dental schools. Students planning to enter this curriculum should take higher algebra and plane geometry in high school.
FRESHMAN
SOPHOMORE
I Sem. II Sem.
Cr.
Cr-
Religion 1, 2 ............. .2
English 1, 2 .............. . 3
Chemistry 5, 6 (or 15, 16) .4
Mathematics 13, 14 .........4
Electives
.4
..................
2
3
4
4
4
IS-.
r.
...............C.3
.4
Religion 3, 4
Zoology ....................
Chemistry 53, 54
Physics 5, 6 ...............
Electives ..................
...........4.i
.3
n Sem.
Cr.
2
4
4
4
3
BUSINESS
The program in business adminisbation is intended for stndents who
are planning to wotk in the fields of business and indumy. In addition
to giving preparaeion for a bwiness vocation the following wggested
course of study leads to the Bachelor of Ark degree.
FRESHMAN
I Sem. IISem.
Cr.
Cr.
.2
2
.3
3
.............
.........
Religion 1, 2
Freshman English
Foreign Language ........ .4
History or Sociology ...... .3
Business 1, 2 ................ 3
Physical Education ........ M
JUNIOR
4
3
3
Y
1 Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Religion ................... .Literature or Philosophy
.3
Business Law
Business 61, 62 ............. . 2
Business X
Science
................. .3-4
Fine Arts ............... .2-3
Electives ................. .3-6
...............
.................-
Cr.
3
3
-
2
3
SOPHOMORE
ISem. IISem.
Cr.
Cr.
2
...............
...
Religion 3, 4
.2
F'oref~n Language ........ .3
.3
Princ~plesof Economics
Natural Sc:ence ......... .3-4
.2
Smach ....................
E!actcves
..................
SEMOR
.3
3
3
3-4
-
3-6
I Sem. IISem.
cr.
Religion ................... .Business 92
Electives .............. .15-17
............... .-
Cr.
3
2
12-14
3-5
Recommended elective fields: Psychology, Sociology, Political Science,
History, Speech, English, College Algebra.
CHEMISTRY
The following course of study meets the requirements for the
Bachelor of Arts degree at Augsburg College and is recommended by
the American Chemical Society for ~ t n d e n bwho pIan to do graduate
~ t u d yin chemistry.
Students who satisfactorily complete this curriculum are exempt
from the graduation requirement of a course in the biological sciences
and the second year of a foreign language.
FRESHMAN
1 s m . I1 Sem.
Cr.
Chemistry 15, 16 ........... 4
Mathematics 13, 14 ....... .4
Religion 1, 2
.2
English 1, 2
..3
History or Sociology
-3
!1
Physical Education 3, 4
...............
..............
.......
....
m Q R
4
4
2
3
3
'h
T s w I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
......... .4
m ~ ! m k C r g 82 .............
.Chemlslry 84 ..............
.Cherni-Wy 93, 94 ......... .O
G c m a n 1-2 ..............
..4
3 I a i h e m a t i ~ 73, 74 ........3
Physics 53, 63, 52 ........ 4
Fine Arts ................. . 3
ChmM'y 61, 72
Cr.
4
3
SOPHOMORE
I Sem. IISem.
Ct,
Cr.
............4
Chemistry 53, 54
%thematics 51, 52 .......
Physics 5, 6 ...............
Religion 3. 4
Spe&h ....................
Literature or Philosophy
.............
SENIOR
-4
.4
.2
2!.
..-
4
4
4
2
3
f S m . I1 Sem.
Cr.
Chemistry 83, 88 ........... . 3
Chemistry 85, 86 ......... . I
Chemistry 90 ...............
Chemistry 97, 98 ....... .Am.
Chemistry 95, 96 ........... .O
Religion ................... .3
German or French
.3 or 4
-
...
Cr.
1
3
4
Arr.
0
3
3 or 4
*Recommended for students planning to do graduate work in nutrition, foods,
textiles or equipment as well as for any who plan to transfer to institutions offering
special training in dietetics. These students may take the biology course m the
sophomore year.
NURSING
Many hospitals prefer that applicants to their school of nursing have
at least one year of college. In many instances two or more years of
c~llegework are desirable. The following pre-nursing curriculum is
suggested for those planning to enter a four-year school of nursing.
Those who plan on a three-year nursing program should try to select
courses in college which will not duplicate the courses they will study
in the school of nursing which they plan to attend.
FRESHMAN
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
(5r.
Relieion
1.
2 ............... -2
2
.
English 1-2 ............... . 3
Foreign Language ....... .5-5
Sociology ................. .3
Chemistry 5 ............. .4
Psychology or Geograuh~
- . . ..First Aid
Physical Education ........ Y
Students enrolled in the Schools of Nursing at Lutheran Deaconess,
Swedish, Fairview, and Methodist Hospitals, Minneapolis, take some
of their course work at Augsburg College. Applications for admission
to this program should be made directly to these hospitals.
MEDICAL TECH-WOLOGY
Students may complete a course leading to the Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in Medical Technology by completing three years of
work at Augoburg College and twelve months at General Hospital or
Swedish Hospital, Minneapolis. The following program prepares them
for eventual certification in Medical Technology, and it includes the
requirements for the degree.
FRESHMAN
SOPHOMORE
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
Relieion
1. 2 ............. .2
English 1, 2 ............... .8
Chemistry 5-6, or 15-16 ... .4
History or Sociology ..... . 3
Mathematics 13 ........... -4
Speech
Fine Arts ................. .Physical Education 3, 4 ....4
JUNIOR
Religion ...................
?KIcrobioloW
I Sem.
Cr.
Religion 3, 4 ............. .2
Chemistry 32, or 53-54 . .O-4
Biology 13-14 ............. . 4
Foreign Language ......... . 4
Literature or Philosophy . . 3
Electives .................. 0-3
Sam.
Cr.
2
4
4
4
3
SENIOR
I Sem. II Sem.
Cr,
Cr.
.3
3
.4
.3
3
4
.............
Foreign Language .........
ChemisS' 61 ..............
B i o l o ~Elective ........... . 4
FIectix-esm ................. -3
'Physics strorsgl~ rrcmnmended
sciences, arts, humanities.
Lectures, laboratory and
practical work at General or Swedish Hospital for 12 months ........
32
6
Other
recommended
electives:
English,
social
In the senior year, students taking this program must register at Augsburg as well as at the affiliated hospital.
SOCIAL WORK
A sapid expansion of the field of ~ o c i a work
l
during the past twenty
years has created an acute need for trained social workers. Pmitions
are a>-ailablein publie agencies on federal, state, c o m t ~and
, municipd
leveis; in private agencies sponsored bg churches OT other community
organizations; in group work case work, or community organization.
In response to this need, Au.g:$urg College has developed a curriculum designed to do two things: t a ) equip graduates for immediate
employment in social work positions that do not require post-graduate
training, and (b) prqare students for further study in graduate schools
of social work.
Anpburg College k an active member of the Minnesota Conference
nn Social Work Education. During recent yeare graduates of Augsburg
have secured positions in hot& public and private welfare, in probation
rtmrk, child welfare. gronp workI and case work.
Tlre following courss are recommended for students i n t e r a d in
Social Work. The courses which are itnlicrized should be taken by dl
such students.
FRESHMAN
I Sem. IISem.
Cr.
Religion 1, 2 .............. . 2
English 1, 2 .............. .3
History 1, 2 ............... . 3
Foreign Language ........ . 4
Introduction to Sociology .. 3
Social Problems .......... .1Physical Education 3, 4
%
....
Cr.
2
3
3
4
-
3
SOPHOMORE
I Sem. IISem.
Cr.
Cr.
2
3
3
3
Religion 3, 4 .............. .2
American Government ... . 3
Natural Science ...........+ 3
Psychology
...............
Principles of Economics ... . 3
Rural Sociology .......... .3
Urban Sociology .......... .Foreign Language
.3
.-
........
JUNIOR
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
Religion ...................
.3
Sociology 57, 59 ......... . 3
3
Sociology 58, 60 ............
Fine Arts .................. .3
Speech
.2
sociology 53, 54 ........... . 3
Electives .................... 5
-
.....................
SENIOR
3
3
I Sem. I1 Sem.
....................Cr.
Sflciolorm 63 ............... . 3
ReHgion
Cr.
3
.........
.............. -
Sociol Psr~cblagy
.3
Pspcholog]r W
Pub!hc Welfare ......... .Electives in Upper Division
Courses .................. 10
A student map take two Fears of pre-mgineering at Angsbmg before transferring to a school of engheehg. The following currkuluIn
is recommended. Students planning to enter this program should complete higher alpbra and solid geometry in high scf~ool.
FRESHMAN
Cr.
Religion 1, 2 ............... .2
'JEnglish 1. 2
3
v Mathematics IS. 14 ...... . 4
*' Mathematics 5, 8 ......... 3
Physics 5, 6 ............... .4
Physical Education 3, 4 ....Y
...............
rI Sam.
Cr.
2
3
SOFHOMOELE
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
R e l l ~ o n 3, 4 ............
Mathematics 51m 52
P h y ~ c s 52. 63 ............
Mathematics 66
C3rrnimy 15. 18
Soclal Science ............
E n p h h 31 .................
.2
......4
2
3
.......................34
.2
Students who plan to transfer to the Institute of Technology at the
need. in same cases, to take a course
University of Minnesota will
in Rigid-Body Mechanics (statics). It is recommended that h i s be
done in summer session at the University.
96
/ Curriculums
MEDICINE
Most medical schooB reqaire a rninimnm of three years of colege
education, but premedical students muallp find it advmtageous to complete their collep \work before entering the medics1 school. The foIlowing program will meet the requirements of m o e m e d i d schools, bat
it is advisable for the student to study the requirements of the medical
school to which he plans to apply.
FRESHMAN
SOPHOMORE
I Sem. I1 Sem.
ISr.
Cr.
Religion 1. 2 ............. . 2
Engl'lsh 1, . 2 ..............."3
Chemistry 15, 16 ........... 4
Mathematics 13, 14 ........ - 4
Physical Education 3, 4 .... 'k
History or Social Science .S
2
3
4
4
1/2
3
.
JUNIOR
I Sem.
-
Cr.
Religion ....................
Social Science or Historv
.
- -"
- .3
German .................... 3
Chemistry 61, 78. .......... 4
Physics 5 , 6 .............. .4
Literature or Philosouh-v
.3
. .
Chemistry 93, 94 .......... 0
I1 Sem.
Cr.
3
..
-
3
4
4
3
0
I Sem. 11 Sem.
Cr
Cr.
Religion 3. 4 ............. .2
~ e r m a n .................... . 4
Biology 13, 14 ............. . 4
Psychology .................
Chemistry 53, 54
.4
Speech 11 ................. . 2
.........
SENIOR
-
2
4
4
3
4
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
.-
3
Religion .................. . . 3
Social Science
.......-....
.~ - - ~.
--Fine Arts .................
Genetics ...................
.4
Electives .................. .9
Chemistry 95. 96 ........... . O
3
10
0
*Offered alternate years
SECRETARIAL WORK
The fir& year of the fonow3ng program provkh preparation far
certain office positions. Completion of the second year provides more
advanced training. A student who ha. had similar coarse.4 in high
school may bc admitted to advanced classes on the basis of his proficiency in the subject. An outline af the recpiremmts for teaching
business subjects in high school appears under Bueincss Education.
A Secretarial-work Certi6cate is swarded on camp1etian of the
two-year program.
SECOND YEAR
FIRST M:AR
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
Religion 1, 2 ............. . 2
2
Freshman English ....... . 3
3
Elementary .Typewriting ...1
Office Machlnes ............
3
Elementary Shorthand ... . 3
3
Physical Education ........ %
Ih
Electives .................... 8
6
-
-
I Sem. 11 Sem.
Cr.
Religion 3 4 ............... . 2
Speech 11 ................. .Advanced Typewriting
.3
Advanced Shorthand ..... . 2
Principles of Accounting .. . 3
Secretarial Practice ........
Psychology ................ . 3
Electives .................. .4
.....
-
Cr.
2
2
2
3
3
5
Augsburg Theological Seminary
INTRODUCTORY
AUGSBURG
THEOLOGICAL
SEMINARY
is the training school for the pastors
and missionaries of the Lutheran Free Church. It offers a regular threeyear course of preparation for the Christian ministry, including both
theoretical and practical training. In harmony with the Principles of
the Lutheran Free Church it aims to stress particularly the training of
pastors and spiritual leaders dedicated to the ideal of building Lutheran
congregations where tlie G i h of Grace are freely cultivated and
nurtnred under the a u t h o r i ~of the Word and the guidance of the
Holy Spirit.
ADMISSION TO THE SEMINARY
APPLICATION
FOR ADMISSION to the Seminary should be addressed to
the Secretary of the Theological Faculty, and should include the
following:
1. A formal letter of application for admission as a student in the
Seminary, including a personal statement by the candidate concerning
his background, including baptism, confirmation, spiritual experience,
doctrinal convictions, and church membership.
2.
A transcript of the candidate's record in college.
3. Two letters of recommendation from pastors. Normally one of
these should be from the candidate's local church.
4. A certificate of good health.
These documents should be in the hands of the Secretary of the
Seminary Faculty before July first.
The Committee on Admissions consists of the Faculty and the Serninary Committee of the Board of Trustees.
The first year of study is always considered a probationary year.
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
THE NORMAL REQUIREMENT for admission to the Seminary is the Bachelor's degree from a liberal arts college. The college course must have
included the following prerequisite subjects:
Greek
2 years
Philosophy ............................................................
1 year
German, or
Latin, or
Norwegian
2 years
In the case of mature students of outstanding ability and experience,
an occasional exception from these requirements may be made by
special action of the Committee on Admissions.
98
/ Augsburg Theological Seminary
SUGGESTED PRE-THEOLOGICAL COURSES
IN
QKDER TEAT STDENTS may derive the greatest possible advantage
from their theological studies, it i s recommended that their college
course of study, besides fulfilling requirements as to a major and a
minor and, i n addition tn the srchjccrs indiefled above- include as
many a3 pn-die of the following:
English
Speech
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
PaychoIogy ........................................................
K~istorq.--.
Youth Work ........................................................
Natural Science
Sociology, or Economics, or
Political Science, or
Education
-1
Typewriting
-.
1
2 years
1 year
1 year
2 years
1 semester
1 year
year
year
When possible, it is recommended that elementary Hebrew
be taken in the senior year of college.
All candidates for admission to the Seminary must have achieved a
good academic record in their preparatory studies in college.
TRANSFER OF CREDITS AND ADVANCED STANDING
S~nn~m
ARE
s AD3rrTTED to the Seminar\- with the anderstanding thal
their studies are to be pursued under the direction of the Theological
Facu1t;r. :lnp arrangement to take a part of h e theological course at
another seminary must have the prior approval of h e Tlrmlogical
Faculty at Augsburg.
Advanced standing is granted in certain instances, when a student
applying for admission presents a transcript of credits indicating work
done in other theologica1 seminaries of recognized standing.
EXPENSES
SEMINARY
STUDENTS pay no tuition. They do, however, pay a Seminary
fee of forty dollars ($40.00) per semester. This includes the general
library, health, student activities and mail box fees. Unmarried students
living in college or seminary housing receive a special grant to cover
the cost of room rent. The cost of board is the same as for the College
students. See under Financial Information. A graduation fee of $7.50
is payable a month before graduation.
CLASS ATTENDANCE
A STUDENT IS EXPECTED to attend all classes regularly. Unavoidable
absences may be excused by the Dean. Attendance at any conference
involving absence from classes must have the approval of the Dean
well in advance of the conference.
EMPLOYMENT
THEWORK in the Seminary should be regarded as a full time vocation.
However, when a student's circumstances require it, a limited amount
of remunerative work will be permitted. This must be arranged in
consultation with the Dean. Occasional preaching engagements may be
accepted, but a student is not allowed to supply a vacant parish more
frequently than every other Sunday.
CONDITIONS AND ZNCOMPLETES
A
CONDITION or an incomplete received at the end of the semester
must be removed within the first six weeks of classes of the following
semester or within a year if the student has not re-enrolled. If incomplete~and conditions are not removed within the time allowed, the
condition automatically becomes a failure and the incomplete will be
recorded as a passing grade only if the average of previous work is
sufficiently high.
SEIWINARY INTERNSHIP
IN ADDITION to the three years of theological study in the Seminary
each student is required to spend six months in practical service, as
appointed and supervised by the Committee on Service. This work is
done during the summer vacations between the beginning and conclusion of the Seminary course.
A limited amount of assigned collateral reading is required during
the in-service period.
The Seminary students are also encouraged to engage in a limited
amount of practical church work during the school year either in the
Twin Cities or in nearby communities.
STUDENT ACTIVITIES
ALL SEMINARY STUDENTS are members of the Concordia Society. A
principal purpose of this organization is "to promote and strengthen
a deeper spiritual fellowship among its members." The weekly meetings
are devoted to prayer and to the consideration of student affairs. The
Seminary joins with the College in a daily chapel service.
During his seminary years, each student is associated with a specific
congregation and is encouraged to serve there. As a united project,
the Concordia Society has recently assumed responsibility for conducting Saturday noon services at the Gateway Mission.
The Concordia Society promotes student participation in the InterSeminary Movement and in the Association of Lutheran Seminaries in
America. On a more local level, the student body participates in a
fellowship of five Protestant seminaries in the Twin Cities.
102
/ Augsburg
Theological Seminary
16. OLD TESTAMENTTHEOLOGY.The major themes of the Old Testament
approached topically: God's nature, names and self-revelation in history. Covenant, election, people of God, nature of man. Sin and forgiveness, judgment
and salvation. Worship, sacrifice, praise and prayer. (Offered 1963-64.)
3 Cr.
17, 18. HEBREWEXEGESIS.A review of Hebrew grammar. Lectures on principles of exegesis. Application of exegetical method to selected passages of the
2, z Cr.
Old Testament. (Offered 1963-64.)
A study of archaeological discoveries
19. SEMINARIN BIBLICALARCHAEOLOGY.
and their significance in relation to the Bible. The course consists of a number
of introductory lectures followed by student presentarions of assigned topics
I Cr.
and class discussion. (Offered 1963 -64.)
N E W TESTAMENT
20-21. NEW TESTA MEN.^ GREEK. TWO years of Greek is a requirement for
admission to the Seminary; in exceptional cases a remedial course may be taken
without credit in the Seminary, with no reduction of normal load.
22. INTRODUCTION
TO THE NEW TESTAMENT.
A survey of the contents of
the New Testament, together with the authorship, date, and purpose of the
various books. The process by which these books became a New Testament
Canon will be considered and also the transmission of the text in Greek manu3 Cr.
scripts and early versions. (Offered 1962-63.)
23. THE GOSPEL OF MARK. Readings from the Gospel of Mark in Greek,
with selections from Luke, considered in the historical frame of Jesus' ministry.
Each student will be expected to master a knowledge of the historical outline
3 Cr.
of Jesus' ministry. (Offered 1962-63.)
24. THE GOSPELOF MATTHEW.Translation from the Greek text with commentary of the more important discourse passages of this Gospel. Special emphasis on the study of the Jewish background of the times and of this Gospel's
3 Cr.
appeal to the Jews. (Offered 1964-65.)
25. THE GOSPEL OF JOHN. The purpose and special characteristics of the
~ o u r t f fGospel, its authenticity and value, and relation to contemporary religious movements. Study of the Gospel in Greek and discussion of the themes
3 Cr.
which pervade the Gospel. ( m e r e d 1963-64,)
26. THEJEWISH SECTIONOF THE APOSTOLICCHURCH. Rapid survey of Acts
1-12. This will be followed by a study of the Epistle to the Hebrews and the
Epistle of James as literature written especially for Jewish Christians. (Offered
1963-64.)
3 Cr.
Augsburg Theological Seminary / 103
27. ASPECTSOF THE THEOLOGY01: PAUL. Survey of some approaches to
Paul and a study of some of the basic themes of his theology. Selected portions
of the Epistles examined in Greek. (Offered 1964-65.)
3 Cr.
28. INTERPRETATIONS
OF ROMANS.Exegesis of the Epistle in Greek; the
essence of the Gospel as set forth by Paul. Consideration of the Gospel as Paul
relates it to the problem of Israel and the Christian life. (Offered 1963-64.)
3 Cr.
OF EPHESIANS.In the study of Ephesians special em29. INTERPRETATION
phasis is laid upon the place of the universal Christian Church as the Body of
2 Cr.
Christ and the spiritual goal of history. (Offered 1962-63.)
OF THE REVELATION
OF JOHN. The course aims at a
30. INTERPRETATION
mastery of the contents of the book and its interpretation in the light of Holy
Scriptures in general. Special study of the forms of apocalyptic literature.
2 Cr.
(Offered 1964-6j.)
CHURCH HISTORY
40. THE EARLYCHURCH.The History of the Christian Church from the
Apostolic Age to the time of Gregory the Great ($90). The organization,
doctrine, government, and worship of the Early Church; the downfall of
heathenism in the Roman Empire, and the rise of the Papacy. The course begins
with a brief survey of the Book of Acts. (Offered 1964-65.)
2 Cr.
41. THE CHURCHOF THE MIDDLEAGES.A general survey of the development of Christianity in Western Europe from 590 to the period of the Protestant Reformation. The course includes the study of the development and decay
of Papacy, monastic orders, scholasticism, and of movements toward reform.
(Offered 1962-63.)
3 Cr.
A study of the causes which led to the Protestant
42. THE REFORMATION.
Reformation; the Reformation itself and its results, including the Roman
3 Cr.
Catholic Counter-Reformation. (Offered 1962-63.)
This course covers the period
43. THE CHURCHAFTER THE REFORMATION.
from the Reformation and up to the present time, with special emphasis on
2 Cr.
the history of the Lutheran Church. ( m e r e d 1963-64.)
CHURCHHISTORY.Early colonization; planting of churches;
44. AMERICAN
church government, religious life and worship; separation of church and state;
revivals; denominationalism. The history of the Lutheran Church in America
3 Cr.
is studied with special care. (Offered 1963-64.)
104 / Augsbarg Theological Seminary
THE HISTORYOF CHRISTIAN
DOCTRINE.A study of the development
of Christian doctrine and its crystallization into creeds and confessions, including
the Patristic, Scholastic, and Reformation periods. (Offered 1964-65.) 2, 2 Cr.
45,46.
THE LUTHERANCHURCHIN THE WORLDTODAY.A study of the constitution and work of the Lutheran Churches in the various countries of the
world. Special attention to the work of the Lutheran World Federation. I Cr.
47.
SYSTEMATIC THEOLOGY
BASICPRINCIPLES
OF THEOLOGY.
An inquiry into the field, sources, and
z Cr.
methods of systematic theology. ( m e r e d 1963-64.)
lo.
AND ANTHROPOLOGY.
A systematic examination of the teach71. THEOLOGY
ings of the Bible concerning God and man. The course includes a study of the
Trinity, creation, and man's fall into sin. (Offered 1963-64.)
2 Cr.
A careful study of the teachings of the Bible concerning
52. SOTERIOLOGY.
Christ-His Person, states, and ofice; the Person and work of the Holy Spirit;
3 Cr.
the order of salvation. (Offered 1964-65.)
AND ESCHATOIOGY.
A s t u d y 4 f the nature and function
53. ECCLESIOLOGY
of the Church; the Sacraments; the doctrine of the last things. (Offered
1964-65.)
2 Cr.
ETHICS.A study of the religious and ethical implications
54, 55. CHRISTIAN
of the Christian experience. Special attention is given to the application of
Christian ethics to individual, group, and public life. (Offered 1962-63.) z, 2 Cr.
A careful studv of the Book of Concord. Attention is given
tb. SYMBOLICS.
to the genesis and development of each creed, its doctrinal significance, and
2 Cr.
its place in the present life of the Church. (Offered 1963-64.)
SYMBOLICS
AND RELIGIOUS
CULTS. A comparative study
57. COMPARATIVE
of the creeds of the great divisions of the Christian Church, and the teachings
z Cr.
of various modern religious sects and cults. (Offered 1962-63.)
58. THE THEOLOGICAL
ISSUESOF THE SIXTEENTHCENTURYPROTESTANT
REFORMATION.
The basic theological differences between Roman Catholicism
and historical Protestantism. The position of historical Protestantism with
regard to divergent theological doctrines is discussed, evaluated, and compared
with the corresponding position of the Roman Church as expounded primarily
in the dogmatic definitions issued during and after the Council of Trent.
(Offered 1962-63.)
z Cr.
Az~gsbz~rg
Theological Seminary
/
105
PRACTICAL TffEOLOGY
All members of the Theological Faculty give instruction in this field.
A.
I'astoral Theology
60. PRINCIPLESOF PASTORAL
THEOLOGY.
This course deals with the Biblical
basis for the Christian ministry, the call and qualifications of the pastor, his
public and private life, and the practical aspects of his work in the church
z Cr.
today. (Offered 1963-64.)
61. INTRODUCTION
TO PASTORAL
COZJNSELING.
A course dealing with the
dynamics underlying human behavior. Various pastoral counseling techniques
are studied. The course attempts to help the student recognize deviations of
personality, and to know which ones he can handle, and which ones should
be referred to more competent help. Middlers. (Offered annually.)
I Cr.
62. CLINICALPASTORAL
TRAINING.
The purpose of this course is to provide an
opportunity for the student to learn Pastoral Care through interpersonal relations in a hospital setting. I t will include ward calling, writing of clinical notes,
I Cr.
special seminar and lecture sessions. Middlers. (Offered annually.)
63. THE CHRISTIANWORLD MISSION. The worldwide responsibility of the
Church. hlissionary motives, methods and aims. Rapid survey of mission history
and a study of the present missionary situation, with special attention given
to the emerging national churches. (Offered 1964-65.)
2 Cr.
B.
Homiletics
65. PRINCIPLESA N D P R A C ~ I C01:
E PREACHING.Technical and psychological
2 Cr.
elements of preaching. Emphasis upon sermons. Juniors.
66. HOMILETICS.The application of the principles of preaching to the outlining and presentation of brief sermons. Emphasis upon thorough preparation
2 Cr.
and constant practice in delivery. Middlers.
67. SERMONS.A course in the preparation and delivery of sermons. Both the
structural and spiritual elements are emphasized. Sermons by great
are studied. Seniors.
2 Cr.
C.
Polity, Worship, and Parish Work
70. CHURCHPOLITY. A course dealing with the Biblical theory of the congregation; officers, organization, and government in the apostolic times; the
growth of the idea of the 'Church; the idea of a free church. I and I1 Corinr Cr.
thians are studied as the best source. (Offered 1963-64.)
106 / Augsbwg Theological Seminary
A study of the various aspects of congrega71. CHURCH ADMINISTRATION.
tional organization. Methods of increasing efficiency in the performance of
the pastor's duties. Effective oflice procedures. The practice and teaching of
Christian stewardship. (Offered 1964-65.)
I Cr.
72. PASTORALPROBLEMS.A series of lectures and discussions dealing with
practical problems in the pastor's work in the parish and the local community.
The approach to the unchurched. Congregational evangelism. Making the
occasional services effective. Problems of pastoral ethics. (Offered 1962-63.) I Cr.
The principles and forms of public worship. A study of liturgy
73. LITURGICS.
as a means of expressing and moulding religious life with emphasis on its relation
to varying conceptions of the Church. (Offered 1964-65.)
I Cr.
An historical survey of the best selections of hymns from
74. HYMNOLOGY.
the early Christian Church and the Church in Germany, Scandinavia, England,
and America. Special attention is given to Lutheran hymnody. (Offered 196263.1
I Cr.
E. Christian Edztcation and Sociology
76. METHODSOF PARISH EDUCATION.Studies in the application of basic
principles and methods of education to the subject matter used in catechetical
instruction, Sunday schools, Parochial schools, and Bible classes. Emphasis upon
an educational program which includes the whole parish. (Offered 1962-63.)
2
Cr.
77. THE CHURCH AND SOCIETY.A study of the relation between the Christian Church and present-day civilization and culture, and of the organized
movements in contemporary society with which the Church must deal.
Emphasis upon the social duties of Christians, both the individual and the
Church, and the activities and agencies by which these duties may be fulfilled.
2 Cr.
Personnel
THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES
Officers of the Board
MR. G. S. MICHAELSEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
President
THE REV. L. 0. GJERDE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vice-president
MR. R. F. PAUTZ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Secretary
MR. R. E. MYHRE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Treasurer
Term Expires in 1962
MR. GILBERTBERG,Seattle, Washington
Business, Berg Fuel Company
THE REV. CLIFFORDM. JOHNSON,Minneapolis, Minnesota
Pastor, Oak Grove Lutheran Church
MR. R. E. MYHRE,Minneapolis, Minnesota
Insurance
Term Expires in 1963
THE REV. L. 0. GJERDE, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Executive Director, Lutheran Welfare Society of Minnesota
MR. HERBERTA. JOHNSON, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Investors Syndicate Life and Annuity Company
THE REV. HARRYT. SORENSON,
Bellevue, Washington
Pastor, Lutheran Church of the Good Shepherd
Term Expires in 1964
THE REV. ERLINGTUNGSETH,
Rochester, Minnesota
Pastor, Bethel English Lutheran Church
MR. G. S. MICHAELSEN,Minneapolis, Minnesota
Education, University of Minnesota
MR. JEROMEFORMO,Minneapolis, Minnesota
Vice-President, Plastics Corporation of America,
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Term Expires in 1965
MR. R. F. PAIJTZ,Minneapolis, Minnesota
Real Estate, Pautz-Franklin Realty Company
MR. PHILIPC. HELLAND,Willmar, Minnesota
Superintendent of Schools, Willmar, Minnesota
MR. U. W. TERVO,Rochester, Minnesota
Personnel Director, Mayo Clinic, Rochester, Minnesota
108 / Personnel
Term Expires in 1966
MR. L. S. HARBO,
Austin, Minnesota
Superintendent of Schools, Austin, Minnesota
MRS. GEORGENELSON,Minneapolis, Minnesota
Homemaker
MR. RUBENHOVLAND,Northfield, Minnesota
Education, Northfield Public Schools.
Farming
Advisory Members
The REV. DR. JOHN M. STENSVAAG,
Minneapolis, Minnesota
President, The Lutheran Free Church
DR. BERNHARDCHRISTENSEN,Minneapolis, Minnesota
President, Augsburg College and Theological Seminary
MR. LEONARD
RAMBERG,
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Vice-President, Northwesterii National Bank
Minneapolis, Minnesota
ADMINISTRATIOM
BERNHARDCHRISTENSEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .President
NORMANL. NIELSEN . . . , . . . . . . .Vice President in charge of Development
MARTIN QUANBECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Dean of t h e College
PAUL G. SONNACK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Dean o j t h e Theological Seminary
.
BURTONP. FOSSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bu~iness
Manager
PETER ARMACOST(on leave 1961-61) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dean of Students
GLEN W.
JOHNSON
. . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Acting Dean of Students, 1961-62
GERDAMORTENSEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ., D e a n o f W o m e n
MILDREDJOEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . Registrar; Secretary of the General Faclclty
IVERB. OLSON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Secretary of t h e Theological Faculty
KARLISOZOLINS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Librarian
CARL R. HAMMARBERG
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Placement and Testing
FRIEDEL WINDMANN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Assistant Treasurer
S. V. HJELMELAND. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Associate Director of Development
HAROLDKAMBAK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Public Relations
A. B. BATALDEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of A l u m n i Relations
IRVINGHOEL . . . . . . . .Pi~rchasingA g e n t ; Sz~pervisor of Buildings and Grounds
Personnel / 109
RICHARDL. BERG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Assistant Business Manager
MRS.MARYLOU BROWN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Food Services
BJARNELANDA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Curator of the Museum
DONOVANLUNDEEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Admissions
MARK JOHNSON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Admissions Counselor
VERNONCHILGREN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manager of Residence Halls and Housing
GLENN THORPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manager of Music Organizations
Assistant Director of News Bureau
MRS. JACQUELYN
GIMSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Women's Residences
ADAIINISTRATIVE STAFF
Office Staff: M c e of the President and Dean-Mrs.
Helen Brodin and
Karen Schwarzrock; Business Office-Lois Medin, Mrs. Andrea Wrage, Ethel
Manning, Carol Hanson; Office of Registrar-Mrs.
Lois Parker, Tena Mehus,
Manning, Carol Hanson; Office of Registrar-Judith
Obe~beck, Mrs. Lois
Parker, Tena Mehus, Borghild Esmess; Development, Public Relations and
Admissions-Avalon
Okemn,
Violet Myers, Mrs. Dorothy Bailey,
Mrs. Margaret Kemper, Muriel E r i c b ; Pcmmncl, Placcmenf, and Employment-Marilyn
Petersen and MS. Shirley Rnox; Edurafiom OfficeMrs. Naomi Sorkness and Mrs. Joyce Fmig; L i b r l r r p M n . Ern3 Staub and
Sandra Bloom; Printing and Mailing-Valborg
Bosmoe, Lillian Peterson, and
Mrs. Joan Berg; Receptionist-Mildred Nelson.
Resident Counselors in Dormitories: Memorial Hall, Jack Nordgaard; Gerda
Mortensen Hall, Alice Anderson; Auxiliary Houses, Phyllis Acker, Julie Ose,
Genevieve Trenne, Mary Utke, and Margaret Wiozeschke.
Supervisor of Housekeeping: Mrs. Olive Rud.
Manager of Grill: Arthur C. Engen.
MEDICAL STAFF
Dr. Ernest T. Bohland, Physician; Alice Swensen, R.N., Nurse; Jeanette
Johnson, R.N., Assistant Nurse.
COMMITTEES OF THE FACULTY
Presidenfs Cabinet: Christensen, M. Quanbeck,
Miss Mortensen, Miss Joel, P. Quanbeck
G.
Johnson,
Fosse,
Educutional Policies: Ex ofTicio: Christensen, M. Quanbeck, Miss Joel.
P. Quanbeck, Sateren, Chrislock, Nash; Hanwick, R. Anderson,
Miss Mattson, Miss Segolson, Sonnack
Admissions and Student Standing: Miss Joel, Lundeen, M. Quanbeck, Holum,
Miss Cole, Thompson, Budge.
I Io
/ Personnel
Student Personnel: G. Johnson, Miss Mortensen, Miss Mattson, P. Quanbeck,
Miss Aaskov
Teacher Education: E. Johnson, Dahlen, Sateren, Miss Mattson, Miss Segolson,
Urdahl, Tollefson
Library: Ozolins, Hemmingson, Colacci, Gisselquist, Agre, I. Olson
Athletics: Soberg, Kleven, Mickelberg, E. Anderson, Savold
*Convocations: Urdahl, E. Johnson, Miss Pederson, Torstenson, Batalden
Faculty Personnel Policies: Halverson, Fosse, Hemmingson, Holum, Torstenson
institutional Studies: R. Anderson, Pearson, Mrs. Anderegg, Alton, Chrislock
*Religious Life: P. Quanbeck, Sonnack, Hanwick
Social Functions: Mrs. L. Peterson, Miss Mortensen, Miss Lillehei, Hammarberg,
Hatchek
*Student Activities: G. Johnson, Miss Mortensen, DeYoung, Hemrningson,
M. Quanbeck
*Student Conduct: E. Nelson, Mrs. K. Peterson, Thut, Miss Lund
Nominations: I. Olson, Miss Cole, Landa
AUGSBURG THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY FACULTY
BERNHARD
M. CHRISTENSEN,
Th.M., Ph.D., President and Professor of Theology
A.B., Augsburg College, I 922 ; Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1922-25 ;
Th.M., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1927; Ph.D., Hartford Seminary
Foundation, 1929. Additional study: Columbia, Chicago, Berlin, GSttingen.
Teaching: Oak Grove Seminary, Fargo, North Dakota, 192~-26.Pastoral
work, 1928-30. At Augsburg since 1930. President since 1938.
TERENCEE. FRETHEIM,B.D., Instructor in Old Testament
A.B., Luther College, I 9 5 6; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, I 960.
Additional study: Minnesota; Union Theological Seminary; University of
Durham, England. Teaching: Luther Theological Seminary. At Augsburg
since 1961.
MELVINA. HELLAND,S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of New Testament (on leave)
A.B., Augsburg College, I 9 I y ; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary,
1918; S.T.M., Hartford Seminary Foundation, 1919; Ph.D., 1930. Additional study: Grenoble, Chicago. Educational Missionary in Madagascar,
192I -3 8; Professor of New Testament, Lutheran Theological Seminary,
Ivory, Madagascar, 1938-40 and 1960-62. At Augsburg since 1941.
"Joint Student-Faculty Committees
Personnel /
I II
RODGERSTEEN JORDAHL, A.B., B.Th., Assistant Professor of Old Testament
(on leave)
A.B., Luther College, 1947; Th.B., Luther Seminary, 1952; Additional
Study: University of Chicago; Karl Eberhardt University, Tubingen,
Germany. A.t Augsburg since I 9 5 9.
IVERB. OLSON, A.M., S.T.D., Professor of Systematic Theology
A.B., Augsburg College, 1935; Th.B., Augsburg Theological Seminary,
1936; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1945; S.T.D., Chicago Lutheran
Theological Seminary, 19 57. Teaching: Oak Grove Seminary, 1936-39;
University of Minnesota, 1945-46. Pastor, Sand Creek, Wisconsin, 1939-44.
A t Augsburg since 1945.
PHILIP A. QUANBECK,Th.D., Associate Professor of N e w Testament
A.B., Augsburg College, 1950; Th.B., Augsburg Seminary, 1951; Th.M.,
Princeton Theological Seminary, 1954; Th.D., 1958. Pastoral work, 195153. Teaching Fellow, Princeton Theological Seminary, 1954-57. A t Augsburg since 1957.
PAULG. SONNACK,Th.B., A.M., Dean of the Seminary and Professor o f Church
History
A.B., Augsburg Callege, 1942; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary,
1945; Th.B., 1947; A.M., University of Chicago, 1960. Pastor, Moose
Lake, Minnesota, 1945-47. A t Augsburg since 1949.
MARIOCOLACCI,Th.D., D.Litt., Lecturer in Theology
For statement of academic preparation and experience, see College Faculty
LAWRENCEM. GUDMESTAD,
A.B., S.T.M., Lecturer in Pastoral Counseling
A.B., Augsburg College, 1939; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1942;
S.T.M.; Andover Newton Theological Schools, 1955. Pastoral work, 19421954. Chaplain, Lutheran Deaconess Hospital, 1955-. A t Augsburg since
1955.
JOHN STENSVAAG,
Ph.D., Lecturer in Homiletics
A.B., Augsburg College, 1936; B.Th., Augsburg Seminary, 1939; Ph.D.,
Hartford Seminary Foundation, 1941. Additional study: Johns Hopkins
University. Teaching: Augsburg Seminary, 1942-59; Dean, 1953-59;
Northwestern Lutheran Theological Seminary, 1945-46. President of
Lutheran Free Church since 1959.
II2
/ Personnel
AUGSBURG COLLEGE FACULTY
RUTH AASKOV,
A.M., 11zstr~r~tor
in French
A.B., Augsburg College, 1953; A.M., Middlebury College, 1960. Additional study: University of Grenoble, Boston University. Teaching: High
School, 1954-60. At Augsburg since 1960.
COURTLAND
L. AGRE,Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry
B.Ch.E., University of Minnesota, 193.1; Ph.D., University of Minnesota,
1937; Research Chemist, 1937-40; U. S. Army, 1940-41; Research
Chemist, 1941-46; Teaching, St. Olaf College, 1946-58; Univ. of California, Berkeley, Visiting Professor, National Science Foundation Fellowship, 1958-59. At Augsburg since 1959.
EARLALTON,Ph.D., Assistant Professbr of Chemistry
A.B., St. Olaf College, 1955; M.S., University of Michigan, 1958; Ph.D.,
1961. Teaching: Teaching Fellow and pre-doctor instructor, University
of Michigan, 1955-58. A t Augsburg since 1960.
LYLA MAE ANDEREGG,
A.M., I~zstructor in Education
A.B., University of Minnesota, 1945; A.M., Northwestern University, 1947.
Additional Study: Minnesota, Chicago, California. Teaching and Counselling, High Schools, 1945-46. I 9 5 I -5 3 ; Teaching: East Washington College,
1948-49; University of Minnesota, 1950-5 I ; Oakland Junior College, 19 5456; San Francisco State College, 1957-58; St. Olaf College, 1958-59. At
Augsburg since 19 59.
ERNESTW. ANDERSON,M.Ed., Professor of Health and Physical Education,
Basketball Coach
A.B., Augsburg College, 1937; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1947.
Teaching: High School, I 937-41. U.S. Army, 1941-46. A t Augsburg
since 1946.
RAYMOND
E. ANDERSON,
Ph.D., Associate Professor of Speech
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1946; A.M., 1950; Ph.D., University of
Minnesota, 1959. Teaching: University of Vermont, 1949. U.S. Navy,
1946. A t Augsburg since 1949.
A.M., Instructor in Greek
PETERG. ANSORGE,
A.B., Sr. Olaf College, I 958; A.M., University of Michigan, 1959. Teaching: Northwestern Theological Seminary, I 9 59-6 I . A t Augsburg since 196 I .
PETERH. ARMACOST,
A.B., Dean of Stzrdents (on leave)
A.B., Denison University, 1957. Additional Study: University of Minnesota. Teaching Assistant at University of Minnesota. A t Augsburg since
1959.
Personnel /
II3
LEROYA. BAKER,A.B., lnstructor in Physics
A.B., Northwest Nazarene College, 1960. Additional study: University
of Minnesota. Research Physicist, Minneapolis-Honeywell. At Augsburg
since 1960.
MERRUYNBELGUM,M.S.W., lnstructor in Sociology
A.B., University of Minnesota, 1946; M.S.W., University of Denver, 1956.
Chisago County Welfare, 1948-49; Lutheran Welfare Society, Iowa, 194952; Department of Public Welfare, Anchorage, Alaska, 19 5 2-54; University of Denver, Field Instructor, 1956-57; Denver Public Schools Social
Worker, 1957-60. At Augsburg since 1960.
WAUNETABLACKBURN,
A.M., Assistant Professor of English
A.B., Milton College, 1930; A.M., University of Wisconsin, 1942. Additional study: Pennsylvania State University. Teaching: High School, 193046; Stout State College, 1946-61. A t Augsburg since 1961.
BRUCEP. BUDGE,M.S., Instructm in Business Administration
B.S., University of Idaho, 1913; M.S., 1957. Teaching: University of
Idaho, 1951-57. We~erhauser Company, 1913-5 5, 1957-60. A t Augsburg
since 1960.
JACQOLYN
L. CHERNE,A.B., lnstructor in English
A.B., Augsburg College, 1958. Additional study: University of Minnesota.
At Augsburg since 1960.
CARLCHRISLOCK,Ph.D., Professor of History and Political Science
A.B., Augsburg College, 1937; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1947;
Ph.D., 19 55. Teaching: High School, 1939-44; Tracy Junior College,
1947-48; Augustana College, Sioux Falls, S.D.; 1948-51. At Augsburg
since 1912.
GRACIACHRISTENSEN,
A.M., Instructor in English
A.B., Hunter College, 1932 : A.M., Radcliffe College, 193 5. Additional
Study: University of Chicago.
MARIOCOLACCI,Th.D., D.Litt., Professor of New Testament Greek and Latin
Pontificium Atheneum Roman Major Seminary, Th.D., I 93 2; Pontificium
Institutum Biblicum de Urbe, Rome, L.R.B., 1934; University of Naples,
D.Litt., 1940. Teaching: Regional Seminary, Benevento, Italy, 1935-40;
Mario Pagano College and Normal Institute, Campbasso, Italy, 1941-49.
At Augsbuq since 1952.
AILENE COLE, A.M., Assistant Professor of Speech
A.B., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1936; A.M., University of Minnesota,
1949. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: High Schools,
1936-56. At Augsburg since 1956.
I 14
/ Personnel
K. BERNERDAHLEN,A.M., Associate Professor of English
A.B., Augsburg College, 1931; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1940. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1931-39; Crosby-Ironton
Junior College, 1940-41. U.S. Army Air Forces, 1942-41. A t Augsburg
since 1941.
KENNETHN. DEYOUNG,Ph.D., Instructor in Psychology
A.B., Michigan State University, 195 6; A.M., 1957; Ph.D., University
of Minnesota, 1961. At Augsburg since 1960.
DAVIDA. EDE, B.D., instructor in Religion
A.B., St. Olaf College, 1957; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1961.
At Augsburg since 1961.
BURTONP. FOSSE,B.B.A., B.M.E., Business Manager
B.B.A., and B.M.E., University of Minnesota, 1949. U. S. Army, 1943-46.
Industrial Engineering work, 1949-5 3. At Augsburg since 1953.
KRISTIAN
FROSIG,A.B., Laboratory Instructor in Biology
A.B., Augsburg College, 1953. Additional study: Macalester College;
University of Washington. Teaching: High School, 1953-61. A t Augsburg since 1961.
WILLIAMH. GERMAR,A.B., Instructor in Journalism
A.B., Drake University, 193 5. U.S. Army Signal Corps, 1942-46. Teaching: University of Minnesota, 1960-1961. A t Augsburg since 1960.
DARYLGIBSON,Ph.D., Instrzmental Specialist (Brass Instruments)
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1934; A.M., 1941; Ph.D., University of
Iowa, 1947. Member of Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra, 1954-44. Teaching: University of Iowa, 1943; University of Montana, 1947-48; Gustavus
Adol~husCollege, 1948-5 t At Augsburg since 1 9 5 4
JACQUELYNL. GIMSE,B.S.N., Director of Women's Residence
R.N., Moline Public Hospital, 1957; B.S.N., Gustavus Adolphus College,
1960. Moline Public Hospital, 1957-5 8 ; Gustavus Adolphus College, Assistant Dean of Students, 1960-61. A t Augsburg since 1961.
OKLOUEGISSELQUIST,
A.M., Assistant Professor of History
A.B., University of Minnesota, 1943; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1956.
Teaching: Bethel College, 1954-56. Additional study: Minnesota. At Augsburg since 1956.
TINGSIN GO, B.S., Laboratory lnstrzcctor in Chemistry
B.S., Mapua Institute of Technology, Manila, Philippines, 1953. Additional study: Adamson University, Manila; University of Minnesota. Teaching:
Adarnson University, 19 57-59. A t Augsburg since 1960.
Personnel /
II5
DONALDR. GUSTAFSON,
A.M., Instructor in History
A.B., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1955; A.M., University of Wisconsin,
1916. Additional study: Indiana; California, Berkeley; Minnesota. Teaching: Gustavus Adolphus College, 1960-6 I. At Augsburg since I 96 I .
WILLIAMH . HALVERSON,
Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Philosophy and Religion
A.B., Augsburg College, 195 I ; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary,
1955; Th.M., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1957; A.M., Princeton
University, 1959; Ph.D., 1961. Teaching: Princeton Theological Seminary
1957-59. At Augsburg 1955-56 and since 1959.
A.M., Assistant Professor of Psychology
CARLR. HAMMARBERG,
A.B., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1932; A.M., University of Minnesota,
1948. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Bethany College, Lindsborg,
Kan., 1948-53. A t Augsburg since 1953.
LEIF E. HANSEN,A.M., Instructor in Modern Languages
A.B., Concordia College, 1947; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1950.
Additional study: Michigan; Stetson University; Wisconsin. Teaching:
High School, Norway, 1959-60; University of Wisconsin, 1960-61. At
Augsburg since I 961.
MAURINEM. C. HANSEN,A.M., Instructor in Home Economics
A.B., Rice Institute, 1920; .4.M., University of Colorado, 1938. Additional study: Texas, Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1920-21, 193443, Lamar College, 1943-45, University of Minnesota, 1949-, Hamline University, 1949-58. At Augsburg 1957-58, and since 1959.
in Philosophy
WILLIAMH. HANSON,-A.M.,Instr~~ctor
A.B., Hamline University, 1958; A.M., Yale University, 1960. At Augsburg since 1961.
THEODORE
J. HANWICK,
Ph.D., Professor of Physics
B.E.E., Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn, 1933; M.S., Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn, 1937; Ph.D., New York University, 1950. Teaching:
Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn, 1937-3 8; New York University, 193842; U. S. Naval Academy, 1942-46; Rutgers University, 1946-56. At
Augsburg since I 9 5 6.
GEORGEW. HATCHEK,LL.D., Instrzrctor in Modern Languages
LL.D., Law School of Vienna, Austria, 1938. Interpreter at United States
Surplus Depot in France, 1944-46. Teaching: International Institute and
YWCA, 1954-60. At Augsburg since 1960.
RUBENG. HAUGEN,M.M., Instructor in W'oodwinds
B.M., MacPhail School of Music, 1950; M.M., MacPhail Schml of Music,
1951. Additional Study, University of Kyoto, Japan. Teaching: Minneapolis Junior Academy, 1950-72; Breck Military Academy, 1952-5 5; MacPhail
School of Music since 1950. At Augsburg since 1958.
I I6
/ Personnel
ORVALD
B. HAUGSBY,
A.B., Instructor in Mathematics
A.B., Wisconsin State College, 1952. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1953-56; Wisconsin State College, 1956-59; University of Minnesota, Teaching Assistant, 1959-61. At Augsburg since 1961.
MELVINA. HELLAND,S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of Religion (on leave)
For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological
Seminary Faculty listing.
A. ROBERTHEMMINGSON,
A.M., Assistant Professor of Economics and Business
Administration
A.B., Dana College, I 9 5 3 ; A.M., University of Nebraska, I 9 57. Additional
Study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: University of Nebraska, 195657. At Augsburg since 1957.
A.M., Instructor in English
MARYA. HINDERLIE,
A.B., St. Olaf College, 1935; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1937. Additional study: University of Oslo, Norway. Teaching: St. Olaf College,
1937-39.
JOHN R. HOLUM,Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemistry
A.B., St. Olaf College, 1950; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1954.
Teaching: University of Minnesota, 1950-52; University of Maryland,
1956; Pacific Lutheran College, 1958-59. U. S. Armed Forces, 1951-57. At
Augsburg 1957-58 and since 1959.
IRENE
KHIN KHIN JENSEN,Ph.D., Instructor in History and Political Science
(on leave)
A.B., Rangoon University, Burma, 1949; A.M., Bucknell University, 19 5 1;
Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, I 9 5 6. Teaching: Rangoon University,
Burma, 1949-50 At Augsburg 1955-56 and since 1959.
JOHN JENSON,A.M., Assistant Librarian
A.B., Augsburg College, 1955; A.M:, University of Minnesota, 1957. U.S.
Navy, 1957-61. At Augsburg 1956-57 and since 1961.
MILDRED
V. JOEL, A.M., Registrar, with rank of Assistant Professor
A.B., Augsburg College, 1940; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1947.
Additional Study: Saskatchewan, Minnesota, Denver. Teaching: High
School, 1941-46. At Augsburg since 1947.
EINAR0. JOHNSON,Ph.D., Professor of Education
A.B., Concordia College, 1938; A.M., University of Washington, 1950;
Ph.D., 1961. Additional study: University of Oslo, Norway. Teaching:
Elementary and High School, 193 3-40; University of Washington, 195354; Luther College, 1954-56; At Augsburg since 1956.
Personnel /
GLEN W.
JOHNSON,
I I7
B.D., Acting Dean of Students and Instructor in Mathe-
matics
B.S. Engr., University of Nebraska, 1952; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1959. Additional study: University of Minnesota.
JAMES
JOHNSON,A.M., Instructor in Piano
A.B., University of Minnesota, 1956; A.M., Juilliard School of Music, 1958.
A t Augsburg since 1961.
WINFIELDJOHNSON,A.M., Instructor in Religion
A.B., St. Olaf College, 1939; C.T., Luther Theological Seminary, 1943;
A.M., New York University, 1954. Additional study: University of Minnesota.
RODGERSTEEN JORDAHL, A.B., Th.B., Assistant Professor of Religion (on leave)
For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological
Seminary Faculty listing.
HAROLD
M. KAMBAK,A.B., Instructor in Journalism and Director of Public
Relations
A.B., Augsburg College, 1919. Additional Study: University of Minnesota;
American Academy of Art; Graphic Arts Institute of Illinois. Director of
Public Relations, Augustana College, 1956-58. A t Augsburg since 1958.
ROBERTK A R L ~ NB.M.,
,
A.M., lnstructor in Music
B.M., New England Conservatory, 1950; A.M., University of Minnesota,
1959. Additional Study: Berkshire Music Center, Salzburg, Austria; Conservatoire Nationale, Paris, Nadia Boulanger. Teaching: Public Schools,
1950-5 3; St. Agathals Conservatory, 1958-59; University of Minnesota,
1957-59. A t Augsburg since 1959.
MMI B. KINGSLEY,A.M., Assistant Professor of Spanish
A.B., Maryville College, 1936; A.M., University of Mexico, 1944. Additional study: Columbia, Minnesota. Teaching: Wagner College, Staten
Island, N.Y., 1941-42; Friends School, Brooklyn, N.Y., 1946-47. A t
Augsburg since 1947.
BERNHARDT
J. KLEVEN, Ph.D., Professor of History and Political Science
A.B., Augsburg College, 1922; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1930;
Ph.D., 1941. Additional study: Harvard. Teaching: High School, 192235; Wheaton College, 1946-47. A t Augsburg 1937-46 and since 1947.
BJARNEE. LANDA,Ph.D., Professor of Germanic Languages
A.B., Voss State College, Norway, 1925; A.B., University of Southern California, 1928; A.M., 1930; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 19 5 2. Teaching:
High School, 1930-31; University of Minnesota, 1938-42; Fisk University,
1941-47. U. S. Office of Censorship, 1942-45. A t Augsburg since 1947.
I I8
/ Personnel
DENNISE. LANE, B.S., Instructor in Organ
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1943. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1943-46; University of Minnesota, 194243; MacPhail School of Music, 1945-51; pr,ivate organ and piano instructor. Church organist and choirmaster. A t Augsburg since 1960.
BERTHALILLEHEI,A.M., Instructor in English
A.B., Augsburg College, 1934; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1960. A t
Augsburg 1937-40 and since 1957.
LORRAINE
K. LIVINGSTON,A.M., Instr~.ctorin English
A.B., University of Minnesota, 1930; A.M., 1932. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: University of Minnesota, 1932-35; 1952-60. A t Augsburg since 1960.
GERTRUDES. LUND, A.M., Assistant Professor of Secretarial Science
A.B., Augsburg
Teaching: High
Morris, 1945-47;
49. A t Augsburg
College, 1936; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1951.
School, 1943-45; West Central School of Agriculture,
Duluth Business University, 1947-48; High School, 1948since 1950.
MARTHAM. MATTSON,A.M., Associate Professor of Psychology and Education
A.B., Augsburg College, 1928; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1932. Additional study: Boston University; University of Wisconsin. Teaching:
Elementary schools, 1922-36; Elementary Supervisor, 1939-60. A t Augsburg since 1960.
ERWIN D. MICKELBERG,A.B., Assistant Professor of Biology
A.B., Augsburg College, 1954. Additional study: Columbia, Minnesota.
Teaching: High School, 1954-56. A t Augsburg since 1956.
GERDAMORTENSEN,A.M., Dean of Women w i t h rank of Professor
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1923; A.M., Columbia University, 1928.
Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Junior High School, 19 17-2 I ;
Hankow Private School, Hankow, China, 1934-3 5. A t Augsburg since 1923.
ARTHURNASH, Ph.D., Professor of Biology
A.B., Augsburg College, 1922; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1938.
Additional study: Minnesota; Seminar to Australia, 1934-35. U.S. Army
Air Force, 1942-46. Dean, Augsburg College, 1946-50. A t Augsburg since
1922.
M.Ed., Associate Professor of Physical Education and Coach
EDORC. NELSON,
of Football and Baseball
A.B., Augsburg College, 1938; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1948.
Teaching: High School, 1938-41. U. S. Army, 1941-46. At Augsburg since
1946.
Personnel / I 19
GLENN I. NELSON, A.M., lnstrztctor in Sociology
A.B., St. Olaf College, 1955; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1960.
A t Augsburg since 1961.
GRIERNICHOLL,A.M., Instructor in English
A.B., Wesleyan University, 1951; A.M., Columbia Teachers College, 1956.
Additional study: Minnesota; University of London. Teaching: High School,
1954-55; Southern Oregon College, 195 5-57; University of Minnesota, 195 8.
A t Augsburg since 1960.
NORMANI. NIELSEN, A.B., B.Th., Vice President in Charge of Development
A.B., Augsburg College, 1944; B.Th., Luther Seminary, 1947. Additional
Study: Boston University. Pastor: Minot, N. D.; Minneapolis, Minn. A t
Augsburg 1958-61.
DAVIDNORDLIE,A.B., lnstructor in Sociology
A.B., Augsburg College, 1960. Additional study: Minnesota. A t Augsburg since 1961.
ESTHER J. OLSON, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Speech
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1945; A.M., 1945; Ph.D., 1956. Teaching: University of Minnesota, 1945-56; Luther College, 1956-60. A t Augsburg since 1960.
IVER B. OLSON, A.M., S.T.D., Professor of Scandinavian
For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological
Seminary Faculty listing.
MAGNEB. OLSON, A.M., lnstructor in History and Political Science
A.B., Augsburg, 195 8; 4.M., University of Minnesota, 1961. Teaching:
High School, 1960-61. A t Augsburg since 1961.
KARLISOZOLINS. A.M., Th.B., Librarian with rank of Assistant Professor
A.B., Augsburg College, I 9 5 I ; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary,
1952; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1961. Additional Study: University
of Marburg, Germany. A t Augsburg since 195 5.
SULAMITOZOLINS,Cand. Phil., Instructor in Russian
Cand. Phil., University of Marburg, Germany, 1948. Additional study:
Minnesota. A t Augsburg since 1959.
PATRICIAA. PARKER,A.M., Assistant Librarian and
Instructor in Library Science
B.S., Eastern Michigan College, 1949; A.M., University of Michigan,
1952. Teaching: University of North Dakota, 1949-5 1; University of
Michigan, 19 51-52; University of Minnesota, Librarian, 19 54-5 6; Minneapolis Public Library, 195 6-59. A t Augsburg since 1960.
KRISTOFFER
F. PAULSON,A.B., Instructor in English
A.B., St. Olaf College, 1956. Additional study: University of Oslo, Norway; University of Heidelberg, Germany; George Washington University;
Minnesota. At Augsburg since 1960.
HOWARD
E. PEARSON,A.M., Assistant Professor of Physical Education
A.B., Augsburg College, 1953; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1957. At
Augsburg since 1956.
ANNE PEDERSON,A.M., Professor o f English
A.B., Augsburg College, 1932; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1 9 4 1 Additional study: Minnesota, Columbia, Pennsylvania. Teaching: High School,
1945-46; San Mateo Junior College, California, one semester, 1946. At
Augsburg 1932-44 and since 1946.
KATHERINEPETERSON,M.S., Assistant Professor of Home Economics
B.S., South Dakota State College, 1936; M.S., State University of Iowa,
1939. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: High Schools
in South Dakota, 1936-38; University of Minnesota, 1940-56. A t Augsburg since 1956.
LAVONNE PETERSON,A.M., Assistant Professor of
Physical Education for
Women
A.B., Augsburg College, 1950; A.M., University of Montana, 1954. Additional study: Minnesota, Montana, MacPhail School of Music. At Augsburg
since 1950.
MARTINQUANBECK,
Ph.D., Professor o,f Education and Dean of the College
A.B., Augsburg College, 1929; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1933; Ph.D.,
1952. High School administration, Mantorville, M i n . , 1929-36. Teaching:
Waldorf College, 1936-3 8. Registrar, Augsburg College, 1939-46; Dean,
1942-46 and since 1950. A t Augsburg since 1938.
PHILIP A. QUANBECK,
Th.D., Associate Professor of Religion; College Chaplain
For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological
Seminary Faculty listing.
LELANDB. SATEREN,A.M., Professor of Music
A.B., Augsburg College, 1935 ; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1943. Additional study: Composition with Donald Ferguson (Minneapolis), 1941-43.
Teaching: High School, 1935-39. Music Director, Radio Station KUOM,
University of Minnesota, 1940-43. Educational Director, Civilian Public
Service, 1944-46. At Augsburg 1941-43 and since 1946.
Personnel /
12 I
EDWIN J. SAUGESTAD,
A.B., Instrzictor in Physical Edzccation and Biology
A.B., Augsburg College, 1959. Additional study: Minnesota. A t Augsburg since 1959.
A. MAYOSAVOLD,A.B., Associate Professor of Music
A.B., Luther College, 1941. Additional study: North Dakota, Minnesota,
MacPhail School of Music. Teaching: Benson County Agriculture and
Training School, Maddock, N.D., 1934-37; Lamberton Public Schools,
1941-42 and 1946-48. U.S. Armed Forces 1942-45; Glenwood Public
Schools, 1948-52. At Augsburg since 1952.
DONNAL. SCHLORF.A.B., Instructor in Physical Edzccation
A.B., Augsburg College, 1955. Additional study: University of Minnesota;
University of Colorado; University of Oslo, Norway. Teaching: Junior
and Senior High School, 195 5-61. A t Augsburg since 1961.
RUTH SEGOLSON,M.S., Professor of Ifome Economics
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1925 ; M.S., 1938. Additional study: Minnesota and Syracuse University. Teaching: High School, 197.5-28; Univer.
sity of Minnesota, 1928-44. At Augsburg since 1944.
MARJORIEH. SIBLEY,A.M., Assistant Librarian
A.B., University of Illinois, 1942; A.M., 1943. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Elementary, 1940-41; University of Illinois, 1945-46;
Acquisitions Librarian, Macalester College, 1959-61. A t Augsburg since
1961.
GEORGESOBERG,A.B., C.T., Professor of Mathematics
A.B., Augsburg College, 1926; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1950.
Additional study: Minnesota. A t Augsburg since 1926.
PAULG. SONNACK,A.B., Th.B., Professor of Religion
For statement of academic ~ r e ~ a r a t i oand
n experience, see Theological Seminary Faculty listing.
RUTH SONSTENG,A.M., lnstrztcfor in Home Economics
A.B., Augsburg College, 1954; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1960.
Teaching: High School, 1955-56; Graduate Assistant, University of Minnesota, 1956-57. A t Augsburg 1957-60 and since 1961.
LAWRENCE
H. STARKEY,
Ph.D., Lecfztrer in Astronomy
A.B., University of Louisville, 1942; B.D., Southern Baptist Theological
Seminary, 1945; A.M., University of Southern California, 1948; Ph.D.,
1954. Additional study: Garrett Biblical Institute. Teaching: University of
California, Bethel College.
I zz
/ Personnel
MERTONP. STROMMEN,Th.B., Ph.D., Lecturer in Religion
A.B., Augsburg College, 1943; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1944;
Th.B., 1951; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1955; Ph.D., 1960. Additional
study: Minnesota. Pastor: Mora, Minnesota, 1944-47. A t Augsburg since
'947.
OLAF H . SWENSON,A.M., Assistant Professor of Sociology
A.B., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1943; A.M., University of Minnesota,
1950. Teaching: Gustavus Adolphus College, 1947-49, 1950-51. Probation
Ogce, Hennepin County, 195 I-. A t Augsburg since 1953.
AGNESB. TANGJERD,
A.M., Archivist
A.B., St. Olaf College, 1920; B.S., in L.S., University of Minnesota, 1939;
A.M., 1944. Additional study: Minnesota. Zion Society for Israel, 1922-28.
Teaching: High School, 1929-36. Eau Claire Public Library, 1936-38.
Librarian, Augsburg College, 1940-1960.
PAULETTER. THOMPSON,A.M., Instructor in Spanish
A.B., Augsburg College, 1954; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1960.
Additional study: University of Mexico. Teaching: High School, 1954-57;
University of Minnesota, Assistant, 1957-59. A t Augsburg since 1960.
PHILLIP J. THOMPSON,A.B.. M.F.A., Assistant Professor of A r t
A.B., Concordia College, 1955; M.F.A., State University of Iowa, 1958.
Teaching: State University of Iowa, 19 57-5 8; Kokomo Extension of Indiana University, 1958-59. A t Augsburg since 1959.
Ph.D., Professor of English (on leave)
GERALDH. THORSON,
A.B., Augsburg College, 1943; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1948; Ph.D.,
Columbia University, 1957. U.S. Army, 1943-46. Additional study: Grenoble, Oslo, Wisconsin. Teaching: Wagner College, 1951. Visiting Professor, University of Reykjavik, Iceland, 1961-62. A t Augsburg since 1946.
JOHN
THUT,A.B., M.Mus., Associate Professor of Music
A.B., Goshen College, 1923; B.Mus., American Conservatory of Music,
1929; M.Mus., 1936. Additional study: Minnesota, Northwestern University. Private work in singing with Rollin Pease, Charles LaBerge, Aksel
Schiotz. Special studies with Theodore Harrison and Martial Singher.
Teaching: Bethel College, 1924-27; American Conservatory of Music, 193 I 44; Colorado State College of Education, 1946-47. YMCA War Prisoners
Aid, England and Belgium, 1944-46. A t Augsburg since 1947.
VERATHUT,B.Mus., lnstructor in Piano
B.Mus., American Conservatory of Music, 1927. Additional study: American Conservatory of Music and Minnesota, Master Class Work with Silvio
Scionti, Robyn Xormal Teachers Training Course; studied under Kurt
Wanieck. Teaching: American Conservatory of Music, 1926-46; Colorado
State College of Education, 1946-47. A t Augsburg since 1947.
Personnel
/ 123
HAROLDTOLLEFSON,
A.B., M.Th., Instrzrctor irz Religion
A.B., Augsburg College, 1950; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary,
195 3 ; M.Th., Princeton Theological Seminary, I 9 5 5. Additional Study:
University of Heidelberg A t Augsburg since 1959.
JOEL
S. TORSTENSON,
A.M., Ph.D., Professor of Sociology
A.B., Augsburg College, 1938; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1940; Ph.D.,
19 59. Additional study: Minnesota. Director of Education and Public
Relations, Midland Cooperative Wholesale, 1945-47. A t Augsburg 193842 and since 1947.
E. MARGARET
TRAUTWEIN,
A.M., Instrz~ctorin Engli~h
A.B., Augsburg College, 1937; A.M., University of Minnesota, 19 53.
Teaching: High School, 1937-47. A t Augsburg, 1950-54 and since 1961.
ERLINGJ. URDAHL,A.M., Associate Professor of Biolog~'
A.B., Concordia College, 1930; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1940. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, I 93 I -3 5. Principal, Cannon Falls, Minnesota, 1935-41. At Augsburg since 1943.
A. BRUCEWRIGHTSMAN,
B.S., Instr~rctorin Mathematics
B.S., University of Wisconsin, 195 8. Additional study: Luther Theological Seminary. Teaching: University of Wisconsin, 1957-58. At Augsburg since 1960.
CARL W. LANDAHL,M. Mus., Assistant Professor of Mzrsic
(Deceased October 26, 1961)
A.B., University of Minnesota, 1931; B.Mus., Columbia School of Music,
Chicago, 1933; M.Mus., 1934; B.D., Cali,fornia Baptist Theological Seminary, 1950. Teaching: Private Teaching, Chicago, 193 1-40; Dakota Wesleyan University, Mitchell, S. D., 1940-42; Northwestern College, 1950-59.
A t Augsburg 1952-61.
KARL H. BREVIK,A.B., B.Th., Instrzrctor in Religion
A.B., Concordia College 1951; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary, 1951.
Additional Study: Syracuse University. Teaching: Concordia College, 195456. Associate Pastor, Central Lutheran Church, 1956-61. A t Augsburg
1959-61.
Administratiolz and
ZDENEKCERNOHOUS,
A.M., Instrzrctor in B~~silzess
Econonzics
A.B., St. John's University, 1953 ; A.M., University of Minnesota, 195 5.
Teaching: University of Minnesota, 1956-60. A t Augsburg 1960-61.
124 / Personnel
IVAN DOSEFF, B.S., Instructor in Art
B.S., University of Chicago, 1907. Additional study: A r t Institute of
Chicago. Teaching: Cornell College, 19I 8- 19; Iowa State Teachers College,
19 19-2 I ; Luther College, 1922-23 ; Minneapolis A r t Institute, 1928-30;
University of Minnesota, 1926-53. A t Augsburg 1955-1961.
NELSW. FORDE,A.M., Instructor in History
A.B., Luther College, 1950; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1958. Teaching: Teaching Assistant, University of Minnesota, 1957-60. A t Augsburg
1960-61.
PAULGABRIELSEN,
Th.B., A.M., College Chaplain
A.B., Concordia College, 1952; C.T. and Th.B., Luther Theological Seminary, 1956; A.M., University of Chicago, 1960. Pastor, Milwaukee, Wisconsin, 1958-60. A t Augsburg, 1960-61.
SHERMANJOHNSRUD, A.M., Instructor in Philosophy
A.B., St. Olaf College, 1953; A.M., Univeristy of Chicago, 1955. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Celle, Germany, 1953-54; Valparaiso
University, 1955-58; Concordia College, 1959-60. a t Augsburg, 1960-61.
RALPH KERSTEN,D.D.S., Instructor in Health
D.D.S., School of Dentistry, University of Minnesota, 1939. Private practice, 1939-42; Oflicer, U.S. Navy, 1942-46. A t Augsburg 1955-61.
DEAND. KNUDSEN,B.D., Instru~torin Sociology
A.B., Sioux Falls College, 1954; B.D., Berkeley Baptist Divinity School,
1957. Additional study: Minnesota. A t Augsburg 1960-61.
EMMA J. KYDD, M.S., Instructor in Home Economics
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1958; M.S., 1960. Teaching: University
of Minnesota, Teaching Assistant, 1958-60. A t Augsburg 1960-61.
RAMONAH. LEER, A.B., Assistant Librarian
A.B., Concordia College, 1954. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching:
High School, 1954-56. A t Augsburg 1957-61.
CATHERINE
CHRISTIENICHOLL,
A.M., Instructor in English
A.B., Hope College, 1953; A.M., University of Michigan, 1954. Additional study: Minnesota, University of London. Teaching: Colby Jr.
College, 1954-5 5; Bradford Jr. College, 195 5-56; Southern Oregon College, 1956-57. A t Augsburg 1957-1961.
Personnel
/
I25
ROBERT C. STENSTROM,A.M., Instrztctor in Physics and Mathematics
A.B., University of South Dakota, 1917; A.M.. University o f South
Dakota, 1958. Teaching: University of South Dakota, 1956-58. A t Augsburg 1958-61.
HUGHB. WILCOX,M.S., Lecturer in Mathematics
B.S.E.E., University of Minnesota, 19 14; M.S., 19 16. Teaching: High
School, 19 I 8-19; University of Minnesota, 1920-60. A t Augsburg 196061.
PAUL CASPERSON,A.B., Teaching Fellow in Biology and Assistant Football
Coach, 1960-61.
MALCOLMGIMSE, Teaching Fellow in Physical Education, 1961-62.
PHILIP W. HEIDE, A.B., B.Th., Teaching Fellow in Religion, 1960-61.
MARSHALLD. JOHNSON,A.B., B. Th., Teaching Fellow in Religion, 1960-61.
RICHARDJOHNSON,B.E.E., Teaching Fellow in Mathematics, 1960-61.
ORLIN MANDSAGER,
A.B., B.D., Teaching Fellow in Religion, 1960-61.
HUBERTNELSON, A.B., Teaching Fellow in Religion, 1961-62.
Graduates
AUGSBURG COLLEGE, 1960
WITH THE
DEGREE OF
BACHEL~
3R
Abrahamsen, Svein A., Jr. Ramsey, N. J .
Amundson, Bruce Arnold
Climax
Anderson, Donald Arthur Minneapolis
Anderson. John Allen
St. Paul
Anderson, Karen Lou
Minneapolis
Anderson, Robert Allan
Mznneapolis
Anderson, Sharon Lee
Lam berton
Benson, Margaret Yvonne
Montevideo
Beree. Richard
Harold
Albert Lea
- - - --~ e r g e r ,Newman 0.
Veblen. S. ~ a k ;
Berkness, Loren Gerald
Minneapolis
Betker. Gaylen B.
Hutchinson
Bispala, John Kaarlo
Hibbing
Boleman, LeMoyne C.
Minneapolis
Boyum, Arne Harold
Peterson
Burfield, Carolyn M.
Carver
Bussler, Arlo Rudolph
Stewart
Carlsen,
Carlson,
Carlson,
Carlson,
Carlson.
Ruth Markell
Minneapolis
Jerald Henry
Minneapolis
Kurt Gregory
Minneapolis
Margaret Ruth
Marietta
Mvron LeRov
Willmar
as person, -Carol Ann" Johnson
Minneapolis
Casperson, Paul Conrad
Minneapolis
Christensen, Naomi Grace
Minneapolis
Christiansen, DiAnn Renee Minneapolis
Christianson. Elizabeth Louise
Minneanolis
~lexagdria
Christopherson, Iver C.
Collin, Harry Clifford, Jr.
Minneapolis
Cruys, George Harold
Minneapolis
Cunning, Bruce R.
Minneapolis
OF
ARTS
Kepski, Ralph A.
Kennedy. Richard John
Kirkeeide, Robert Edward
Minneapolis
St. Paul
Minneapolis
Larson, Dorothy Ann
Oak Park
Larson, James C.
Minneapolis
Lecander. Ronald Glen Menomonie, Wis.
Leslie, John Howard
Minneapolis
Lind, E. Delano
Minneapolis
Locke. Peter Michael
Minneawolis
Lokken, Lawrence
Lundeen, Walter Gerald
Minneapolis
Lyon, LaRae K.
Lake Crystal
enso on
Marciniak, Joseph Andrew Minneapolis
Robbinsdale
McKay, Keith M.
Millar. Barbara
Mznneanolis
- -- - Elaine
Milne. Barbara Jean
~oifston
Mundschenk, Harold E.
Minneapolis
Munson, James W.
Omaha, Neb.
Myhre, Clifford Morris. Jr. Minneawolis
Myhre, Paul ~ a y m o n d
~inneabolis
Myring, Marcia Christine Minneapolis
Nelson, Judith G.
Minneapolis
Nelson, Nicholas David
Corona dc: 3Inr. Cclif,
Nelson, Sonja Kaye
Roseau
Rnu; S~iehlorr
Nielsen, Loren L.
Noble, James A.
Blooming P7n:ric
Nordlie, David Amos
Mirnrcopolix
.
~
Ofstun, Richard Elliot
Duluth
Oliver, George James
Minneapolis
Olsen, Donald A.
Minneapolis
Olson, Barbara M.
Cottonwood
Elroy, Wis.
Olson, Edward J.
Dahlmeier, Phyllis LaVonne Minneapolis
Olson, R. Thomas
Minneapolis
Minneapolis
Dean, Alberta Kay
Ose, Phyllis M.
Minneapolis
Droegemueller, Lee Arthur Minneapolis
Paulson, Clayton Arvid
Clitherall
Minneapolis
Pedersen, Ramona Joan
Fergus Falls
Edmund, Wayne F.
Minneapolis
Ellefson, Jon Richard
Pederson, Dwight L.
Osceola, Wis.
Minneapolis
Willmar
Ellis, Colleen Patricia
Pedersor., W. Dennis D.
Clarissa
Engelmann, Alfred B.
Persson, Paul Robert
Minneapolis
Minneapolis
Peterson. Judv Gail
Minneanolis
Erickson, Donald LeRoy
---- -Fertile
Peterson; ~ a r e nAnn
Brainerd
Erlandson, Gene Marland
Oconto, Wis.
Peterson, Paul Alvin
Hopkins
Evenson, David Bruce
Quanbeck, Fay Laurel
Minneapolis
Fosston
Flaten, Arden Stanley
Minneapolis
Flom, Everett H., Jr.
Richter, Lois A.
St. Paul
Minneapolis
Flom, Marjorie Moland
Schmid, Byron Lee
Argyle, Wis.
Garland, Nancy Vienette Marinette, Wis.
Schueler. Orin Jav Harold
Gedrose, James, M.
Berkeley, Calzf.
S. Dak.
Brandon.. Gilberg. Donald C.
Carp~o, N. Dak.
Shotts, Dale Eugene
~ a ~ m o n Wis.
d,
~ i l b e r g o n , Darrel
Strum, Wis.
Skurdal, K. Benjamin Williston. N. Dak.
Glad, Dennis Edward
Minneapolis
Slotvig, Philip LeRoy
Minneapolis
Gravgaard, LaVonne A. Temple, N. Dak.
Stanley, Ronald Harold
Minneapolis
Stevens. Robert C.
Minneawolis
Hagen, Aldemar Ellen Johnson
Studlien.
Marlene
Minneakolis
~~~,
- ~ Louise
-~
--- - Cambridge, Mass.
Svanoe. L. Alfred
~znneabolis
Hagen, Dean L.
Minneapolis
Swanson, Sharon Jeanne
Mtnnenpolis
HaUer, James Howard
%Vnrienli~~go Syverson, Gordon Lee
Minneopolzs
Hanka, Dale E.
Mi nnenpolis
Thompson, Paul A.
Minneapolis
Mni7reupolis
Hanka, J. David
Thompson.
Lawrence
R.
Minneapolis
Calloway
Hanson, Gordon 0.
Thorpe, Glenn C.
Aniwa. Wis.
Hatiield, Dennis V. Medicine Lake, Mont.
Thorpe, Neal 0 .
Aniwa. Wis.
Hatland, Kenneth
Minneapolis
Thorsgard, Ruth M. Northwood, N. Dak.
Watertown
Hendricks, Gerald E.
Tollefson, Beverly Marlene
Hess, Ronald Clayton
Brainerd
Osnabrock. N. Dak.
Minneapolis
Holrnquist, Donald J.
Torgerson, David George
Minneapolis
Holmquist. Don M.
Minneapolis
Toussaint, Harry, Jr.
Milaca
Homme; Donald W.
Minneapolis
Tweed, Marilyn Edith
Pequot Lakes
Hoversten, Chester, Jr.
Minneapolis
Hutchison, Robert M.
Minneapolis
Valleen, Kermit Ludwig
Lindstrom
Vorpe, Floyd Eugene
Minneapolis
Isum, Marvin P.
Elmwood, Wis.
Wacker, Linnea Lee
Stewart
Johnson, Gerald S.
Hector
West, Stanley L.
New Brighton
Johnson, James A.
Fergus Falls
Wilsey,
Shirley
Harms
Minneapolis
Johnson, Marcus Wayne
Minneapolzs
Juntunen, Wayne Roger
Cloquet
Ziemann, Lowell Albert
Fairmont
AUGSBURG COLLEGE, 1961
WITH THE
DEGREE OF
BACHELOROF ARTS
Acker, Phyllis A.
Minneapolis
Adam, Timothy W.
Minneapolis
Akerman, Kenneth LeRoy
Ashby
Anderson, Carol Kay
Peshtigo, Wis.
Anderson, Curtis DeWayne Peshtigo, Wis.
Anderson, n e r P.
St. Paul
Anklam, Robert D.
Minneapolis
Arvidson, Gayle J.
Parkers Prairie
Baker, Shirley Hoekstra
Minneapolis
Newfolden
Bakke. Llovd G.
...
erg&, ~ e i e nJoan
Hawley
Berge, Phyllis Dow Raymond
Minneapolis
Birkeland, Joyce Sofie Northport, N. Y.
Blegen. Oscar I.. Jr.
Minneawolts
8lok. Ronald Carl
Marinette, -wis.
Rotten. Theodore P.. Jr.
Minneapolis
Chisago City
Buchkoskg. Dsvid 8.
Burlicgame. Clyde Royce
Minneapolis
>.
Cadson. Daniel J .
Jamestown, N. Y.
Cowl, Lawrence Burton
Minneapolis
Cummings, Richard Frank
Minneapolis
Krusemark, Lyle Kenneth
Kulander. Paul E.
Hoffman
Minneapolis
Larson, Diane E. Amherst Junction. Wis.
Larson, George S.
Murdock
Larson, K. Duane
Cadott, Wis.
Leach, Thomas Charles
Minneapolis
Minneapolis
Lee, Harold T.
Leiseth, Keith M.
Buffalo
Liebenovr, Cameron L.
Minneapolzs
Lorenz, Leonard D.
Minneapolis
Minneapolis
Lund, Richard E.
Madson, Gregory N.
Parkers Prairie
Magnuson, Julie Ann
Marinette, Wis.
uagnuson, Roy Norman
Minneapolis
Maher, F. Phil
Minneapolis
Manske, Kenneth J.
Minneapolis
Marshall, Harold Arthur
Sp.ring Park
Martin, Robert. N. Valley Stream, N.Y.
Mayala, Jacob A,, J r .
Clear Lake, Wis.
Miller, Orville Jerome
St. Paul
Minneapolis
Mokros, Norbert W. W.
Nelson, Bernadine LoAnn
Portland, N. Dak.
Dahlager, Arlo Orlando Fremont, Calif.
Nelson, Kenneth G.
Elbow Lake
Dalluge, David G.
Minneapolis
Niemi,
Bereley
Douglas
Negaunee, Mich.
DeMars. James E.
Minneawolis
Nordlund,
Patricia
Lou
Clearbrook
Dudero, Russell Archie
s t . ~ a u l Nordlund, Winnie Marie
Clearbrook
Duncan, Agnette Ulstad
Minneapolis
Norum,
Arden
L.
Eagle
Bend
Dyrud, Leola
Thief River Falls
Willmar
Egertson, Joel A.
F:I~~@;;;,X?TL
r
e
~~~~i~~ Falk
Ehnert, Loren L.
Olson, Cedric John
Granite Falls
Elavsky, Michael Jon
~
+
Olson,
~ Deloris~ May ~
~Staples
.?.lixncc.pots
Erickson, Harold. Jr.
Minneapolis
h
F
i
,
s
%Gz&df"'c'%t&n
Samuel Minneapolis
~
;
Page, Gerald S.
Robbinsdale
Pearson. Glenn Albin
Minneawolis
Pearson, Stanley L.
~inniapilis
Pedersen. Ralph A.
Minneapolis
Gallagher, Lawrence E.
311i1nerr~lrs Pederson, Earl E.
Minneeapolis
Gartner, Deanna Presttun
Brclricrri
Peterson, Gerald L.
Minneapolis
Gibson, Joan K.
31inneapoUs
Peterson. Paul D.
Battle
-~~ . Lake
-.Gilbertson, Barbara J o Engen
Minneapolis
peterson; Robert E.
Eleva, Wis.
Minneapolis
Peterson, Rolf A.
Gunderman, Charles
Minneapolis
Raivo. Sharon L.
Minneapolis
Rew, Myron E.
Jamestown, N.Y.
Hagestuen, Richard M.
Medicine Lake, Mont.
Cottonwood
Rosvold, Marlo L.
Halvorson. Audrey M.
C~attire Fulls
Saether. Harold Edward
RTinncopoi7s
Halvorson. Gary Stev,ert
Blanchardville, Wis.
Hamre. John M.
Mi?zneepolis
F e ~ p t t y Fat*
Hancy, Curtis
M+?:?~copnfis Saure. W U p n Gail
m e . Karen Watle
3rorrts
Schlink Fdarie Gjerde
iW~xneapola
Hellzen, James P.
nlInneapolzs
Schroeaer, Dennis Floyd
il.11nnrapoIis
Heskin, Roger Edward Norwich. N. Dak.
Score. Severt Ole
%lin~~cupolis
Holden. JamK.
S h e i b u ~ ~ : Shepherd. h x r e n c e Daniel ItIinn~opolis
Iiolrnan, ;Vary Ann i T o r d ~ Lokc Li!Tion
Shogren, David J m e s
3ltnneopoliu
Halmer;. LeRog Cecil
Soudau
Sho,9.cn. Glcnna Sr17&nr;c .Mi?~rtr4potis
Hsieh, Joseph Shan-Chen
Sohlden. Jean Marie
ChnIl:.s, Mich.
Taipai, Formosa
S o l b e r g . Da\-id H.
Xorrhfi~~ld
Humphrey. Richard L.
Grand Marais
S:ansk. Dennis David
Elko
Husfloen, Richard Lowell, Fargo, N. Dak.
S t c n M . John Earl-ie
31inncap01i3
Stokke, Verna Lou
Clarl$eld
Jackson. Harvey L.
Madrid, Iowa
Svailoe. Cwol Ha\\-kins
Minncopolk
Jacobson, Kathlyn C.
Sebeka
Swanson. Patricia Evelqne
WaIcrtnu7n
Jacobson; Robert L.
Minneapolis
Johnson. Arlan E.
Aitkin
Terrio, Gary LeRoy
Mt. Iron
Thompson, Richard M.
Minneapolis
~ o h n s o n ; Carolyn Sylvia
Minneapolis
Trelstad
Karen Egesdal
Elmore
Johnson George 0 .
Minneapolis
Trenne, ' Genevieve W.
Fergus Falls
~ o h n s o n : Sheldon Donald
Minneapolis
Jones, Nellie Lucille
Oak Park
Willmar
Westphal. Bruce Malvin
Kalpin, Dennis Arlon
Minneapolis
Hang Kong
Yue, Alexander Ka-Yu
Keck, Kenley C.
Brainerd
Knutson, David Marlyn
Minneapolis
Zinn, Robert Warner
s t . Paul
Koeneman, Robert Lewls
Minneapolis
Feldmann, Mary Joan Grenora, N. Dak.
Foss, Meredith A.
Minneapolis
~
AUGSBURG THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY, 1960
Faust, Daniel Gordon .. .Valley City, N. Dak.
Snider, Neal E. ........ .Pembina, N. Dak.
Wrm
THE DEGREE OF
GRADUATE
IN THEOLOGY
Armstrong, James W. ........... St. Paul
Glasoe, James L. .......... Minot, N. Dak.
Jensen, Carl A. ............. .Racine, Wis.
Rhoe, Kenneth R. ...-.......... Wayzata
AUGSBURG THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY, 1961
Almauist. James Arnold ............ Swicer
Gjerde, Manley Kenneth .. .Tacoma, wash.
Heide, Philip Wendell .......Alkabo N. Dak.
Johnson. Marshall Duane ..... . ~ i d h l eRive7
Ose, Gaylen V. ........... Thief River Falls
Steenberg, Thomas Alfred, Jr. . .Minneapolis
Lundquist, George Raymond
Paulson, Philip
.. .Minneapolis
.................Minneapolis
SUMMARY OF GRADUATES
Seminary
Graduates-] 870-1959 . . . . . . . . .
Graduates-1960
.................
Graduates-1961
.................
Total
College
Total
Enrollment Summary
AUGSBURG COLLEGE. 1960-1 96 1
FIRST SEMESTER
Class
Senior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Junior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sophomore . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Freshman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fr Nurse (D H.)
Jr Nurse (D H.) .........
Fr Nurse (F H.) . . . . . . . . .
Fr Nurse (S H.) . . . . . . . . .
Evening Students (only) . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Total
.........
Men
77
103
141
224
45
Women
33
63
92
185
20
42
36
54
P6
SECOND SEMESTER
Total
Men
Women
110
166
233
409
65
42
36
54
96
19
70
106
137
190
39
29
63
86
170
16
41
0
41
91
18
99
169
223
360
55
41
0
41
91
28
1107
-
-
13
-
-
10
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 596
-
634
1230
551
556
6
Total
--
TOTAL ACADEMIC YEAR
Mmn
Class
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Senior
Junior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Sophomore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Freshman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
59
Fr Nurse (D. H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Jr Nurse (D H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fr Nurse (F H.) ..............
Fr Nurse (S. H.) ..............
Evening Students (only) ........ 12
.
.
.
.
Women
.
.
Total
....................
Total
33
65
94
187
22
42
36
55
96
25
112
177
247
423
81
42
36
55
96
37
-
-
-
651
655
1306
AUGSBURG THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY. 1960-1 96 1
SEMESTER I
SEMESTER II
TOTAL
Men
Men
Men
7
Third Year ........................
Second Year
9
First Year ................. ;. . . . . . . 13
2
Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.......................
.
Total
.......................
7
9
13
2
.
31
31
7
9
13
2
.
31
TOTAL STUDENT ENROLLMENT. 1960-1 96 1
College
Men Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 651
Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 655
Total
........................................
1306
Seminary
Men Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total
........................................
Total enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deducting those counted more than once .........
31.
0
-
I 30
/ Enrollment Summary
AUGSBURG COLLEGE. 196 1-1 962
Class
................
Senior
Junior
.............
Sophomore
...........
Freshman . . . . . . . . . . . .
Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fr. Nurse (D H.) . . . . .
Jr . Nurse (D. H.) . . .
Fr. Nurse (F H.) . . .
Fr. Nurse (M. H.) . . . .
Fr. Nurse (S H.) . . .
Evening Students (only)
.
.
.
Total
Men
70
124
145
245
46
0
0
0
0
0
6
-
FIRST SWESTER
Women
Totol
53
123
73
197
109
254
227
472
26
72
42
42
1
1
49
49
22
22
92
92
11
17
-
-
7341
602
TOTAL ACADEMIC YEAR
Class
Senior . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Junior . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sop homore . . . . . . . . . . . .
Freshman . . . . . . . . .
Special . . . . . . . . . . .
Fr Nurse (D. H.) . . . .
Jr Nurse (D. H.) . . . .
Fr Nurse (F H.) . . . .
Fr Nurse (M. H.) . . .
Fr Nurse (S H.) . . . .
Evening Students (only)
Women
54
74
111
23 1
35
42
1
49
22
92
11
.........
635
-
SECOND SEMESTER
Men
Women
Total
64
48
112
121
73
194
139
107
246
230
213
443
42
27
69
0
38
38
0
0
0
0
38
38
0
22
22
0
88
88
6
3
9
705
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
-
-
657
1259
Totol
125
201
265
487
89
42
1
49
22
92
20
Toto l . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AUGSBURG THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY. 196 1-1 962
SEMESTER I
Men
7
Third Year
Second Year
. . . . . . . . . . 11
First Year .
. . 12
Special
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
0
Total
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
-
30
SEMESTER II
Men
7
TOTAL
Men
7
11
12
2
11
12
2
32
32
-
TOTAL STUDENT ENROLLMENT. 196 1-1 962
College
Men Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 671
Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 722
Totol
..................................
1393
Seminary
Men Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
0
Total
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deducting those counted more than once . . . . . . . . .
-
32
1425
3
Index
Academic Administration
. . . . . . . . . . 36
Accounts. Payment of . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Accreditation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 08
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1W
. . . . . . . . . . . . 22
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
.............. 23
............ 23, 98
Aims, Fundamental ..............
8, 9.
Alumni Association, The . . . . . . . . . . I3
Archives, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13
Art, Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Athletics
Attendance, Chapel .............. 24
Attendance, Class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Audic-Visual Education . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Awards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Administrative Staff
Admission, College
Admission, Seminary
Advanced Placement
Advanced Standing
Divisional Organization
Dramatics
............
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29.
43
53
Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Education, elementary . . . . . . . . . 67, 91
Education, secondary . . . . . . . . . . . 68, 90
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Elimination of Students . . . . . . . . . . . .
37
Employment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21, 99
Engineering, Pre-Engineering Course . 95
49
English. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . .
Enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .129
Entrance Requirements, College . . . . 22
Evening School . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Examinations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23, 38
Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .IS, 98
.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15, 16
Financial Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Financial Information ..............
I5
Financial Support and Control . . . . . 10
Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Food Service ....................
34
French . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $6
Faculty The
Fees
Biology. Department of
. . . . . . . 77
Board. Cost of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Board of Trustees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Business Administration. Curriculum . . 93
Business Administration and Economics
71
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4. 5
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Chapel Service. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78. 93
Church History (Seminary) . . . . . . . 103
Classification of Students . . . . . . . . 37
Clubs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Co-curricular Program . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Committees of the Faculty . . . . . . . . . 109
Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Control. Financial Support and ... 10
Convocation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
..
Calendar
General Education
Campus Life
Cancellation
............. 7
Geography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
German . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Grade Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Graduates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Coordinator of Student Activities . . 35
Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I S
Counseling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Courses of Study . . . . . . . . . . . . 42. 101
Credits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40. 42
Curriculums . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Degrees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39.
Dentistry. Pre-Dental Courses . . . . . .
Discipline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Distinction. Degree with . . . . . . . . . .
100
92
24
41
Requirements
39
General Information
Graduates-(1870.1961),
Summary of 128
Graduation Requirements . . . . . . . 39. 100
Grants-inaid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Greek. New Testament
.............
Health and Physical Education . . . . .
48
84
Health Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Hebrew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49. 101
High School Teaching Curriculum . . . 90
Historical Sketch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7
History. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Home Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74. 92
Homiletics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Honor Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38. 40
Honors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31. 41
Hospital Afiliation
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Humanities. Division of the . . . . . . . . #
Incompletes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Intercollegiate Athletics. Purpose and
Philosophy of . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Journalism
Practical Theology
30
Prizes. Scholarships and
. . . . . . . 18
Probation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..
.
.
. 37
Psychology. Department of
.
. 66
Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Purposes
.................... 8
.......
Junior Year Abroad
14
48
91
12
Library Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Loan Funds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Location
................ 2
Laboratories. Natural Science . . . .
Latin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
..
Law. Pre-Law Courses . . . . . . . . . . . .
Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Majors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Mathematics. Department of
. . . . 83
Medical Staff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Medical Technology . . . . . . . . 87. 94
Medicine.
Pre-Medic Courses
. . . . . 96
Membership in Educational Associations 6
Ministry. Preparation for the . . . 88. 97
Minors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Missionary Work. Preparation for .
Modern Languages. Department of .
Music. Deporiment of . . . . . . . .
40
89
54
57
Music Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Musical Organizations . . . . . . 30. 59
Natural Sciences and Mathematics.
Division of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
......
New Testament (Seminary)
Norwegian. Courses in . .
...
Numbering of Courses . . . . . . . . .
Nursing. Affiliation with Schools of .
Nursing. Pre-Nursing Courses . . . .
Old Testoment (Seminary)
. .
Organizations. Student .
Orientation
............
Parish Work. Preparation for
Pastoral Theology
. . .
Payment of Accounts . . .
Personnel Services. Student
Philosophy. Department of
. . .
77
102
55
42
87
94
101
25
33. 101
. .
......
.....
Political Science
.........
33
26
17
36
36
44
26
41
Room Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Scandinavian Language and Literature 55
Scholarships and Prizes . . . . . . . . . 18
Secretarial Work Curriculum . . . . . 96
Seminary. Admission . . . . . . . . 97
Seminary. Courses of Study . . . . 101
Seminary. Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Seminary. Faculty
. . . . . . . . . . 110
Seminary. Graduation and Degrees . 100
Seminary. Internship . . . . . . . . . . . .
Social and Recreational Activities .
99
26
Social Sciences. Division of the . . . .
61
Social Work Curriculum
.
. . 95
....
..
. .
. .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Special Programs of Study . . .
Sociology. Department of
SPAN
..
Spanish
Speech. Department of . . . . . . .
Student Activities. Coordination of .
Student Government . . . . . . . . . . .
Student Personnel Services . . . . . . .
Symbols . . . . . . . . . .
....
Systematic Theology . . .
...
Theology. College Preparation for 88. 98
Transfer and Advanced Standing
. . .23
..
Trustees. Board of
Tuition and Fees
Physics. Department of . . . . . . . .
Placement Service for Graduates
Plant. The Physical
Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Recreation
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24.
Refunds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Registration. Change of . . . . . . . . . .
Religion and Philosophy. Division of .
Religious Program . . . . . . . . . . . .
Residence Requirement . . . . . . . .
Teacher's Certificate
. . . . . . 90. 91
Teaching Curriculums . . . . 90. 91
Testing
. . . . . . . . . . . 23. 38
Theological Seminary. Augsburg
.
97
.
.......
Physical Education
. . . . . . . . . . . 105
38
11
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
...
. . 107
. . . . . . . . . IS. 16
University Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Upper Division Requirements
. 4 0
Show less
EIGHTY-FIRST YEAR
Founded 1869
Calendar
FIRST SEMESTER
1950
September 12
September 12
September 15-18
September I 3- I 8
September 19, 8:00 A.M.
September 22
November 3-5
November 18
.
Novcinber 23
December 15, 4:so P.M.
Tuesday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Freshman Tests
T ... Show more
EIGHTY-FIRST YEAR
Founded 1869
Calendar
FIRST SEMESTER
1950
September 12
September 12
September 15-18
September I 3- I 8
September 19, 8:00 A.M.
September 22
November 3-5
November 18
.
Novcinber 23
December 15, 4:so P.M.
Tuesday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Freshman Tests
T d a y Evening . . . . . ........ .Opening Service
Tuesday to Monday.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Registration
Wednesday to Monday. . . . . . . .Freshman Week
T d a y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cl?sses begin
Friday ............. . . . .Late Registration Fee
Friday to Sunday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Homecoming
Saturday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Middle of Scmester
Thursday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Th&giving Lhy
Friday .............. ..Christmas Rscess begins
I9SI
JanJanuary
JanJanuary
3, 8:00 A.M.
22-27
17
22-30
Wednesday. . .Classes begin after Christmas Recess
Monday to Saturday. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Examinations
Saturday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F i t Semester cnda
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Registration for Second Semester
SECOND SEMESTER
January 31, 8:00 A.M.
February 3
February 12
February 2s
March 21, 4:2o P.M.
March 27, 8:00 A.M.
March 31
May 24
May 24-31
May 30
June I
Wednesday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Classes begin
Saturday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Late Registration Fee
Monday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Lincoln's Birthday
Thursday . . . . . . . . . . . ..Washington's Birthday
Wednesday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Easter Recess begins
Tuesday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Easter Recess ends
Saturday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Middle of Sunester
Thursday . . . . . . . . . . Seminary Commencement
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CollCge Examinations
Wednesday , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Decomt:on Day
Friday . . . . . . - . . . . . . . ..College Commencement
BOARD OF TRUSTEES
REV.CLARENCE
J. CULLSEN,
President, Minnupolia, h.
Tcfm expirw 1952
MR. GEORGE
S. MICHAELSEN,Secretary, Minneapolis, Minn. Term
MR. R. E. MYHRE,Treasurer, Mirmaplis, Minn.. . . . . . . . . .Term
MR. B. A. BALERUD,
Minot, N. Dak.. .................. .Term
REV. CHRISTIAN
G. OLSON,Willmar, Minn.. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Term
MR. L. A. HENNINGER,
MInneapob, Minn.. .............-Term
REV. D. W. LYNGDAL,
Dulurh, Minn.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Term
REV. EILNEST
G. LARSON,Minneapolis, Minn.. .......... T m n
MR. EVENOSE, Thief River Falls, Minn.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Term
expires
expires
expires
expires
expiru
expires
1953
1951
1950
I 95 I
1952
1953
expires 1954
expires 1g 54
Advisory Members
DR. T. 0.BURNTVEDT,
President, Lutheran Free Church, Minneapolis, Minn.
DR. BERNHARD
CHRISTENSEN,President, Augsburg College a d 'I;heological
Seminary, Minneapolis, Mian.
REV. (XAF ROGNE,B u s h a Director, Augsburg College and Theological
Seminary, Minneapolis, Minn.
OFFICERS OF ADMINISTRATION
BEINHA. CHRISTENSEN.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Presidmt
ARTHURNASH.. . . . . . . .Dean of tbe College and Director of Vetcrms A#&s
OLAF ROGNE......................................... Busmess Director
R. E. M n u ...............................................
~
Tremrer
................................. AStistmt Tremrer
ETHEL INGEBREDTSEN
K. BERNERDAHLEN. .................................... .Dem of Men
.................................. . D e b of Womm
GERDAMORTENSEN.
.........................
.Director of Public Relations
RICHMD F. P A U ~ .
MILDRED J o u ............................................... Regktrar
AGNESB. TANGJEIID
......................................... Librarian
MARTINWANBECK.
...................... .Director of Teacber Pbcmrent
M~RTON
P. SVROMMEN.
................................. .College Pator
H. NORMANHANSON.
........................ .Admissions C m s e b r and
Acting Executive Secretary of Alnmni Association
LARSLILLEHEI............................................... A r c h t
IRVING HOEL.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .S~petvisorof Buildings and Grounds
EILEENQUANBECK
................................... Asktat Registrar
MARY KAHN. ................................. .Director of Food Sewice
KENNETH SORENSON.................... M a # g m of M d ~ d
OrpniZdhS
JAMESBUEIDE... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Assistant in Public R e k t i m
ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF
Medical Stafl: Dr. C. R. Wall, M.D., Physician; Alice Swensen, R.N., Nurse;
Loiraine Lundh, R.N., and Camla Mosby, R.N., Assistant Nurses.
Office Staf: Beverly Hagelie, Secretary to the President; Arthur C. Engen,
Bookkeeper, Treasurer's Oflice; Anna Strand, Clerk, Treasurer's Office; Margery
Manger, Secretary, Veterans Affairs; Tena Mehus, Assistant, Registrar's O&e;
Ruth Moldenhauer and Vivian Stockmo, Secretaries, Public Relations Office;
Doris Swanson, Secretary, Alumni Oilice; Mrs. Olaf ,Rome, Secretary to the
Business Director; Carol Seaberg, Secretary, Placement Bureau; Mrs. Iris Brustad,
Secretary, Deans of Men and Women; Marguerite Hamilton, Secretary to the
College Pastor; Meriderh Foss and Mrs. George Sverdmp, Library Assistants;
Mrs. Dora Quanbeck, Mimeograph Operator; Mildred Nelson, Receptionist and
Switchboard Operator.
S~rpervisorof Housekeeping: Olga Hermunslie.
Head Residents: Memorial Hall, Robert Anderson; Sivertsen Hall, Milla
Thompson; Morton Hall, Margaret Sateren; Edda House, Alice Swensen.
The Faculty
AUGSBURG THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY
BERNHARDMARINUSCHRISTENSEN,Th.M., Ph.D., President and Professor of
Theology
A.B., Augsburg College, rgar; Augsburg Theological Seminary, rga2-zy ;
Th.M., Princeton Theological Seminaq, 1927; PL.D., Hardord Seminary
Foundation, r 929. AdditionaI smdy : Columbia, Chicago, Berlin, GGttingen
Teaching: Oak. Grove Seminary, Fargo, North Dakota, 1925-26.
work, Brooklyn, New York, 1928-30. At Augsburg since 1930. Presiden
since 1938.
ANDREASHELLAND,
A.M., C.T., Professor Emeritus of New Testament
A.B., Stavanger Cathedral School, I 88 8; A.M., University of Oslo, I 889 ;
C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, I 893. Additional study: Oslo. Pastor,
M c I n d , Minnesota, I 893-4; Minneapolis, Minnesota, 1894-1902. Secretary,
Lutheran Board of Missions, 1907-19; Treasurer, 1924-28; Secretary-Treasurer, 1933-46. A t Augsburg, 1905-1940.
LARSLIUEHEI, A.M., C.T., Professor Emeritus of Systematic Theology
A.B., Augsburg College, 1901; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1904; C.T.,
Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1907. Additional study: London, Chicago.
Teaching: Lutheran Bible Institute, Wahpeton, North Dakota, 1908-19;
President, 1911-14. A t Augsburg since 1919.
KARL ERMISCH,Ph.D., S.T.D., Professor Emeritus of Church History
A.B., Schwerin, 1897; C.T., Wartburg Seminary, 1900; B.D., Chicago
Theological Seminary, 1914; S.T.M., 1925 ; S.T.D., 1933 ; A.M., University
of Minnesota, 1921; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1927. Pastor, 1900-21.
Teaching: Wartburg College, Waverly, Iowa, 1921-25; University of Minnesota, 1925-29. At Augsburg since 1928.
MELVINA. HELLAND, S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of New Testament, Secretary
of the Theological Faculty
A.B., Angsburg College, 19 I 5 ; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, I 9 I 8;
S.T.M., Hartford Seminary Foundation, 1919; Ph.D., 1930. Additional study:
Grenoble, Chicago. Educational Missionary in Madagascar, I 9 z I -3 8 ; Prof essor of New Testament, Lutheran Theological Seminary, Ivory, Madagascar,
1938-40. At Augsburg since 1941.
IVERB. OLSON,Th.B., A.M., Associafe Professor of Systematic Theology
A.B., Augsburg College, 19 3 5 ; Th.B., Augsburg Theological Seminary, I 9 36;
A.M., University of Minnesota, 1941. Additional study: Chicago, Minnesota. Teaching: Oak Grove Seminary, 1936-39; University of Minnesota,
1941-46. Pastor, Sand Creek, Wisconsin, I 939-44. A t Angsburg since I 941.
PAULG. SONNACK,
A.B., Th.B., Instructor in Cburcb History
A.B., Augsburg College, 1942; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, I 94 5.
Th.B., 1947. Additional study: Divinity School, University of Chicago,
1947-49. Pastor, Moose Lake, Minn., 1945-47. At Augsburg since 1949.
M. STENSVMG,S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of OM Testament
A.B., Augsburg College, 1936; Th.B., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1939;
S.T.M., Hartford Seminary Foundation, 1940; Ph.D., 1941. Additional
study: Johns Hopkins. Pastor, Minneapolis, Minnesota, 1942-46. At Augsburg since 194s.
JOHN
REV. FREDRIC NORSTAD,A.B., C.T.* Special Lect~rer, 1949-50, Director of
C b a p k c y Service, Llatheran Welfare Society of Minnesota.
O L ~ PROGNE, A.B., C.T., Lecturer in Practical Theology.
A.B., Augsburg College, 19s r ; C.T., Augsburg Theologicd Seminary, 19s5.
Additional study: Minnesota. Pastor, Henning, Minnesota, 1925-30; Duluth,
Minnesota, 1931-40. At Augsbulg since 1940.
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
H. N. HENDRICKSON,
A.M., C.T., Professor Emeritus of History and Latin
A.B., Augsburg College, I 89 I ; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, I 897;
A.M., University of Minnesota, 1930. Additional study: Columbia. Pastor,
Superior, Wisconsin, 1897-1900. Registrar, Augsburg College, 1907-37. At
Augsburg since 1900.
LARSLILLEHEI,A.M., C.T., Profesor Emeritus of Greek
For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological Seminary Faculty Listing.
MANNALD
ALDRE,M.Ch.E., Assistant Professor of Chemistry
Diploma of Chemical Engineer, Estonian State University of Technology,
Tallin, Estonia, 1941. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Assistant in
Chemistry, Estonian State University of Technology, 1941-42. At Augsburg
since 1949.
ERNESTW. ANDERSON,
M.Ed., Director of Health and Physical Edzlcation,
Basketball Coach
A.B., Augsburg College, 1937. M.Ed., Minnesota, 1947. Teaching: High
School, 1937-41. U. S. Army, 1941-46. At Augsburg since 1946.
NORMANC. ANDERSON,
A.B., C.T., Assistant Professor of Religion
A.B., Augsburg College, 1930; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1934.
Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1930-3 I. Pastor,
Tacoma, Washington, 1935-39. At Augsburg, 1934-35 , and since 1939.
* In
cooperation with the Lutheran Welfare Scciety of Minnesota.
RAYMOND
ANDERSON,A.M., Instructor in Speecb
B.S., Univeisity of Minnesota, 1946; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1950;
Teachiing: University of Vermont. U. S. Navy, 1946. A t Augburg since
1949.
HENRYBERTNESS,A.M., I n s t m t o r in Education
A.B., Augshwg College, 1947; U. S. Navy, 1943-46; A.M., University of
Minnesota, 1948; Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Tacoma Public
Schools, 1948-49. A t Ausburg since 1949.
WILLIAMW. BOARDMAN,JR., M.S., P.h.D., Associate Professor of Chemistry
AB., C m College, 1938; M.S., University of Iowa, 1940; Ph.D., 1942.
Teaching: South Dakota School of Mines, 1942-43. Reseatch Chemist, U. S.
Government Service, 1943-49. A t Augsburg since I 949.
ESTELLEG. BRENDEN,A:B., B.S. in L.S., Assistant Librarian
A.B., Augsburg College, 1928; B.Mus., MacPhail School of M d c , 1930;
B.S. in L.S., University of Minnesota, 1948. Additional study: Colorado
.and Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1928-47. A t Augsburg since 1947.
K. BERNERDAHLEN, A.M., Dean of Men and Associate Professor of English
A.B., Augsburg College, 1931; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1940. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 193 1-1939; Cmby-Ironton Junior College, 1940-41. U. S. Army Air Forces, 1942-45. At Augsburg
since 1941.
KARLERMISCH, Ph.D., S.T.D., Prof essor Emeritus of German
For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological
Seminary Faculty listing.
FLOYDF. FOSLIEN,M.Ed., Instructor in Physical Education and Mathematics
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1947; M.Ed., 1949. Additional study: Minesota. U. S. Marines, 1943-46. At Augsburg since 1947.
H. NORMANHANSON,
A.M., Admissions Counselor and Acting Executive Secretary of Alumni Association
A.B., Augsburg College, 1934; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1942. High
School Teaching and Administration: 1934-1944, 1946-1949. U. S. Naval
Reserve, 1944-46. At Augsburg since 1949.
A.B., Instructor in Philosophy and History
JOHN E. HANSON,
A.B., Augshrg College, 1948. Additional study: University of Minnesota.
U. S. Marine Corps, 1945-46. A t Augsburg since 1949.
MELVIN A. HELLAND,
S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of Greek and Religion
For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological Seminary Faculty listing.
HOLMAN,A.B., M.S., Instructor in Bacteriology
A.B., University of h'ii~esota,1943; M.S., 1947. Additional study: Minnesota. Teachiing: University of Minnesota Bacteriology and Surgery Department, 1948-49. At Augsburg since 1950.
JANE
ALMA M. JENSEN, A.M., Assistant Professor of Socidogy
A.B., Colorado State College of Education, 1927; A.M., 1928. Additional
study: Minnesota, Copenhagen. Teaching: Eastern State Teachers College,
Madison, South Dakota, 192 1-2 5; Dickinson State Teachers College, 192836; Colorado State College of Education, 1936-37. Educational research:
University of Minnesota and State Department of Education, 1937-39; Minnesota Historical Society, 1941-44. A t Augsburg since 1943.
J. VERNONJENSEN, A.M., Instructor in Speecb
A.B., Augsburg College, 1947; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1948. Additional study: Minnesota. U. S. Army, 1943-46. A t Augsburg since 1948.
MUDREDV. JOEL, A.M., Registrar
A.B., Augsbusg College, 1940; University of Saskatchewan, 1940-41; A.M.,
University of Minnesota, 1947. Teaching: High School, Hudson, Ontario,
1941-44. Lutheran Bible Institute, Outlook, Sask., 1944-46. A t Augsburg
since 1947.
LOIS R. ~IBPER,B.S., I n s t m t o r in Pbysical Education
B.S., University of Nebraska, 1948. Teaohing: St. Olaf College, 1948-49.
A t Augsburg since 1949.
PHILLIP A. KILDAHL, A.M., Associate Professor of History
A.B., Augsburg College, 1935; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1939. Additional study: Minnesota, Augsburg Theological Seminary, Luther Theological
Seminary. U. S. Army 1943-46. At Augsburg since 1941.
MMI B. KINGSLEY, A X , Instructor in Spanish
A.B., Mupville College, I 93 6; A.M., University of Mexico, 1944. Additional
study: Columbia. Teaching: Wagner College, Staten Island, N. Y., 1941-42;
Friends School, Brooklyn, N. Y., 1946-47. A t Augsburg since 1947.
BERNHARDT
J. KLEVEN,Ph.D., Professor of History and Political Science
A.B., Augsburg College, 1922; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1930; Ph.D.,
1941. Teaching: High School, 1922-3 5; Wheaton College, 1946-47. A t
Augsburg, 1937-46, and since 1947.
KLINNER, B.S., Instructor in H m e Economics
MARGARET
B.S., Stout Institute, 1944. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Fairmont High School, 1944-47; Bemidji High School, 1947-49. A t Augsburg
since 1949.
BJARNEE. LANDA,A.M., Associate Professor of Germunic h g u u g e s
A.B., Vou State College, Norway, 1925; A.B., University of Southern California, 1928; A.M., 1930. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High
S C ' ~1930-3
,
I ; University of Minnesota, 1938-42; Fisk University, 194547. U. S. 09ice of Censorship, 1942-45. A t Augsburg since 1947.
AUDREYLANDQUIST,M.Mus., I n s t m t o r in P k o and Organ
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1940; B.Mus., MacPhail School of Music,
1940; M.Mus., 1944. Teaching: MacPhail School of Music since 1937. At
Augsburg since 1946.
C
FACULTY
9
CLAYTONLEFEVERE,B.S., LLB., Instructor in Speech
B.S., University of Minnesota Law School, 1946, LL.B., 1948. U. S. Army
Air Forces, 1943-41. Law ~racticesince 1949. A t Augsburg since 1946.
MARIONWILSONLINDEMANN,
A.M., Associate Professor of Ronrcnrce Lungwges
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1922; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1926.
Additional study: M i e s o t a . Teaching: High School, 1922-24; University
of Minnesota, 1924-26. A t Augsburg since 1926.
0.HERBERT
LMDQUIST,M.S., Instructor in Pbysics and Mathematics
B.S., Iowa State College, 1948; M.S., Iowa State College, 1949. Additional
study: Minnesota. Teaching: Iowa State College. U. S. Army, 1943-44;
U. S. Navy, 1944-46. A t Augsbwg since 1949.
SHIRLEYPUTNAMMILLER, Ph.D., Lecturer in Biology
B.S., South Dakota State College, 1903; A.M., University of Minnesota,
1904; Ph.D., 1922. Additional study: Berlin, Munich, Chicago. Teaching:
b u t h Dakota State College, 1904-08, 1912-20; University of Minnesota,
1920-46. A t Augsburg since 1946.
JOHN MILTON, A.B., Instructor in Englisb
A.B., University of Minnesota, 1948. Additional study: Minnesota. Armed
Faces, 1943-46. At Augsburg since 1949.
GERDAMORTENSEN,A.M., Dean of Women mad Professor
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1923 ; A.M., Columbia University, 1928.
Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Junior High School, 1917-21; Hank- Private School, Hmkow, China, 1934-35. A t Augsburg since 1923.
ARTHURNASH, Ph.D., Dean of the College, Director of Veterans Afiairs, and
Professor of Biology
A.B., Augsburg College, 1922; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1938. Additional study: M i e s o t a ; Seminar to Australia, 1934-35. U. S. Army Air
Forces, 1942-46. A t Augsburg since 1922. Dean since 1946.
EDOR C. NELSON,A.B., M.Ed., Assistant Professor of Physical Education and
Cocch of Football and ~ k e b a l l
A.B., Augsburg College, 1938; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1948.
Teaching: High School, 1938-41. U. S. Army, 1941-46. A t Augsburg since
1946.
JACKNIENABER,B.B.A., A.M., Instructor in Accolrnting and Business Administrotion
B.B.A., University of Minnesota, 1947; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1949.
U. S. Army, 1943-46. At Augsburg since 1949.
IVERB. OLSON,
Th.B., A.M., Associate Professor of Scandinavian
For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological Seminary Faculty listing.
HENRY P. OPSETH, B.Mus., Professor of Mwic
B.Mus., St. Olaf College, 1913. Additional study: Piano under Madame
Chenevert (Minneapolis), 1916; cello and composition with Jessie Law
(Northfield, Minn.) and L. Paladeaux (Chicago), 1918-19; orchestra conducting with Eugene Ormandy. Private teaching and professional service,
1914-17, 1920-zr; U. S. Army, 1917-18. A t Augsburg &ce 1922.
F. PAUTZ,A.B., Director of Pzlblic Relations
R~CHARD
A.B., Augsburg College, 1937. Additional study: Minnesota; Minnesota
School of Business. U. S. Department of Labor, 1943-44. U. S. Navy, 194446. A t Augsburg since 1938.
ANNE PEDERSON,A.M., Assistmat Professor of English
A.B., Augsburg College, 1932; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1945. Additional study: Mbnesota. Teaching: High School, 1945-46; San Mateo Junior
College, San Mateo, California, one semester, 1946. A t Augsburg, 1932-44,
and since 1946.
in Piano
MARGRETHE
PETTERSON,Instfi~~tor
Private study in Germany with Conrad Ansorge (Pupil of Liszt), and with
Albert Jonas (Pupil of Rubinstein), 1905-1908. Teaching: St. Ol'af College,
1901; Lutheran Ladies Seminary, Red Wing, 1903-05; Albert Lea College,
1908-16; Private teaching, 1916-30. A t Augsburg since 1930.
-TIN
QUANBECK,A.M., Professor of Edzccation
A.B., Augsburg College, 1929; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1933. Additional study: Minnesota. High school administration, Mantorville, Minnesota,
1929-3 6. Teaching: Waldorf College, 1936-3 8. Registrar, Augshrg College, 1939-46; Dean, 1942-46. A t Augsburg since 1938.
STANLEYJ. REMENESKI, B.Chem., Assistant Professor of Chemistry
B.Chem., University of Minnesota, 1942. Additional study: Minnesota. U. S.
Army, 1942-46. Minnesota State Board of Health, 1946-47. At Augsburg
since 1947.
PAULI. ROTH,A.B., Assistant in Chemistry
A.B., Augsburg College, 1949. Additional study: Minnesota. U. S. Marine
Corps, 1943-1945. At Augsburg since 1949.
LELANDB. SATEREN,A.M., Associate Professor of Music
A.B., Augsburg College, 1935; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1943. Additional study: Composition with Donald Ferguson (Minneapolis), 1941-43.
Teaching: High School, 1935-39. hiusic Director, Radio Station KUOM,
University of Minnesota, 1940-43. Educational Director, Civilian Public
Service, 1944-46. A t Augsburg 1941-43, and since 1946.
MARGARET
SATEREN,A.B., instructor in English
A.B., Augsburg College, 1937. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching:
High School, 1937-47. At Augsburg since 1949.
RUTH SEGOLSON,M.S., Associate Professor of Home Economics
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1925; M.S., 1938. Teaching: High School,
1925-28 ; University of Minnesota, 1928-44; Washington State College,
Summer, 1936. At Augsburg since 1944.
BRYCEW. SHOEMAKER,
A.B., G.T., Instructor m Philosopby and Religion
A.B., St. Olaf College, 1944; G.T., Luther Theological Seminary, 1947.
Additional study: Mhesota. A t Augsburg since 1947.
SKURDALSVOLD,
B.Mw., Assistant Professor of Ma&
B.Mus., MacPhail School of Music, 1925. Additional study: Chicago College
of Music. Private study: Mynn F. Stoddard, H d i n Hunt, Herbert Witherspoon, Oscar Seagle, Graham Reed. Teaching: St. Olaf College, 1920-23,
1937-41, 1944-. A t Augsbulg since 1922.
JENNIE
GEORGESOBERG,A.B., Professor of Mutbemtics
A.B., Augsburg College, 1926. Additional study: Minnesota, Augsburg
Theological Seminary. A t Augsburg since 1926.
PAULG. SONNACK,A.B., Th.B., Instructor in Religion
For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological Suninary Faculty listing.
PAUL L. SPOONER,JR., A.B., LLB., Instructor in Business Jkw
A.B., University of Minnesota, 1931; LLB., 1937. With Civil Aeronautics
Board, 1939-42. U. S. Navy, 1942-41. Law practice, 1937-39, and since
1945. A t Augsburg since 1947.
hf. STENSVMG,S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of Religion
For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological Seminary Faculty listing.
JOHN
MERTONP. STROMMEN,
A.B., C.T., College Pastor and Assistant Professor of
Religion
A.B, Augsburg College, 1943; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1944.
Pastor, Mora, Minnesota, 1944-47. A t Augsburg since 1947.
P. A. SVEEGGEN,
A.M., Professor of English, Secretary of the General P m l t y
A.B., University of Minnesota, 1908; A.M., 1909. Additional study: Minnesota, Chicago. Teaching: Assistant in English, University of Minnesota,
1908-10; ~fllsworthCollege, 1913-15. At Augsburg since 1915.
AGNESB. TANGJERD,
A.M., Librarian and Associate Professor of Library Science
A.B., St. Olaf College, 1920; B.S. in Lib.Sc., University of Minnesota, 1939;
A.M., 1944. Additional study: Minnesota. With Zion Society for Israel,
1922-28. Teaohiing: High School, 1929-3 6. Eau Claire Public Library, I 93638. At Augsburg since 1940.
GERALDTHORSON,A.M., Instructor in English
A.B., Augsburg College, 1943; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1948. Additional study: Grenoble, Wisconsin, Oslo, Minnesota. U. S. Army, 1943-46.
A t Augsburg since 1946.
THUT, A.B., M.Mus., Instructor in Voice
A.B., Goshen College, 1923; B.Mus., American Conservatory of Music,
1929; M.Mus., 1936. Teaching: Bethel College, 1924-27; American Conservatory of Music, 1931-41; Colorado State College of Education, 1946-47.
A t Augsburg since 1947.
JOHN
VERATHUT,B.Mus., Instructor in Piano
B.Mus., American Conservatory of Music, 1927. Additional study: American Conservatory of Music and Minnesota; Master Class Work with Silvio
Scionti; Robyn Normal Teachers Training Course; Studied under Kurt
Wanieck. Teaching: American Conservatory of Music, 1926-46; Colorado
State College of Education, 1946-47. A t Augsburg since 1947.
Jam S. TORSTENSON,
A.M., Assistant Professor of Sociology
A.B., Augsburg College, 1938; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1940. Additional study: Minnesota. Director of Education and Public Relations, Midland Cooperative Wholesale, 1945-47. A t Augsburg, 1938-42, and since
1947.
ERLINGJ. URDAHL,A.M., Associate Professor of Biology and Psychdogy
A.B., Concordia College, 1930; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1940. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 193 1-35. P , ~ c i p a l Cannon
,
Falls, Minnesota, 1935-41. Az Augsburg College since 1943.
hvmc H. WALLACE, B.B.A., A.M., Assistant Professor of Business Administration and Economics
B.B.A., Univerity of Minnesota, 1939; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1948.
Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: University of Minnesota, 1947-49.
U. S. Army, 1945. A t Augsburg since 1949.
R u m l v h u x s o ~ZIEMANN, A.B., Instructor in Secretarial Science
A.B., Luther College, 1949. Teaching: High School, 1949 (second semester).
A t Augsburg since 1949.
COMh4ITTEES OF THE FACULTY
1949-1950
Faculty Council: N u h , Miss Joel, Dahlen, Miss Mortensen, Stensvaag, Torstenson, Landa, Soberg, Nelson, Thut, Rogue, Christensen.
Cmrricdum: Nash, Sveeggen, Christensen, Quanbeck, Miss Joel, Helland, Stensvaag.
Admissions and Scbohship: Miss Joel, Dahlen, Nash, Kleven, Miss Mortensen,
H. N. Hanson.
Personnel: Dahlen, Miss Joel, Miss Mortensen, E. W. Anderson, Urdahl, Strommen.
Library: Nash, N. C. Anderson, Olson, Miss Segolson, Shoemaker.
Atbkfics: Soberg, Kildahl, Pautz, E. W. Anderson, Nelson, Sonnack.
Socid: Miss Mortensen, Mrs. Lindemann, Torstenson, Miss Segolson.
Studies: Quanbeck, Olson, Remeneski, Miss Tangjerd, Landa.
Convocations: Miss Jensen, L. Sateren, Thorson.
Student-Famlty: Quanbeck, Urdahl, Miss Mortensen, Foslien.
AudieVis1~1Education: Urdahl, N. C. Anderson, Quanbeck.
General Information
HISTORY AND AIMS
FUNDAMENTAL
AIMS
T h e educationai purposes of Augsburg College and Theological
Seminary spring from the conviction that Christianity is rhe fundamental force for good in human life. All rhe aims of rhe College,
as well as those of the Seminary, are bound together by this principle. To express more distinctty the meaning of this, the following statement of aims has been formulated by the College faculty:
T o lead the studemt to a deeper understanding and pe~sonal
realization of the truth and power of the Chr3stian Gospel, to
the end that he may become an effective participant in the
evangelical and missionary task of the Church and an earnest
advocate of the Christian way of life both for the individual and
for society.
To fawiliarize fbe d t ~ d e n twith the rult7~r.cof 01tr owrt a d
other rhilizothtr~,not only for the enjoyment this knowledge
a£fords but also for the development of a more sympathetic
understanding of our fellow men throughout the world.
T o dmelop fbe student's ititeresf it# flse attainment of t h ~
r o ~ ~ ~parposes
w m of m&rcu?~.rr.try,
so that he may work f o r the
wetfare of our institutions and for the preservation of our
liberties in communiry and nation, and also develop an enlightened interest and participarion in human affairs throughout the rest of the worId.
T o cultivate in the student a Cht-istian social spirit, in order
that he may realize in his life a right balance between what he
expects of others and the service he will render his fellow men.
T o teach the shcdefzt to discijlitre his own urges, interests,
ambitions, and Aemunds in a way that will effectively contribute toward the development of good character.
T o train the studercf in scientific methods of study and also
develop his understanding of the relations of science to the
welfare of humanity.
To stirnd.de intellectuul iderest and dewelup schhzrly insight, so that the student may learn to think with accuracy
and comprehension at the same time as he experiences an understanding of truth which will help him to integrate the findings of science with the deepest spiritual reality.
T o a w b n and foster in the student an intelligent appreciatfon and enjoyment of the best in the fields of the fine arts.
T o guide the student in the 1cnderstading of sochd relationsb@s in order that he may take his place in groups and gatherings with propriety and grace, motivated in his conversation
and conduct by the principles of Christian courtesy and sincerity.
T o provide guidance for the studeat in the discovery and
clarification of his aptitudes and his Zife purposes so that as
early as possible he may plan his educational program wisely.
T o t r h s t d e n t s in voc~tionaland professicmctl lines, giving full preparation for high school teaching, business administration, home economics, and parish work; furnishing partial
training towards the study of medicine, dentistry, nursing, engineering, law, and social service, and offering a four-year
college course preparing for the study of theology.
T o help the student develop certain skills, as in language,
music, physical activities, use of the library, laboratory work,
and typewriting, together with other skills, which will increase
his egciency in the various relationships of life.
T o aford tbe student wblesome r e m e a t i d experieme which
will contribute toward an effective use of leisure time and develop such qualities as leadership, sportsmanship, and self-control, with good recreational habits, thus providing a constant
source of social and personal satisfaction.
T o iastrzcct the student in principles, attjtudes, and ideas
pertaining t o health, and also to train him in practices and
skills which will promate his physical and mental well-being
and make him better fit to meet the responsibilities of life.
The work of the whole institution, both the Seminary and the
College, is done on the basis of Christianity. The students who
come are invited to take up their college work with the distinct
tlnder~tanrl;agthat&M*tisb&ginall*
~ a r e o s f t e d t o ~ ~ ~ y i n t h t p r o g r a m o f t h 6
- mwmhthotend, T h e e a t i r e p r o g r o m o f t h e ~ ~ S L C t d
exm~,andtEtt~Zinethou~twkindertom;rke
&ble~~guutoftbkprognan,springfrcau&esim"to
see&thin&~thmu&tHe~&of~"
h o b e u t in Aupburg G k g e d Thabgid ! b i n a r y p s rmponthepwtdche~tfdl~donimtfteway~
prlscriM for the a m k m e u t of t h e e aims.
H~TORICAL
SKETCH
Augsbwg Seminary was fgpnbed in zgdp, at IbbrMl, V m -
aia. Ic~&firscthedogicaldeminnrystvtedbgNm*
IrOFfbeflPB in A m i r h T h o & an ~~t
witb a
~mtiankmown~~~~tbeSeminacywosbwrsed
iu the academy baiId;ng- Studem w b needed fmhr psefrrra~iuocpdemicsnbj~~~eretosbtrriatbisinthezcademy.
Tbjs
a r r m m f a i l e d t o w w k o u t ~ y ;~
0
t
p p -ed
to a p h e e dw&g, whm chsa amtinned Pntit
187s. fntheautumnof&atyartbe ! h k r y ~ t e m o v e d t o
&&map&
w h a bddbg had k t m etected for i t s
USE.
h
I n & s m e ~ ~ & ~ w a s ~ d u n d e r * h m
of M h w m m
TheabnoftheWtu~~totnin~f~theLudmm mgregatims which were bdng org&d in growing umnbwnr in die pjrweex s d m e o t s that were spreading rapidly over
theNo&we$L I t s m n b e a m r e * t & a t i p ~ d e r t o ~ i o ~ ~ t a
wtw adqua+ p p d fur thdogkd study a d b g c &p a ~ t w a s n e d e d .Soinr87qae$legecu~&~dumwas~lPaed
whi& provided for one year ob pqmatory studies a d f a y e
of d e g e wokk dmg two lina, a c h i d
to prepare adenrsfror t h e d o g y , d a h t I h E ~ w , p r e p f o rtheprof&mm Tbe h e r -however,
had to k d i m d u d , &y
f0r~ot:frrndsdpPmly~ugetoo~mdmtsselectedthe
course. The first college students were enrolled in 1874 and the
in 1879.
In ~ g o a high EIChPoIcawme covering three years was e s d i & d
which in 19x0 w a ~
w a standard four-pr came, This
was Wntieaed in 1933. In the years I ~ X & E ~ Xthe
~ cnlIep
first class was graduated
course was thoroughly revised in conformity with modern developments. As a result of this and of subsequent growth, the strictly
classical course has been largely modified and supplemented by
social and scientific studies and a more general emphasis upon the
study of the humanities. During 'the past ten years Majors' have
been added in the fields of Business Administration, Sckiology,
Physical Education, Music, and Home Economics. Until 1921
only men were admitted, but in that year coeducation was introduced.
In the Theological Seminary there has likewise been introduction
of new courses and enlargement of the faculty. Standards of admission have been raised so that a bachelor's degree or equivalent
is now the required scholastic preparation. While the Theological
Seminary has its own organization, the Seminary and the College
function in close cooperation. Long experience has proved such
an arrangement mutually wholesome and stimulating.
Five Presidents have served Augsburg during the course of its
history. The terms of oflice of two of these cover a span of over
half a century. The first President was August Weenaas, who
served from 1869 to 1876. He was succeeded by Georg Sverdrup,
I 876 t o 1907. Sven Oftedal served from 1907 to 191I and was
followed by George Sverdru~,whose term extended from I 9 I I to
1937. H. N. Hendrickson served as Acting President from 1937
until the election of Bernhard Christensen in 1938.
From I 870 to I 890, Augsburg was supported by the NorwegianDanish Lutheran Conference. The merger of that church body
with two others, in 1890, resulted in the aililiation of Augsburg
with the newly created United Norwegian Lutheran Church. Due
to ditFerences concerning the control of Augsburg a division arose,
and in 1897 congregations whose sympathies were deeply rooted in
Augsburg formed the Luthcrzn Free Church. The resulting close
association, in educational and spiritual activity, of Augsburg and
the Lutheran Free Church has been marked by complete harmony
of purpose and ideals for more than haIf a century.
The control exercised by the Lutheran Free Church is indirect.
The Annual Conference of the Church nominates the members
of the Augsburg Corporation and the Board of Trustees. The Cor-
poration through the Board of Trustees exercises direct control
over property, finance, and personnel. Academic control is vested
in the President and the Faculty.
In addition to the income from student tuition and fees, which
has materially increased with the growth and development of the
College, the chief hancial support of the institution comes from
the congregations of the Lutheran Free Church. In recent years a'
growing circle of friends also outside the Lutheran Free Church,
both alumni and others, have contributed financially t o the support of the school. Augsburg welcomes and invites such support on
the part of all who believe in her program of vital Christian education.
Augsburg College is a member of the Association of American
college& the National Lutheran Educational Conference, the Association of Minnesota Colleges, and the State Council of Minnesota Colleges.
BUILDINGS AND EQUIPMENT
LOCATION
Augsburg College and Theological Seminary is located in the
Riverside Park area of South Minneapolis, across the Mississippi
River from the University of Minnesota and within walking distance of the main business section of the city. Science Hall, containing the administration oaces, is located at the corner of Seventh Street and Twenty-first Avenue South. Augsburg students
have the advantage of getting their college education in a metropolitan center pulsating with industrial, social, and cultural activities. They have access to libraries, museums, and art collections.
They may hear the best music and lectures. They may contact
modern life at one of its focal points.
BUILDINGS
The Main, erected in 1900, contains the Chapel, the Library,
the Seminary classrooms and osces, and a number of college classrooms and ogces.
Science Hall, erected in 1948-49 and taken into use at the beginning of the present school year, is a large and completely modern college building. I t includes, besides the administration offices, well-equipped laboratories for Chemistry, Physics, Biology,
and Home Economics, as well as the student organization offices,
the Student Center, a small auditorium, classrooms,. and faculty
offices. On the fourth floor is the Tower Prayer Chapel.
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, erected in 1938, is a modern,
fireproof dormitory affording living quarters for about 150 men.
On the ground floor of this building is the college cafeteria and
dining hall.
Sivertsen Hall, acquired in 1939, is a splendid dormitory accommodating about 50 women. Plans are under way for the
erection of an addition to this dormitory.
Morton Hall, erected in 1888, and Edda House, purchased and
remodeled in 1948, are smaller dormitories for women, each accommodating about 2 0 students.
During 1947 two new buildings were added, both located on
23rd Avenue across the Square from the older part of the Campus.
The Gymnasium, a well-built and well-equipped temporary structure, was erected for the College by the Federal Works Agency
as a part of a program providing educational facilities for veterans.
The Music Hall, formerly the Tabernacle Baptist Church, was
acquired by purchase, and remodeled to serve the needs of the
Music Department.
Quite a number of dwellings have been acquired in recent years
in the expanded campus area, which are used for faculty and
student housing until this need can be met through more permanent structures. Also three temporary housing units have been
erected by the Federal Works Agency on the campus ground.
The President's Home, a beautiful residence of modern architectural design, located at the south of the Square, was erected in
1949.
Some years ago the beginning was made of a Museum for the
school. Members of the Alumni Association have presented manv
valuable gifts. There are several collections: a Madagascar Col-
lection, a Santal Collection, and a considerable collection of rare
minerals, curios, etc. Contributions should be sent to Prof. L.
Lillehei, Curator.
In the spring of 1929 the Augsburg Archive Society was organized. The purpose of this organization is to gather and preserve
documents, books, and other articles of historical value. To house
the Archives a fire-proof room which was provided in the Main
has been replaced recently by a large room on the ground floor of
Science Hall. Here are now found a fine collection of periodicals,
old and rare books, manuscripts, letters, and pictures, and also
about ~ , o o ovolumes of Norwegian-American literature, affording rich resources for scholarly research. Further contributions
to the Archives should be sent to Prof. L. Lillehei, Archivist.
The collectio~sin the Library aggregate about 26,000 volumes
exclusive of pamphlets.
Two hundred of the best periodicals, and pamphlets dealing
with popular subjects, and a number of serials devoted to the interests of special fields are received currently.
Students have access to the Library daily from 7:45 A. M. to
1o:oo P. M. On Saturday the Library closes at 4:00 P. M.
In the Twin City area other libraries are located which make
their holdings available to Augsburg students, notably, the St.
Paul and Minneapolis public libraries, the latter of which issues
library cards to out-of-town students for each school year; the
James Hill Reference Library in St. Paul, which has one 'of the
finest reference collections in the Northwest; and the University
of Minnesota Library, which is within walking distance of the
Augsburg campus and is a splendid source of materials for research
papers. Each year Augsburg students make extensive use of all
these libraries.
The laboratories of the Natural Sciences are located in the
Science Hall.
Three laboratories and two storerooms for Biology are located
on the second floor; three laboratories and a large storeroom for
Chemistry, and a laboratory and the two storeroams for Physics
are located on the third floor.
To facilitate instruction the callege provides many excellent
visual and auditory aids. Available for classroom use, and for the
use of other college activities, are the following: 16mm. sound
movie projector, 3 I / q q inch slide projector (several), 2 y ' ~ 2 yslide
y
projector, Balopticon, sound ampliiication system, film strip projector, magnetic tape recording machine. There is also a well
equipped photography department.
The Auditorium in Science Hall is fully equipped for visual
education classes and lectures. Several classrooms are also provided
with facilities for projection.
The Book Shoppe of The Messenger Press is located at 2120
Riverside Avenue, one block from the campus. Here are readily
available not only text-books, stationery, and supplies, but $50 a
fine selection of Christian literature.
EXPENSES
For Theological students, tuition is free. For statement of
Seminary expenses, see page 92. The tuition for the College students is $ I 50.00 a semester.
Students registered for more than the maximum number of
credit hours (17 in the College) are charged at the rate of $6.00
for each additional credit hour a week per semester.
Special students will pay a t the rate of $ I 3.00 per credit hour
up to I I credits. Those who register for 12 or more credit hours
will pay the regular tuition charge.
The fee for auditing a course is $6.00 per credit hour.
Special students and auditors enrolled for 5 hours or more of
class work per week pay the student activity fee.
GENERALINFORMATION
ESTIMATED
EXPENSESFOR ONESEMESTER'
Tuition in College. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ I 5 0.00
This covers instruction, laboratory fees, health service, use of the
library, and admission to all athletic events.
Books, etc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .zo.oo to 3 5.00
Student activity fee. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.00
Matriculation fee (for those registering the first time). . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.00
Key deposit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.00
Locker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mail box fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.yo
Board, approximately . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140.00
Room
......................................................
Total, approximately . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ,375 .oo to 390.00
NOTE:See page 28 for information concerning opportunities for
part-time employment to assist in meeting expenses.
All bills for tuition, room, and board are payable in advance at
the beginning of each semester. When necessary, special arrangements may %e made with the Treasurer for partial payment and
payment of the remainder in monthly installments. A charge of
fifty cents per month is made on such installment payments, if
the balance is over $25.00; otherwise twenty-five cents per month.
All accounts must be paid before a student is permitted to register
for a new semester.
Exchange will be charged on all out-of-town checks.
Students who cancel their registration before the middle of any
semester pay tuition at the rate of $9.00 per week for the time
during which they have been in attendance. Students who cancel
out after the middle of the semester receive no refund of tuition.
No refunds are made of the Matriculation and Student Activity
fees.
Payments for board and room are refunded in proportion to
the time students have been in residence.
Subject to change.
w
SPECIAL FEES
Late registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Change of registration unless the change is necessary because
of errors in registering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Registration with the Teacher Placement Bureau. . . . . . . .
Teacher Placement fee, depending upon the method of placement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$3.00 to
Diploma fee, for seniors in both the College and the Seminary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Final examinations taken at another hour than the one
scheduled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Examination making up an incomplete or a condition. . . . .
Comprehensive examination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-00
1.00
2.00
5.00
7-50
2.00
2.00
5 .OO
MUSICFEESPER SEMESTER
Piano for credit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $3 5-00
Voice for credit.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3 5-00
Organ for credit.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 5 -00
9.00
Class instruction in voice for credit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Piano rental . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.oo
Organ rental . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
20.00
STUDENT COMMUNITY LIFE
The influences which mould life and character on a college campus are of many kinds. While the exercises of classroom, laboratory,
and library form the organizing basis of college activity, they need
to be supplemented by other than academic forces. These intangible
but very real supplementary influences have much to do with
creating the spirit of an institution. At Augsburg definite emphasis is placed upon the maintenance of a wholesome spirit of
Christian community living. Students are urged to give conscious
attention to this personal and spiritual side of their development
and thus contribute toward the prevalence of a vital and happy
Christian atmosphere on the campus.
I t is the earnest desire of those who direct the policies of Augsburg that the institution may constantly be permeated by an at-
GENERALINFORMATION
mosphere in which the quest for Truth as it is in Christ is prayerfully fostered in the life of each student.
23
In order to help toward attaining these goals the faculty and
students gather in chapel every day for a brief meditation upon
the Word of God and the deepest needs of the human soul. Regular attendance is expected of all students. All students are required to register for two class hours per week in one of the courses
&red in Religion. There are numerous voluntary religious activities in which students are urged to participate. Spiritual Emphasis Week is heId twice each year. It is assumed that every Augsburg student will find a church home in Minneapolis and attend
its services regularly.
CULTURAL
OPPORTUNITIES
Augsburg's location in Minneapolis gives its students unique
opportunities to make use of some of the finest educational and
cultural advantages which the Northwest has to offer. Excellent
art collections are to be found in The Minneapolis Institute of
Arts and the Walker Art Gallery. The Twin City libraries are
large and extensive in their services. The Historical Museum in
St. Paul gives access to large collections of historical material.
In the Twin Cities are located both the University of Minnesota
and several colleges, affording contacts which are conducive to intellectual and cultural stimulus and development.
CONVOCATION
Regular convocation programs are held a t Augsburg &roughout
the year. These programs aim to acquaint the campus community
with outstanding personalities and problems in various fields. A
wide range of interests is covered, including the scientzc, political,
social, religious, and artistic.
STUDENT PERSONNEL SERVICES
ADMINISTRATION
The coordination of the many ~ersonnelservices is the responsibility of a twelve-member Faculty Council headed by the Dean
of the College. Individual members of the Council or subcommittees direct the various activities, which include academic and
personal counseling, housing and food service, recreation and
health, employment and placement, and student activities.
1
The Luther League, the Mission Society, the Lutheran Student
Association, the National Student Association Council, and a
large number of departmental and special interest clubs are directly supervised by the Student Council. A Student-Faculty committee of eight members promotes and supervises student activities
serving as a liaison between the Faculty and Student Councils.
The counseling program for new students begins as soon as the
Admissions and Scholarship Committee has approved their applications. All available data concerning each prospective student are
combined with test results obtained during Freshman Week for
use during registration.
Each new student is assigned a faculty counselor, generally on
the basis of mutual academic interest. This assignment continues
for the first two years. At a scheduled period during Freshman
Week, the student meets with his counselor for registration. At
least three additional counseling periods are scheduled for each
semester. Whenever he feels the need, the student is encouraged
to see his counselor for help to discover and develop as fully as p a sible his latent abilities. Upper-class students are counseled by
their major advisers.
Additional counseling is provided for the students by the use
of student counselors. Each entering Freshman is assigned a student counselor, who works with a faculty counselor in each instance. The program is organized by a Student Counselor Steering Committee working with the Personnel Committee.
Adjustment to college is one of several subjects introduced during Freshman Week. The various phases of this important problem of personal adjustment are given thorough study in the Orientation course which meets one hour per week throughout the
first semester. Vocational possibilities within the divisional organization of the College are presented and course sequences are discussed. Personal and health probl&s, social adjustment, vocational and educational aims are examined from the point of view
of individual needs.
Special problems in counseling are referred to the Personnel
Committee, which is composed of a member of the Department of
Christianity, the Registrar, a professor of Psychology, the Director
of Physical Education, the Dean of Women, and the Dean of Men,
who serves as chairman. The administration of the counseling
program is the work of the Personnel Committee.
A system of referral makes available to any student the resources
and special abilities of the entire faculty. Through all phases of
the counseling program, the primary aim is the welfare of the individual student.
The personal problems of the students are dealt with in the light
of the following spiritual purposes and ideals. It is expected
of each student that his life, conduct, and influence, both on and
off campus, shall be worthy of a member of a Christian College.
Those who do not feel drawn to this quality of life and to the
fellowship in which it is nourished should not seek to be enrolled
at Augsburg. A truly Christian spirit and environment must be
the product of the united effort and prayer of faculty, students,
and administration.
The Christian ideals of Augsburg give no room for such demoralizing practices as gambling, drinking, frequenting of public
dances, indiscriminate attendance at movies, and objectionable
card playing. Students enrolled at Augsburg must, therefore, not
participate in such practices.
Augsburg reserves the right t o dismiss or to discipline any student who is not amenable t o advice and direction. The school likewise reserves the right to dismiss any student whose general conduct or influence is unwholesome. Such a student may be removed
although no formal charge is made against him.
RECREATION AND
SOCIALLIFE
"No man is a hypocrite in his pleasures." To learn to enjoy the
right form of recreational activities is an important aspect of preparation for life. A t Augsburg there is a definite attempt to encourage the formation of helpful recreational habit-patterns, not
only as regards the definitely planned play-program supervised and
directed by the Department of Physical Education, but as regards
the use of leisure time in general. Wholesome social activities of
many kinds are fostered and encouraged. Also in this area the goal
is "to see all things through the eyes of Christ."
The Stdent Center, in the new Science Hall, serves as a social,
cultural, and conference area for students. During the day, students use the Center as a general reading and committee room.
The campus post o6ce is adjacent to the Student Center, as
are also The Student Council Room and The Echo and The Augsburgian o0ices.
The Prayer Chapel in the tower of the new Science Hall is open
at all times for quiet meditation and prayer. Smaller groups may
request the use of the chapel for devotional meetings.
A room for off campus men is located in Sverdrup-Oftedal
Memorial Hall and for off campus women in Morton Hall.
All students who are not living at home are required to room in
the College dormitories, unless permission to room elsewhere is
granted by one of the Deans. Such permission must be secured
before final arrangements are made.
Residents in dormitories are required to take their meals in the
College dining hall except those students who are employed away
from the College. The charges for room and board are payable in
advance.
The residence halls are open for the occupancy of students on
the day preceding the beginning of registration. Temporary arrangements may be made for students who have permission to
come early to seek employment. Meals are served commencing on
the morning of the first. day of registration.
Dormitories are officially closed daring all vacations within
twenty-four hours after the last session of -class work except by
special arrangement with the Deans.
Dormitory residents are held responsible for breakage or injury
to the furniture and furnishings.
The College believes in the educational value of group living
under faculty supervision. It is expected that life in the dormitories should foster the development of Christian character, selfcontrol, and consideration for the rights of others.
SVERDRUP-OFTEDAL
MEMORIAL
&L
This dormitory for men, erected in 1938, accommodates about
students. The modern arrangement of the dormitory, with its
suites of two rooms for every three or four students, helps to make
this an inviting College home for men. The rooms are furnished
except for bedding and linen.
I 50
HOUSINGFOR WOMEN
The college operates a cottage plan of supervised residences for
women, pending the building of the planned additions to Sivertsen
Hall.
College-operated residences for women include Sivertsen Hall,
2323 South Sixth Street, which houses fifty; Morton Hall, 730
rznd Avenue South, which houses twenty; Edda House, 2222 7%
Street South, which houses twenty-four.
Rooms are furnished except for bedding and linens. Laundry
facilities are provided in each unit.
Assignment of rooms is made after the first of August. An
attempt is made to assign the rooms so as to meet the student
interests and needs, and to create congenial housing units.
Sivertsen Hall, acquired in 1939 through the generosity of Dr.
Ivar Sivertsen, accommodates about fifty Freshman women students. The first floor has a large reception room used for social
functions. In the basement are a kitchenette and a recreation room.
Applications for rooms should be sent as soon as a student is
notified of his acceptance. Applicants will be assigned to dormitory
rooms in the order in which their applications are received.
Rooms are assigned to present occupants of the dormitories by
August first. After that, they are assigned to new applicants in
the order of application.
Students who cannot be accommodated in permanent dormitories may find rooms in temporary housing units. Rooms in approved private homes are also available. Arrangements for these
rooms are made through the Personnel Office.
For married students, the college has two temporary housing
buildings, each accommodating four families.
FOOD SERVICE
The ground floor of the Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall houses
a cafeteria and dining-haall, a social room, and a private diningroom.
All students, campus and off campus, share in the privilege of
using these service units. The dining-hall will furnish food at
cost to student groups, for special parties or picnics.
The program of health service is in charge of the Director of
Physical Education and Recreation, who is assisted by the School
Physician and the School Nurse. It includes regular physical examinations, corrective measures where needed, and a school-wide
program of recreation and physical training. Infirmary Rooms are
provided for the use of those who are ill. The ogce is in Room I I I,
Memorial Hall.
Students, faculty, and staff have chest X-rays taken semi-annually through the cooperation of the Hennepin County Tuberculosis Association Mobile Unit. The service is free.
A large number of college students find it necessary to secure
part-time employment while carrying on their studies. The Employment Service, operated by the Oflice of Public Relations, has
been successful in placing hundreds of men and women students
in part-time positions. Many Minneapolis institutions and firms
have gladly cooperated in this enterprise. The types of work secured are of many kinds, including recreational leadership, restaurant work, domestic service, sales work, and secretarial and
clerical work.
Students are employed by the college in many activities. For
these positions preference is given to upper-class students who
have maintained a good scholastic average.
AppIication forms for part-time employment on or off campus
may be secured from the Oflice of Public Relations.
The Placement Bureau seeks to assist members of the graduating
class, as well as alumni, in securing positions. A registration fee
and a small placement fee are charged.
STUDENT ACTIVITIES
GENERAL
The Studmt Society. The Student Society is an organization
of the entire student body. It delegates the authority "to promote
and govern the all-student activities" of the school to The Augsburg Sti~dcrtfCoumil. The president of the Council is elected by
The Studmf Society. Other members are elected by each of the
College classes and The Theological Seminary as their representatives. A local council of the National Student Association has been
formed by the Student Council.
The Associated Women Students. This organization directs the
activities of special interest to the women students, all of whom
are members.
In order to aid one another "to eee d h g s &ugh & eyeri
of Christ" and to work together for the r&s&m of the spifi'rtul
p ~ ~ e ~ t i a t h e c h r i s e i a n f ~ t h e m ~ d t h
md S t h j have formed a number of 01cgmkths.
The Concordia Society is an organization for all the students in
the Theological Seminary. To those interested in missions the
M & h Socidy ip a d y i n g point. There is also during the school
year mu&
for bringing the Christian message to Gospel
char&.
and other organizations.
The Luther League affords the student an opportunity to share
in local and general Luther League work.
The Student Society is aHiated with the Lzctheran Student
Association of America, and Augsburg students participate in the
v a r h s regional and national acti*
of tbis large# f&w&ip* .
AU studmw m q h d iaspiratim in the hfidwe~k
W a g , Bible
S d y * and mher regular m d g s far prayex and feIIow&ip.
ReFighsw Epwpbds Week and the
The
hfisdion F e d i d are
Anl~cpZ
outstanding religious events of each school year.
A W s Gostel Q w t e t represents the school in many places,
espedallp during the summer. Other musical groups having a religions pare developed each year.
Also during the summer, a number of students do parochial
school teaching, carry on home mission work, travel in Gospel
duos, or engage in similar types of Christian service.
DEPARTMENTAL AND STUDENT INTEREST GROUPS
SOCIALSCIENCE
The Znternathd Relations Club is an organization of students
who major in one of the social sciences or who are particularly
interested in international relations.
Organized Field Trips. The Department of Sociology arranges
for field trips to places of special interest, such as the State Prison,
State Capitol, social settlement houses, and industrial and financial
institutions.
The Augsburg College League of Women Voters is an organization af6liated with the Minnesota League of Women Voters aiming "to promote education and citizenship" and stimulate interest
and participation in effective government.
The Republican Club gives the student a chance to engage in
the discussion of political issues of the day.
NATURALSCIENCE
The Aristotelians is a society made up of students who specialize
in the natural sciences. Monthly meetings are held, at which
speakers address the society on scientific topics.
LITERARY
The Scribblers Club. This is an organization open to freshmen
who wish to do creative writing.
The Writers Club. This organization is composed of advanced
students interested in creative writing. Members submit -articles
for group criticism at the regular meetings. The best selections
are published in The Dial, an annual literary magazine.
Le Cercle Francais. Membership in Le Cercle Francais is open to
past and present students of French. Meetings are held from time
to time at which the group listens to broadcasts of French short
stories, plays, songs, etc., or the group presents its own program
of vocal and instrumental music, skits, and readings.
The Spanish Club gives members of the Spanish classes opportunity t o exercise the use of their knowledge in informal gatherings.
The German ~ocie;?. This organization is for the purpose of
cultivating an appreciation of the German language and culture.
Tbe Norse Club. This club is composed of students who are
interested in Norwegian history, literature, music, and art. In
order to become members of The Norse Club students must maintain a C average in all their work.
The Sigvald Kvale Silver Medal Contests are given by members
of The Norse Club.
JOURNALISM
For those interested in Journalism several avenues are open for
securing practical experience in campus publications.
The Augsbzcvg Echo, the College paper, is best adapted for this
purpose. Besides serving the need of such a publication at the
school, it is given considerable circulation among high schools in
the Northwest.
The Augsburgiun is published as an annual, giving a- story of
Augsburg life in word and picture.
The Dial is a literary magazine published regularly by the
Writus Club.
DEBATE,ORATORY,
AND DRAMA
Augsburg is annually represented by men and women debaters
at intercollegiate contests which are held in various colleges in
Minnesota and neighboring states.
There are also local and intercollegiate contests in oratory.
The Drama Club has been formed to give interested students
opportunity for self-expression in the field of the drama.
The Junior Toastmastqs Club aims to give experience in public
speaking and instruction in the art of toastmastership and parliamentary procedure.
ATHLETICS
Physical Education and Recreation. Under the direction of the
Department of Physical Education a wide range of activities of a
recreational nature is arranged for general student participation.
Every student is urged to find some activity in which to participate
for his own pleasure and recreation.
Intercollegiate Athletics. Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference. The college is represented annually by teams in football, basketball, hockey, baseball,
track, tennis, and golf.
Intramural Athletics. Through the intramural department
is maintained in six-man t o d b d , Park Baard basketball, interdm basketball, ping pmg, badminmn, diamondball,
h n d b d , archery, voolleyU tetherball, *,
tennis, s h d e board, and h d e y . clhaxing the baamudprogram is the Conference Exrxamud
a specid Minnesoza Interc~Negiaa
A&letic Conference event in && champiom of all intramural sports
of member schools compete for Conference intramural championships.
The "A" C l d . M d x & p in the "A"Club is limited to
men who have won a major A at Augsbwg, The aim of this organization is "w b i d the 'A*men of the past, present, and future
into a more intimate bond of fellowship, and to keep the athletics
of Augsburg on the highest possible plane."
.Women's Athletic Association. The Women's Athletic Association is an honorary orpnization. Membership is gained by par&patiost m individual and kaap recreation activities with awards
given on a point basis. T h e Augsburg W.A.A. is a member of
the Minnesota Athletic Associarion of a l l e g e Women.
The Pep Club is organized to develop a vigorous interest in support of the college games and sports.
Camera Club. Camera fans meet regularly to exchange ideas
about their hobby and to develop skill in photography.
-on
e,
A comparatively large number of students take part in the musical activities of the school. These are composed of the choirs and
the band and a variety of smaller groups. The aim of these organizations is to spread the Christian Gospel through the fellowship of
music and song.
'
Membership in the choirs and the band is based upon musical
aptitude and interest. College credit is given to members who
fulfil the requirements outlined by the Department of Music.
Atrgsbvrg Cdlege Cboir. The College Choir consists of about
L fifty members. From year to year the Choir has toured in various
parts of the United States, singing an average of eighteen concerts
during each season. The itinerary has included the West Coast,
Canada, and a number of the Midwestern states.
Azcgsburg C h d Club. The Choral Club serves as a preparatory choir, and also trains for concerts which are given both in
the Twin Cities and in other parts of Minnesota and neighboring
states.
Augsburg College W . In addition to presenting its fall and
spring concerts the Band gives practical experience in instrumental
music and &us furnishes training for the prospective teacher.
The Men's Chorus affords opportunity to those interested in this
special type of group singing. The chorus meets twice a week.
The Pep Band affords an opportunity for training in band music
as well as for taking part in the creation of spirit and enjoyment
at the college athletic functions.
Miscelluneotcs Grwps. In addition to the Choir, Choral Club,
and Band, there are at Augsburg many smaller musical groups,
both vocal and instrumental. For many years Augsburg has sent
out duos, trios, quartets, and similar groups among the churches.
These organizations are usually formed and directed by the students themselves, subject to the approval of the music department.
Honors are given each spring at the Honor Convocation in
recognition of students who have taken noteworthy part in student activities.
The Class of 19I 8 Oratorical Cup was presented to the College
as a prize to arouse interest in oratory. The name of the winner
of the annual contest is engraved upon the cup, which is to remain in the possession of the College and is placed on exhibition
in the Main Building.
The I927 Class Cup for Scholarship is awarded to the Senior
student of highest scholastic standing who has attended for at least
two years.
The 1925 Class Cup in Athletics is awarded to the athlete who
has made outstanding records both in athletics and in scholarship.
The Harold A. Johnson Trophy, presented by Gerald L. Johnson in 1943, is awarded annually to the student who is judged to
be the most valuable player on the basketball team.
Two prize scholarships (tuition for the second half of the Freshman year) are offered by the State Council of Minnesota Colleges,
one to the first ranking Senior boy and one t o the first ranking
Senior girl from any Minnesota high school.
Outside of Minnesota, where the regulation of the State Council
of Minnesota Colleges does not apply, a limited number of scholarships of this kind are awarded to students of superior ability.
The George Sverdmcp Graduute Fellvwsbip was established by
the Board of Trustees of Augsburg in 1947 to honor the memory
of George Sverdrup, President of Augsburg from 191I to 1937.
I t is awarded annually to an Augsburg graduate of outstanding
character and ability who plans to prepare further for the vocation
of teaching. The amount of the Fellowship is five hundred dollars.
The Keith E. Hojhuzn Memorial Scholurshp was established in
1945 by Mr. and Mrs. Charles S. Hoffman of Minneapolis in
memory of their son who gave his life in the conquest of Okinawa.
The scholarship consists of the income from a fund of $1,075 and
is awarded annually to a student selected on the basis of academic
achievement, personal character, and ability in the field of athletics.
The Greater Augsburg Alumni Assochtion Scholarship of $ 2 5 o
is awarded annually to an outstanding alumnus of Augsburg in
order to encourage and assist promising students in the carrying
out of projects of graduate study.
The Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize, from a fund established
by members of the Paulson family in memory of Professor Adolph
Paulson who taught Social Science at Augsburg from I 93o to I 93 5,
is awarded annually to a college student for the best essay written
on an assigned subject in the general field of Christian Sociology.
The amount of the prize is $40.00.
The Celia Fredrichon Scholmshtp consists in the income from
a fund of one thousand dollars. It is awarded annually to an Augsburg student from the Lamberton, Minnesota, parish of the Lutheran Free Church.
The Augsburg College Women's Club Scholarship awards, totaling $400, are granted each year to two or more students of outstanding character and excellent scholarship.
To assist students in meeting their financial problems in emergencies several revolving funds have been established through
which loans, at a reasonable interest rate, may be arranged.
The Augsbwrg College Wonten's Club Loan Fund extends assistance especially to members of the Senior class, and also a limited
number of short-term loans to other students.
The John and Anna Jorgine Gregory Theological Student Lovm
Fund is available to students who are preparing for the ministry.
Tbe Student Aid Fund of the Zion Lutheran Hotcr, established
under the auspices of Zion Lutheran Church of Minot, North
Dakota, likewise extends loans to students preparing for the ministry.
The General Student k n Fund, established through the gifts
of a number of individuals, provides short-term loans for students
of all classes.
THE ALUMNI ASSOCIATION
The Augsburg Alumni Association has as its goal to enable the
graduates of the College and Seminary to maintain effective contact and cooperation with one another and with their Alma Mater.
The annual meeting is held at commencement time each year.
Regional meetings also are held from time to time.
The present ofljcers are: Lawrence Quanbeck, President; J. Vernon Jensen, Vice-president; H. Norman Hanson, Acting Executive Secretary; Marvin Gisvold, Treasurer; Esther Aune, Margaret
Hulburt, Advisers.
.
THE FOUNDATION FELLOWSHIP
The Augsburg Foundation Fellowship is an association of alumni,
former students, and other friends of Augsburg, having as its purpose to give united and systematic support, both spiritual and
financial, to the school. The 'Fellowship was founded in 194I by
joint action of the Board of Trustees and the Alumni Association
and has had a steady growth of membership since that time. Its
work is directed by a General Committee of nine me-mbers. A
Foundation Day is held each year. The present membership is
about seven hundred.
Augsburg College
ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION
Application for admission should be made on the regular admission form, which can be secured from the Public Relations Oilice
or from the Registrar's Oilice. The application, together with two
letters of recommendation, the high school record, previous college record if any, and for veterans a certified copy of the separation papers, should be sent to the Registrar's Oilice. Previous college records of veterans may include V-12 and ASTP records.
Forms combining the application and the high school record are
generally available in ,Minnesota high schools. They can also be
secured from the College. A student seeking admission in the fall
semester should apply not later than September 15 and for the
spring semester by January 2 5 .
Augsburg College admits as students men and women of good
moral character and sound health who appear to have the ability
to succeed in college. Estimate of ability is determined by rank
in the high school graduating class and in the college aptitude test.
The normal basis for admission is the completion of the courses
of grades nine to twelve in an accredited high school. These four
years of high school must total at least 16 units and should include
the following requirements: English, four units, or English, three
units and a foreign language, two units; social studies, two units;
mathematics, one unit. A unit is defined as a course covering one
academic year and equivalent to at least 120 hours of classwork.
High school graduates without specified high school subjects and
graduates of unaccredited high schools will be considered for admission on the basis of their rank in high school and their achievement in a college aptitude examination and an English achievement test.
Applicants who are not high school graduates but who give
evidence of suilicient maturity are considered for admission upon
recommendation and on the basis of achievement in a college aptitude test, English achievement test, and General Educational
ACADEMIC
REQUIREMENTS
For most graduates of Minnesota high schools the results of the
college aptitude and English achievement tests are available in advance if they have been taken in the state-wide testing program.
The General Educational Development tests are available to service
men through the Armed Forces Institute. All tests may, however,
be taken at Augsburg by arrangement with the Registrar.
The College reserves the right to reject the applications of students whose previous records or recorded aptitudes make success
at Augsburg doubtful.
DEFICIENCIES
ficiency in English will be required to register for two extra hours
of work per week. Such deficiency and the requirements with
regard to additional training will be determined at the beginning
of the Freshman year by means of tests. The requirements include
the attainment of definite standards as to spelling, grammar, pro-
TRANSFER
AND ADVANCED
STANDING
If their previous work was unsatisfactory, they will be admitted
a t Augsburg only under special circumstances.
Advanced standing in any subject is granted to students who
present satisfactory credentials from other institutions. In certain
cases advanced standing is granted on the basis of examinations.
This is true of veterans whose achievement in the college General
APPLICATIONSOF VETERANS
Veterans who wish to apply for admission under the provisions
of Public Law 346 (G.I. Bill of Rights) or Public Law 16 (Rehabilitation program) should obtain notice of eligibility from their
regional Veterans Administration. This notice should be presented
to the Registrar at the time of their application.
Application for credit on the basis of educational experiences in
military service may be made in two ways:
I.
Those now on active duty may apply through United States
Armed Forces Institute on Form 47. This form may be obtained from the U. S. Armed Forces Institute, Madison 3, Wisconsin, or from the educational oflicer.
2.
Veterans not now on active duty should submit a certified copy
of W.D., A.G.O. Form 100, Separation Qualification Record,
or Notice of Separation from the U. S. Naval Service, NavPers 5 53 ; or U.S.M.C. Report of Separation; or Notice of Separation from the U. S. Naval Service-Coast Guard, 5 5 3 . In
the case of Naval commissioned or warrant oflicers, the Oflicer's
Qualiiication Record Jacket (N-avPers 3o 5 ) , a certified copy
thereof, or a statement from the Bureau of Naval Personnel
covering the data desired should be submitted.
Credit is given for several types of educational experience:
I.
Basic or recruit training. Credit is granted on receipt of the
forms mentioned in I or 2 above.
Physical education
Hygiene
2.
6 semester credits
semester credits
2
Service courses. Credit is granted on receipt of the forms mentioned in I or 2 above. The recommendations of the American
Council on Education, Guide to the Evaluation of Educational
Experience, are followed. Not all service courses are recommended for credit.
3. ASTP, V- I 2, and some other college programs. Credit is granted
on receipt of ogcial transcript from the college where the
course was taken. Full credit will be granted for all work applicable to an A.B. degree at Augsburg, except where the work
duplicates work previously taken.
4. Correspondence courses taken through the Armed Forces Institute. These courses fall into two classes: those prepared and
given by the Institute, and those prepared and given by colleges and universities. In the case of Institute courses, credit is.
given upon receipt of the forms mentioned in I or 2 above and
based upon test results. University and college correspondence
courses will be accredited by official transcript like other college
work.
5 . Other credit. General education not indicated by any of the
above methods can be demonstrated by means of the General
Educational Development Tests. Veterans seeking advanced
standing on the basis of informal study and travel may take
these tests either through the Armed Forces Institute while
still in service or at Augsburg after their discharge. No credit
on this basis can be granted on the Senior College level nor
counted in the total credits required for the major and minor
fields.
Registration means that the student accepts all the rules and
regulations established by the school.
Students are required to complete their registration on the days
designated in the Calendar for this purpose.
Students who in either semester register later than three days
after classes begin shall pay a late registration fee of $3.00.
The Veterans Administration does not pay late registration fees.
The normal registration is 16 credit hours per week. A credit
hour is defined as one recitation period a week throughout a semester.
All students register under the direction of the Registrar. Special problems of registration are referred to the Admissions and
Scholarship Committee.
No credit will be given a student for any subject for which he
has not registered.
Students working part-time are required to arrange the amount
of their registration accordingly.
No student may register for or enter a course later than two
weeks after the beginning of classes without special action by the
Admissions and Scholarship Committee.
In registering, care should be taken to include the Junior College
requirements during the first two years. However, if such registradon is delayed beyond the second year, a student will neither be
required nor permitted to register beyond the allowed number of
credit hours per semester in order to make it up.
r
AUGSBURG
COLWE
AMOUNTOF CLASSWORK
The privilege of registering for more than 17% credit hours
may
only honor
to students
have gained
an previous
average
recordbeofgranted
By or two
points who
per credit,
in their
college studies. Exceptions to this rule may be made under certain
conditions determined by the Admissions and Scholarship Committee. No student is permitted t o carry work for more than
20 credits per semester.
CHANGE
OF REGISTRATION
AND CANCELLATION
In case a student desires t o make any changes in his registration,
he must obtain a form from the Registrar's of6ce on which he may
make application, stating clearly his reasons for desiring the change.
Approval of the teachers concerned and the student's adviser
and the Registrar must be obtained before a change will be permitted. This procedure is necessary in order to avoid a record of failure
in any course dropped.
A fee of $1.00 is charged for each change of registration unless
the change is necessary because of errors in registration.
Changes of registration which involve the adding of courses
cannot be made later than two weeks after the beginning of classes
except by special permission of the Admissions and Scholarship
Committee. No student may cancel a course after the middle of
the semester.
A student who finds it necessary to leave school before the end
of a semester must cancel his registration at the Registrar's of6ce
in order to keep the record clear and to receive an honorable dismissal.
A P ~ ~ ~O T NTHE
H
LUTHERAN
DEACONESS
HOSPITAL
Student nurses in the School of Nursing at the Lutheran Deaconess Hospital in Minneapolis receive their first semester of instruction at Augsburg College.
UNIVERSITY
COURSES
By arrangement with the University of Minnesota, students may
register for courses at the University. But such registration will
not be-allowed unless the student has a grading of C average, or
I honor point per credit, in his courses at Augsburg. Also, the
combined number of credits in any semester must not exceed 17.
ACADEMIC
REQUIFLEMENTS
CLASS~ICATION
College credit is given.
Classification is based on the attainment of the following number of credit hours together with an equal number of honor points:
Saphomore, 24; Junior, 58; Senior, 92.
Classification for the Catalog, the Student Directory, and for
all other purposes is determined by this regulation.
PROBATION
AND ELIMINATION
,
There will be a meeting of the Admissions and Scholarship Cummittee at the end of each semester t o consider students who are
doing unsatisfactory work, in order to drop from the rolls those
students for whom further attendance is deemed inadvisable.
Freshmen who obtain honor point ratios of .S or below, Sophomores
.6 or below, and Senior College students .8 or below, as well as
students with 6 or more credits of F, at the end of a semester are
placed on probation during the semester that follows. They remain on probation until an honor point ratio of I is attained for
one semester. A student is not allowed to remain in college on
probation for more than two semesters consecutively, except by
special permission.
In order to be eligible for membership in inter-collegiate athletics, a student must have obtained in his last semester a passing
grade in at least 12 hours of coilege work, 6 of which must be C
per credit at least.
CLASS
ATTENDANCE
Regular attendance in class is required. No "cuts" are allowed.
However, students may be excused from class if there is a valid
reason for absence. Valid reasons for absence include illness and
trips by extra-curricuIar organizations sponsored by the school.
Students are expected to arrange the hours of part-time employment so that work does not c o d i c t with classes. Any exception
to this r u l e must be agreed to by the teacher of the class agected
and must be approved by the Dean of the College.
I
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
Students are required to present to the instructor a written explanation of absences upon their return to class. The validity of
the excuse is determined by the instructor. Classwork lost because
of necessary absences must .be made up. Each unexcused absence
reduces the grade to be awarded on the completion of a course.
When a student has four unexcused absences, he shall be reported
to the Registrar, who will drop the student from the course with
a grade of F. Students who absent themselves from Christianity
classes will not be allowed to continue in school.
Absences before and after vacation will be counted double.
Teachers will deal with tardiness as they see fit, but may count
three tardinesses as equal to one absence. Students arriving in class
late must assume responsibility for reporting their presence to the
teacher.
At the end of each week every teacher will report to the Regstrar's Oilice the names of all students who have been absent from
class the whole week, as well as the names of those whose recent
absences from class have unduly interfered with their progress.
Those in charge of tours and trips by musical organizations,
athletic teams, debate teams, and other groups will apply for permission to the Faculty Council a t least two weeks in advance and
will leave a list of participants in the Registrar's O&ce before the
group goes.
Blnm must be reported immediately to the school nurse so that
she may have a record of all illness in the student body and be
able to give assistance where needed.
All students are expected to attend the daily chapel service
regularly.
GENERAL
RULES
Students are urged to plan their work well from the very beginning, since tests are given regularly throughout the semester
in all courses. During the first part of each semester reports of
the grades attained are made to the Registrar and the counselors.
In addition to this, final reports are made at the cloie of each
semester.
Regular written examinations are held at the close of each semester in all classes. No student or class may arrange t o take a final
examination in any course before the examination week.
ABSENCE
FROM EXAMINAXIONS
Absence from a final examination without a sufficient reason
will result in a grade of failure in the course concerned.
A student who has to be absent from a final examination because of a conflict with outside work from which he cannot obtain an excuse may arrange to take such an examination during
some period after the time on which the subject is scheduled.
DELAYED
FINALS
If a student has obtained permission from the proper authorities
to take a final at another hour than the one scheduled, he is charged
a fee of two dollars for such an examination. The fee is to be
paid to the Treasurer of the school, and, before the student takes
an examination, he must obtain a statement from the Registrar's
oflice and bring it to the teacher concerned. The teacher will give
no examination before he has this statement.
A condition or an incomplete received at the end of the semester
must be removed within the first five weeks of classes of the following semester of attendance. Extension of this time may be
made by the Registrar's Office in cases of illness. If incompletes
and conditions are not removed within the time allowed, the condition automatically becomes a failure and the incomplete may
be changed to a passing grade only when the average of the previous work is sficiently high. The final grade after the condition
examination is taken may not be higher than D. A fee of $2.00
is charged for an examination making up an incomplete or a condition received at the end of a semester.
STUDENTSBELOWGRADE
Within a week after they have received the reports of their
grades, students below grade must see their instructors in order
to arrange. for making up their deficiencies.
Failures must be made up in class when the subject is offered
again.
Comprehensive examinations may be permitted in courses in
which the Admissions and Scholarship Committee feels the student
has adequate preparation or background. Students who wish to
take a comprehensive examination mast apply in writing to this
committee. When permission is granted, the necessary approval
forms may be secured a t the ofice of the Registrar. A fee of $5.00
is charged for each examination and must be paid in advance.
Examination questions and the answers will be filed in the Registrar's oflice.
GRADEVALUES
A-Superior,
3 honor points per credit
M e r y good, 2 honor points per credit
C--Satisfactory, I honor point per credit
D-Passable, no honor points per credit
F -Failure, minus I honor point per credit
E-Condition
I -Incomplete
JUNIOR COLLEGE REQUIREMENTS
For a proper distribution of subjects among the fundamental
fields of knowledge the following credits are required of all students in the Junior College, laying the basis for study in professional fields or for a general college education.
2 credits each semester
Group A Christianity
Group B English: Course 1-2 or 3-4
6 credits
Students exempted from Freshman English must earn 6 credits in literature
Group C Foreign Language (Norse, French, Spanish,
8 credits
German, Latin, Greek, Hebrew)
Students who have studied a foreign language for three years in high school are
exempted from this requirement.
Group D
Social Sciences: Hist. 1-2, or Soc. I an$
3 other credits in Sociology, or Phil. 25-26
6 credits
(Humanities)
Group E Natural Sciences
Group F Physical Education: Courses,
and qb
Psychology required in certain fields
8 credits
2,
3a, 3b, 4a,
Orientation required of all Freshmen
Speech required of all students for graduation
4 credits
4 credits
I
credit
3 credits
SENIOR COLLEGE REQUIREMENTS
A student is required to complete a major and one or more
minors for graduation.
In planning his choice of a major as well as in planning the
minor or minors, a student is required to consult with the Head
of the Department offering the major.
l e is well for rhe student to know in his Freshman yezr what
major line of study he will pursue.
T h e major subject & determined by the student's aims as weil
as by his particular interests and aptitudes as shown in the quality
of work he does in the Junior College, where basic courses prerequisite to the major are &red in sequences which lay the foundation for rhe major work.
When a student enters the Junior year he shall have determined
in what field of study he will specialize, so that the work in the
majors and minors may be well planned.
Smdencs who are still undecided as to their major choice when
they appear for registration in the Junior pear, should, before
they register, consult with members of the Admissions and Scholarship Committee and the heads of the various departments in order
to derermine their held of major work.
For major and minor requirements as to hours of credit see
departmental statements.
ELECTIVES
Electives are planned with the purpose of properly distributing
3 student's choices among the fundamental fields of knowledge and
culture, as well as among the correladves of the major. Senior
ColIege stfidencs should, as a rule, choose their electives from
courses designated as Senior College Courses.
The amount of work required for g r a h h n comprises n
minimum of 128 credits with an average grade of C, or one honor
point for each credit. A credit equals one reduuon period a week
throughout one semester.
Honor p0i.t~
are cmnpured a t the rare of one born pidt for
each credit with a grade of C, two hwor pints for each crgdit
w i t h a grade of B, and t h e e h o w points for each credit wirh a
grade of A. An average of 328 homr points m a be attained for
the 128 credits required for the A.B. degree.
RESIDENCE
REQUIREMENT
To receive the A.B. degree the candidate must spend at least
the conchding year for such a degree in residence.
DEGREE
WITH DISTINCTION
The A.B. degree with distinction is conferred as follows:
Average honor points
per credit
2.8-3.0
2.5-2.79-k
2.1-2.49+
Distinction
Summa Cum Laude
Magna Cum Laude
Cum Laude
Only students who have spent at least two years in residence
are eligible for honors.
GRADUATE
STUDY
In order to receive a recommendation for graduate work, a
student must attain an average grade of By or two honor points
per credit.
CURRICULUMS
..
The following courses of study are outlined as guides for the
student and his adviser in planning a program which will prepare
him for the vocation of his choice.
The Christkz Ministry
Completion of the pre-seminary curriculum qualifies .Ae student
for admission into the three-year course in the Theological Seminary, which prepares students for the Christian ministry as pastors
DE m b i o d a %e
fdImdrq pmgrm &a Ehe rpprozhte
PWWw*-haveh~~w~
by wbichast&ntmay r m j o r i n ~ ~ o t ~ h a o p p p h y y , m E n g r i $ h , a r M l q y * T % e s t n b s h o u l d ~ * d o f tbe
SeminvJr ad* as early as posible, as v&tbm a c c d h g to
the major &sen
F*ge;rr.
14ag a8em the r~biceof- course wen in tbe
Seminary adviser, Mr.
ella and.
F r k
Christianity ................... 4
Orientation .................... I
Hygiene ...................... z
Physical Education ............. I
English Composition ........... 6
Foreign Language .............. 8
European Civilization ........... 6
or Natural Science, 8 Cr.
Sociology ..................... 6
-
'
Sophomore
Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Natural Science ................
or English Literature, 6 Cr.
New Testament Greek.. .........
Psychology ....................
History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
or English Literature, 6 Cr.
physical Education .............
New Testament Greek.. . . . . . . . . 8
Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Humanities or Philosophy . . . . . . . 6
History or English.. . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Hymns of the Church.. . . . . . . . z
-
8
8
4
6
1
35
34
Junior
6
Senior
Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
History or English.. . . . . . . . . . . . .
Philosophy or Logic.. . . . . . . . . . .
Economics or Education.. . . . . . . .
English (for major or minor). . . .
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
32
4
8
3
6
6
-3
30
The foreign language requirement includes 16 semester credits
in Greek, and 16 semester credits in Latin, German, or Norwegian.
Parish and Missionary Workers
The purpose of this course is to train men and women for effective service in the Church at home or abroad; that is, as teachers
in vacation, week-day and Sunday schools, as youth leaders, and
AUG~BURG
COLLEGE
48
as parish -workers. The ~0.w
is so arranged that the student will,
upon its s a d a c b r p ~ndr&n, receive the A.B. degree and also
a certificae indicating &t he is a qualified parish worker.
Parish work a,dviser, Mr. Stensvaag.
The -sugg&d sebedule p r o d m .for a minor in Cbcistiaaity,
.andmakes it p d l e to plan for smajor in History or En&&
It
'would also be &Me
to pian ,fora ~ j q i
rn i n t y with a
.~GUQT
in some otber -ad
T.
h e coww eaenria for &e &of
theJ?arishWorker's G r t & c a t e are iIkFlic9wd in &e.ou.tIine bbw.
Freshman
Sophomore
Chzistianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
,
Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Survey of European Civilization .
General Biology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Human Anatomy and Physiology..
6
6
4
4
Elementary Tyfiezun'ting . . . . . . . . 4
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Hygiene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . z
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . I
-
Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4
Fundamentals of Speech . . . . . . - 6
Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
General Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Principles of Sociology . . . . . . . . . -3
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . .I
Electives
A
32
Junior
The Missionary Enterprise. . . . . . .
Principles of Christian Education.
The Chistian Churches.. . . . . . . .
The Lutheran Church.. . . . . . . . . .
Social Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Child Welfare or The Family. .
Dramatics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Story Telling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Elementary Shorthand . . . . . . . . . .
Recreational Activities . . . . . . . . . .
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
32
Senior
Youth Work in the C h r c b . . . . . . z
Parish Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . z
Educational Psyclmlogy . . . . . . . . . 3
Hymns and Music of the Church. . z
Fundamentals of Journalism.. . . . . 3
Crafts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Crime and Society or Introduction
to Social Work.. . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Office Training . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . z
First Aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 2
-
High School Teaching
Each state sets certain requirements for obtaining a teacher's
certificate. The course outlined below satisfies the requirements for
a certificate for high school teaching in Minnesota. The same program will meet the demands set by most of the neighboring states.
The student should apply to the head of the Department of Education for admission'to the Education curriculum during his Sophomore year. Admission will be determined by a committee on the
basis of scholarship and other qual&cations. In addition to. departmental majors, broad majors for teaching may be secured in
natural science, social science, and commercial education.
Sophomore
Freshman
Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
English Composition . . . . . . . . .
European Civilization . . . . . . . .
Foreim Language or Natural
Science . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Physical Educztion . . . . . . . . .
Hygiene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 3
Foreign Language or Natural
Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I 2
-
Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Educational Psychology . . . . . . . . 3
Teachiig in High School. . . . . . . . 3
Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Electives in Major or Minor. . . . . . 1 6
Senior
Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Principles of Guidance. . . . . . . . . . . 3
History and Philosophy of
Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3
Observation and P,ractice
Teaching . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 or 5
Specid Teaching Methods.. . . . . . . 3
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 4
32
32
Junior
-
The program in business administration is intended for students
who are planning for work in the fields of business and industry.
The course affords thorough preparation for a business vocation
'
and results in a Bachelor of Arts degree.
Freshman
Christianity . . . . . . . . . . .
English Composition . . . .
European Civilization or
Social Problems . . . .
Principles of Accounting
Foreign Language . . . . .
Orientation . . . . . . . . .
Hygiene . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Physical Education . . . . .
Junior
Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
United States History. . . . . . . . . . . 6
Business Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Advanced Accounting . . . . . . . . . 3
Finance and Investment.. . . . . . . . 3
Money and Banking . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Elective credits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Sophomore
Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Natural Science . . . . . . . . . . . .
Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Principles of Economics. . . . . . . .
Introduction to Statistics. . . . . . . .
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . .
Elective credits . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4
3
8
4
6
_t
I
3
Senior
Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Marketing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Labor and Management Relations . 3
Senior Topics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Elective credits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
. Preparation for teaching commercial subjects in high school
requires work in the departments of Business Administration and
Secretarial Studies. A description of the course in commercial education appears under the Department of Secretarial Studies.
Training for secretarial work can be secured by taking the work
in the Department of Secretarial Studies together with the proram of general education offered by the college.
t
Vocations in Home Economics
From the vocational point of view, the work .inthe Department
of Home Economics is intended to prepare students for home-
CURRICULUMS
51
making, to equip them for the teaching of home economics in
high school, and to give them the first two years of the training
required for such vocations as dietetics, institution management,
home economics in business, home economics and journalism, and
home economics extension.
Each student who plans for a vocation in this field should consult members of the home economics staff about the details of the
program when she begins her college work. The teaching major
is described in the catalog under the departmental heading.
Medicine
Most medical schools require a ,minimurnof three years of college
education, but premedical students often find it advantageous to
complete their college work before entering the medical school.
The following program will meet the requirements of most medical
schools, but it is advisable for the student to study the requirements of the medical school to which he plans to apply.
Freshman
Christianity . . . . . . . . - .
4
English Composition . . . . . . . . 6
European Civilization . . . . . . . . . . 6
Inorganic Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . 8
College Algebra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
T r i g w e t r y . . . . . . . . . - - . . . - - 4Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Hygiene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Physical Education . . . . . . .
I
-
Sophomore
Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
German . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Zoology
8
Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Qualitative Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Quantitative Analysis . . . . . . . . 5
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . I
36
Senior
Junior
Christianity ...................
4
German . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Medical German . . . . . , ......... 4
Organic Chemistry . . . ,
, ... 8
Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8
Genetics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Christianity ................... 4
Speech . . . . . . . . . . ,............ 3
German . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8
Physical Chemistry ............. 5
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
36
32
.....
-
-
Dentistry and Dental Hygiene
Preparation for the study of dentistry or of dental hygiene can
generally be completed in two years. The following schedule will
meet the ordinary requirements for admission:
Freshman
Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4
English Composition ........... 6
European Civilization ........... 6
Inorganic Chemistry ............ 8
College Algebra
4
Trigonometry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . I
Hygiene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . r
Christianity ................... 4
Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4
Zoology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Organic Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8
Physical Education ............. I
36
33
...............
-
Sophomore
-
Nursing
Most hospitals prefer that applicants to their nurses training
schools have at least one year of college. In many instances, two
or more years of college work would be desirable. A two-year
schedule may be arranged with the Registrar for those planning
to enter the School of Nursing at the University of Minnesota.
Freshman
Christianity . . . . . . . . .
English Composition . . . .
Natural Science . . . . . . .
Psychology . . . . . . . . . . .
Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Elements of Nutrition. . .
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . .
Physical Education . . . . .
Sophomore
Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4
Child Welfare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Humanities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Natural Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . I
Electives
...................
F
32
The following courses of the School of Nursing of the Lutheran
Deaconess Hospital, Minneapolis, Minnesota, are offered at Augsburg College. This is a part of the three-year course offered by
the hospital.
First Year
Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2
Anztcmy and Physiology.. ...... 4
Bacteriology .................. 4
Chemistry .................... 3
Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . z
-
Second Year
Sociology
......................3
-3
15
Engineering is a field requiring a great deal of technical preparation. One year of the engineering course will meet the needs of
students interested in further study in any field of engineering.
A two-year program may be arranged with the Registrar for those
preparing for certain engineering fields.
Freshman
Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
English Composition ............
Engineering Drawing and
Descriptive Geometry ........
Inorganic Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . .
College Algebra ...............
Trigonometry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hygiene ......................
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sophomore
4
6
6
8
4
4
I
t
I
36
Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chemistry ................ . 8 or
Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4
3
9
8
I
7
32
'
S o d
Work
For students who plan to enter the field of social work the foly
lowing program is suggested. The same program is app'ropriate
for those who plan to enter graduate training in this field.
Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
European Civilization . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Principles of Sociology. . . . . . . . . . . 3
General Biology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Human Anatomy and Physiology. . 4
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Hygiene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
-
Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . ., ....
American Government . . . . . . : . .
Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . ' . . .
Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sociology . . . . . . :. . . . . . . . . . . . .
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . .
Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6
8
6
I
3
-
32
32
Senior
Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , , .
Principles of Economics , , ..... ,
Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . .
History of Philosophy.. . , .......
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . :
.
.......
4
6
9
6
7
-
Christianity ...................
Sociology
Statistics
Electives ......................
I
I
I1
I
4
..................... g
......................3
I
x6
-
Students who plan to enter the Social Work Field should consult the major adviser in the Sociology Department relative to
recommended courses, minors, and electives.
Diaconate
A program whereby a Deaconess candidate can prepare for service in the areas of parish work, social service, high school teaching, missionary work, nursing, and secretarial work may be:arranged in consultation with the Directing Sister of the Lutheran
Deaconess Home, the Dean of Women, and the Registrar. .
I1
I
rn
i
= ~ v F i L K ? . * W ' ~ ' S C N Y . ? M ~
Divisional Organization
College courses are organized into four divisions in order to
make interdepartmental coordination more convenient and cooperative aims more easily achieved. A chairman is appointed for
each division.
Major and minor requirements are indicated in the departmental
statements.
DIVISIONOF RELIGIONAND PHILOSOPHY
Mr. Stensvaag, Chairman
Christianity
Philosophy
DNISIONOF
THE
HUMANITIES
Mr. Helland, Chairmart;
Greek, Latin, Hebrew
English, Speech, Journalism
German, Scandinavian, French, Spanish
Music
-
SOCIALSCIENCES Mr. Quanbeck, Chairman
History, Sociology, Political Science
Education, Psychology
Economics, Geography
Library Science
Business Administration, Secretarid Studies
Home Economics
DIVISIONOF
THE
DNISIONOF
THE
I
NATURAL
SCIENCES
Biology, Chemistry, Physics
Mathematics
Health and Physical Education
I
rn
Mr. Nash, Chairman
COURSES OF STUDY
Starred Courses are not offered in 1gfo-19g I
I
Division of Religion and Philosophy
Through the study of religion and philosophy, the individual is apprised of
the central realities of life and encouraged to build on the certainties of the
Christian faith. The work proceeds on the assumption that Christianity alone
can furnish a unifying principle which gives meaning to human existence. The
relate himself to Christ
student is challenged to accept chis point of view-to
as the center, to evaluate all his studies and experiences in the light of revealed
truth, and to make a consistent use of a11 hi talents and training. The goal to
be desired is the development of an informed and integrated Christian .personality dedicated to the realization of W s kingdom on earth.
Department of Cluistianity
The courses in Christianity are designed to give the student a working knowledge of the Bible, to acquaint him with the history, doctrines, and ethics of the
Church, and to prepare hi for effective service in the congregation. The fundamental aim in instruction is to lead as many as possible to personal faith in
Christ, and to nurture the Christian life.
All full time students are required to register for two class hours per week
in one of the courses offered in religion during each semester of their studies.
Registration in New Testament Greek satisfies this requirement.
Major, 28 credits; Minor, 22 credits. Credits in New Testament Greek, except the first semester, Course I , may be applied toward a Christianity major
or minor.
BOOK STUDIESw THE BIBLE. Fr. I, 11.
4 Cr.
A brief introduction to the Bible followed by the snidy of one of the Gospels
and of one or two books in the Old Testament. The second semester is devoted
to the study of two or three books in the New Testament and of brief portions
from the Old Testament. Reading assignments include the entire New Testament.
I, 2.
CHURCHHISTORY.
I.
r Cr.
A brief survey of the main events in the history of the Church for .the purpose of developing a mare intelligent and appreciative church membership.
3.
CHRISTIANETHICS. 11.
2 Cr.
The problems of human duty are studied in the light of various human philosophies of morals. Validity is determined by reference to the Word of God.
The main emphasis is on the new life in Christ, its creation, development and
preservation, and its manifestation in the various phases of life.
4.
THE MISSIONARY
ENTERPRISE.I.
2 Cr.
The missionary motives, means, and results are studied as these are seen in their
varied emphases in the history of missionary work in heathen hnds.
5.
PRINCIPLESOF CHRISTIAN
EDUCATION.11.
z Cr.
Seeks to develop a fundamental understanding of Christian Education, its
history, objectives, and methods, especially as applied to Sunday School and
parochial school teaching.
6.
HYMNS
AND MUSIC OF THE CHURCH. 11.
See Coarse ro under the Department of Music.
z Cr.
ORATORY EXPERIENCEIN GROUPACTIVITY. I.
See Course 23 under Education.
I
10.
23.
Cr.
Senior Cdlege Courses
COMPARATIVE
RELIGION.I, 11.
4 Cr.
A study of the origin, growth, teachings, and social results of some ten o r
twelve of the great non-Christian religicm of the world.
5 I, 52.
THECHRISTIANCHURCHES. I.
2 Cr.
This course aims to give the student an insight into the origin, development,
53.
doctrinal position, and practices of the various 'branches of the Christian Church.
THE LUTHERANCHURCH. 11.
2 Cr.
A study of the Lutheran Church, its doctrines and practices. Attention is
given to Lutheranism in America and to the basic principles of the Lutheran
Free Church.
54.
55. GIIEATMEN AND WOMEN OF THE CHRISTIANCHURCH. I.
2 Cr.
The lives of outstanding Christian men and women from the days of Christ
until rhe present are studied. Special reports, class discussion.
~ O B L E M SM CHRISTIANLIVING. 11.
2 Cr.
A consideration of some of the fundamental questions connected with living
the Christian life: such as, the assurance of salvation, the devotional life, standards of conduct, the use of the Bible, stewardship, choice of vocation, life in the
local congregation. The Epistle to the Philippians is studied.
56.
PARISHWORK. I.
2 Cr.
This course seeks to familiarize the student with the work of parish organization and visitation. I t ranges in scope from soul-care to surveys. Class lectures
will be supplemented by actual field work.
57.
58. YOUTH WORK IN TIIE CHURCH. 11.
2 Cr.
A study of principles, methods, and materials in youth work for the purpose of developing effective Christian leadership in this sphere.
59, 60. ADVANCED
BIBLE. I, 11.
4 Cr.
A careful study, especially from the point of view of religious content, of a
number of Biblical books and passages representative of the various types of
literature contained in the Old and New Testaments.
n.
z Cr.
62. CHRISTIANSTEWARDSH~.*
The evangelical view that all of life is sacred and is to be used to the glory
of God is presented on the basis of Biblical passages and specific examples in
literature and contemporary life. Special attention is given to the consecration
of material possessions to che Kingdom of God.
Department of Philowphy
The philosophy courses seek to familiarize the student with the systems of
thought developed by the great thinkers, t o create an understanding of the
principles of sound reasoning, and to develop a Christian philosophy of life.
Major, 24 credits. Minor, 16 credits. Courses 41, 42, 5 3 , 60 .are required
for the major. Courses 41, 42 are required for the minor.
Jzcnim College Coarses
CHRISTIAN
ETHICS. IT.
2 cr.
The problems of human duty are studied in the light of various human philosophies of morals. Validity is determined by reference to the Word of God. The
main emphasis is on the new life in Christ, its creation, development and preservation, and its manifestation in the various phases of life. Same as Christianity 4.
4.
THE HUMANITIES IN WESTERNCIVILIZATION. I, II.
6 Cr.
A survey course dealing with the development of Western thought as reflected
in outstanding works in the fields of phibsophy, literature, political and social
thought, religion, and the arts. The course is accepted in fulfillment of the
Junior College requirement in the Social Sciences.
I 5 , I 6.
41, 42. HISTORY
OF PHILOSOPHY. I, 11.
6 Cr.
An historical survey of the outstanding men and movements in the development of philosophical thought from the Greeks to the modem period.
* Not
offered in 1950-1951.
RELIGIONAND PHILOSOPHY
Senior College Courses
11, 52. C O M P A R ARELIGION.
~
I, 11.
A study of the origin, growth, teachings, and social results of some ten or
twelve of the great non-Christian religions of the world. Same as Christianity
11, 12.
53. LOGIC. I.
3 cr.
A study of the conditions, forms, and principles of logical thought. Problems
of inductive and deductive reasoning. The nature of trurh and its relation to
human experience and conduct.
CONTEMPORARY
PHILOSOPHY.
Prereq. 41 or 42. 11.
3 c~
A survey of recent philosophical emphases and ,their expressions in the various
56.
areas of life in modem culture.
PLATO.Prereq. 41. II.
3 Cr.
careful study and analysis of a number of the dialogues of Plato; including
selected portions of the Replblic.
5 8.
A
60. FORMSAND PHILOSOPHYOF ART.* Prereq. 3 hours in Philosophy. H. 3 Cr.
The spirit and substance of art and the art experience i n their various forms
through demonstrations, lectures, and readings in the philosophy of art.
61. PHILOSOPHYOF RELIGION.Prereq. 3 hours in Philosophy. I.
3 Cr.
An enquiry into the nature of religious faith and the religious experience
from the viewpoint of philosophy and psychology.
I
@
* Not offered
in 1950-1951.
Division of the Humanities
The Division of the Humanities seeks to pass on to the coming generation
a knowledge and interest in the field of rhe human cultural inheritance of the
ages, and to give to each student the development that comes from finding hi
place within this culture. The Division seeks t o promote the knowledge of these
treasures of mankind, in language, literature, and ,the fine arts, and to connect
their expression and growth with the basis of Christian faith and life.
Department of Ancient Languages
The courses in the classical languages aim to train the student to master forms
and syntax, to acquire some facility in translation, and to get some insight into
clasical culture and its bearing ,upon the present.
Some knowledge of Latin is essential for the study of linguistics and for the
understanding of historical documents and scientific terms. A knowledge of
New Testament Greek is a prerequisite in standard Theological Seminaries.
Major, 24 credits; minor, 16 oredits.
A course in New Testament Greek satisfies the Christianity requirement for
the semester in which it is taken. Except for Course I in the first semester, credits
in New Testament Greek may be applied toward a Christianity major or minor.
1-2.
ELEMENTSOF NEWTESTAMENT
GREEK. I, 11.
8 Ct.
Text: Essentials of New Testament Greek, Huddilston. I John and the Gospel
according to John I-X. Open to Junior College students.
Senior College Cowrses
MARK,AND ACTS I-=.*
I, 11.
8 Cr,
Careful readiig and analysis. Grammar reviewed, and special attention given
to forms.
5 I, 5 2 .
LUKEI-XX AND ROMANS.I, 11.
8 Cr.
Special emphasis on syntax and parsing. Collateral readiig and acquaintance
with the hitory and paleography of some ancient Greek manuscripts required.
5 3, 54.
'Not
offered in 1950-1951.
8 Cr.
The elements of the language are studied. Daily exercises in forms and dementary syntax.
Senior College Courses
JZ. XENOPHON'SANABASIS.*I, 11.
Books 1-111 and the grammar are carefully studied.
J I,
Minor, 24 csredits.
BEGINNING
LATIN. Fr. I, 11.
Grammar, easy prose, composition. A year's course.
3, 4. CZSARAND CICERO.
SO. I, 11.
Reading of Cmar's Gallic War and Cicero's Orations. Composition.
1-2.
8 Cr.
8 Cr.
8 Cr.
Senior College Courses
CICEROAND VERGL* Jr. I, 11.
8 Cr.
52.
Reading of Cicero's Orations and Vergil's Aeneid. Composition. Pmrivate life
of the Romans. Survey of Latin literature.
70. TEACHING
OF LATIN. Sr. I.
I
Cr.
J I,
HEBREW
BEGINNER'SCOURSE. 1, TI.
See Theological Seminary.
53, ~ 4 . ADVANCED
COURSE." I, II.
See Theological Seminary.
J I,
J 2.
6 Cr.
4 Cr.
Department of English
The English Department a h to ~r&i thc student in the proper usz of English
in oral and written expression; to increase proficiency in reading and notctaking and in handling thought materials; to develop r deeper understanding
of the fundvnentzl rru~hsand realitia of life revealed in great literature; and
ro iatcgrate all these purposes rh.rough the principles of Cbrirtianity.
The deparment prepares specifically for graduate study and for the teaching
of English in secondary schools.
Freshman English, Course 1-2 or 3-4, required of all.
* Not
offered in 1950-1951.
Major: 26 credits above Freshman Englisb, courses 7, 8, and 5 1 to 60. Minor:
17 credits above Freshman English, courses 7, 8, 55, 56, 57, and r credits
elective.
It is recommended that students who plan to teach English in high school
include Courses 5 and 76 and also close correlatives in language, history, and
social science.
A minor in Speech is recommended for those who plan to teach English in
high school.
Students exempted from Freshman English must earn 6 credits in Literature.
I+A. A course designed for students who fall below in their entrance
English tests. Drill in elementuy matters of Engliih usage. Five hours a week.
Three credits, provided the student improves his work sui3iciently.
FRESHMAN
ENGLISH. I, U.
6 Cr.
For students attaining the required entrance standard. The ~rinciplesof writing and their application. Weekly themes and semester papers. Reading of
literary selections.
1-2.
FRESHMANENGLISH. 1, 11.
6 Cr.
For students who are somewhat above the average in the entrance English
tests. Study of p ~ c i p l e sof writing. Written work equal in amount to weekly
themes and semester papers. Selected readhgs emphasized.
3-4.
COMPO~ITION. Prereq. 1-2 or 3-4. I, 11.
4 Cr.
5, 6. ADVANCED
Semester I: Fundamentals of grammar and principles of writing. Stress on
expository writing. Semester XI: Elements of style; emphasis on narration.
Both semesters provide individual projects in chosen fields and also study of
selected masterpieces.
ENGLISHLITERATURE.SO. I.
3 Cr.
A course in English literature emphasizing literary backgrounds and movements together with the study of representative authors and some of their best
works.
7.
-
AMERICANLITERATURE.SO. 11.
3 Cr.
A course in American literature, with an emphasis upon its origin and development, together with particular study of selected writings from a number
of authors of influence and distinction.
8.
CORRECTIVEWRITING. SO., Jr., Sr. 11. Three hours a week.
Noncredit Caurse.
This course offers additional training to upper class students who are found
to be belaw in their writing of English in various courses. The purpose is to
help them reach the standard required for the college degree.
11.
51.
Lhgnarty
GUITXQSM.~
Jr. I.
52. MODERNENGLISHr n AMEBIC4N W T D
Jt B
11. ~ ~
A study of the more impwtpnt 1;in England and America
from abuut I 890, concentcnfing upcm lo&
h and notable productions.
-
AMERICAN
POETRY.~
Jr. I.
t Cr.
The major American poets of the nineteenth century, with a thorough study
of selected poems.
53.
$4
Stndy of tht
C
I
u
d
v&
i
E
-
I m a u m L Jr-
~WTU~&Y
&EW
. .e .
n.
of eighteeprh c e n m
n
H
~
Wtickivnl,and&&of
poeD d assnJr;am"
c
h
~
-tare
in FuqIand, int
k
P 'Rctam
i ~ m~ Ha-5 rbe
d~modemmrval.Empb%npon&e&ef
3
The chief poet8 md wasppias of &
a-
and Victorian p e r i d , O W B ~ ~ n p ~ n , t ~ ~ t ~ ~ ~ m ~ ~ n m d i n & t e n e e s & o c t
Iive~arid~of&pprifex&
56.
THE BRITISHAND AMERICANNOVEL.
Prereq. 5 1 or equivalent. Jr. 11.
3 Cr.
57.
Sr. L
d Sh&spuda plays according to ideas and practices of drama
in
day d in relation to later critical study and appreciation.
~ 8 ,bo. CEIAUCRR
awn MILTQX.Pretcp. 56. Sr. IS.
3 Cr.
W
y r st+
of T h e 6 n d a c y Tah d Milton's poetry as part of the
c d d d d o p m n t of I&&thcs, their peratanent value and influence, and
ths m a l i h of tht
72. TEACHINGOF ENGLISH.Sr. I.
76. ENGLISHGRAMMAR.
Jr., Sr.
1%
IT.
z Cr.
Designed for those who plan w teach English in high school.
1 Open to sophomores in certain situations. See
Cr.
Head of English Department.
Department of Speech
MR. R. E. ANDERSON,
MR. LBFEVERE,MR. V.
JENSEN
The speech department aims to refate &e devehpnmt of tptcch to personality with the purpose of improving the adjustmmz of & indipidud to his environment. I t seeks to develop skill in platform dtpmtment d speech com,position, and to foster the habit of critical listening. Thro~&i m c o w L h e r pretative reading and dramatics an appreciation of puetry imd drama k SO*
The department also sponsors an intercollegiate forensic p*ognm d i r h is
open to all students.
All students are required to earn 3 credits in Speech for graduation. Course I I
is designed especially for this requirement.
Minor, 16 credits.
FUNDAMENTALS
OF SPEECH. So. I.
3 Cr.
A study of basic problems of egective speaking: selecting the subject and determining the purpose, gathering speech materials, organization and delivery
of speeches, with emphasis on informative speech.
I I.
3 Cr.
TYPES
OF PUBLICSPEECH. Prereq. I I. So. 11.
A study of narration, description, exposition, and argumentation as they apply
I 2.
to ~ u b l i cspeech; an introduction t o discussion and debate forms; preparation
and delivery of common types of speeches.
No credit.
CORRECTIVESPEECH.SO., Jr., Sr. 11. Three hours a week.
A course for students who need ad&d
t r d p g in order to reach the
~ r o f i c i e n cnecessary
~
for the s u c c e d d p d t ab rbeir college studies as well
as for proper adjustment in social aitrutbm w&de of school.
14.
INTERCOLLEGIATE
DEBATE.
I, II. Open to all students.
1-2 Cr.
The work of this group is based upon the intercollegiate debate question for
the year. The amount of credit to be given rests with rhe discretion of the
debate coach.
21.
ORATORY.I. Open to dl strldentk
I Cr.
ul odghal oration for collegiate oratorical conPreparation and dtlivvy
tests. Arrangements to be made witb rbe instructor.
23.
Senior Colkge Cowses
z Cr.
I I, or consent of the department. Jr. I.
A study of the principles of argumentation and [the psychology of persuasion;
preparation and delivery of argumentative speeches.
61. ARGUMENTATION.
Prereq.
z Cr.
62. DISCUSSION.
Prereq. I I , or consent of the department. Jr. 11.
A study of the principles and types of discussion; participation in organized
class discussions.
DRAMATICS.Jr., Sr. I, 11.
6 Cr.
The theory of aoting and intqretation is combined with a practical training
in play production. Designed for those who may teach dramatics o r coach high
school plays.
63, 64.
INTERPRETATIVE
READING.
Jr. II.
z Cr.
Training in the techniques and mental operations of effective oral reading.
68. STORYTELLING.
Jr. TI.
I Cr.
66.
A study of narration as a form of discourse; app1ica.tion of the principles of
description and characterization to preaching and teaching.
z Cr.
71, 72. GREATOIUTIONS. Jr., Sr. I, H.
z Cr.
A study of speech composition through analysis of great orations. Ancient
orations are studied durinuring
the ,&st semester, modem orations during the second.
75. PHONETICS.Jr., ST. I.
z Cr.
A study of speech sounds with .reference to their nature and structure; application of the principles of articulation in effective speech practice.
95. TEACHING
OF SPEECH.Sr. I.
I % Cr.
JOURNALISM
MR. N. C. ANDERSON
FUNDAMENTALS
OF JOURNALISM. I.
2 Cr.
An introduction to che theory and practice of journalism. When pursued in
connection with The Augsburg Echo or The Augsburgian an additional credit
may be earned. See Courses 4 to 7.
I.
EDITINGTHE SMALI.PAPER.' 11.
2 Cr.
A continuation of Course I, in which the mechanics of newspaper production
are dealt with in detail. Problems of style and policy relative to school and
church publications are studied. Participation in work of The Augsburg Echo is
required. Alternates with Course 3.
3. FEATUREWRITING
FOR PUBLICATION. II.
z Cr.
The planning and writing of feature articles and their placement in various
publications. Ability w write good English is a requirement. Alternates with
Course 2 .
4, 5. Echo STAFFMEETINGS.I, n.
I Cr.
Students who are regular members of The Augshrg Echo Staff and who
may receive credit for their work must register for the weekly staff meetings.
These meetings are also open t o members of G u r s e I. Hour arranged.
6, 7 . Angshrgian S T A MEETIMGS.
~
I, 11.
I Cr.
Students who are regular members of the Augsburgian staff and who may
receive credit for their work must register for the scheduled weekly staff meet2.
ings.
Department of German
MR. LANDA,MR. ERMISCH
The general aim of the courses in German is to help the student develop an
understanding of the German idiom and an appreciation of the ethical and
esthetic values contained in German literature. In particular, the aim is w provide technical training for the student who plans to study theology and for the
Not offered in 1950-1951.
candidate for higher academic degrees.
Minor, 24 credits. Course 5-6 does not count toward a minor.
BEGINNINGGERMAN. I, EL
8 Cr.
A study of the grammar and vocabulary of the German language so that the
student attains a reading knowledge.
1-2.
3-4. MODERNGERMANPROSEAND POETRY. I, 11.
8 cr.
?This course continues to build up the vocabulary of the student through the
study of easy prose and offers a brief survey of German literature.
5-6. MEDICALGERMAN.Prereq. 8 Cr. in German. I, 11.
Training in the reading of professional articles written in German.
4 Cr.
5 I , 52. GERMANLITERATURE.I, TI.
An introduction t o the study of classical German literature.
74. TEACHING
OF GERMANICLANGUAGES.
Sr. I.
8 Cr.
I
% Cr.
Department of Scandinavian Language and Literature
This Department aims to impart to the student the knowledge of a foreign
language as a factor in stimulating a symparhetic interest in the people for
whom it is the main channel of expression. It also aims to give the student a
working knowledge of the Norwegian language. It furthermore seeks to develop
an interest in the history of the Norwegian race, as well as to transmit to American life the best of the cultural heritage of the Scandinavian peoples.
M i r , 24 credits.
1-2.
BEGINNINGNORWEGIAN.Fr. I, 11.
8 Cr.
Reading, translation, spelling, and exercises in writing and in pronunciation.
3-4. INTERMEDIAE
NORWEGIAN.SO. I, 11.
6 Cr.
Further study of grammar. Reading of standard authors. Brief survey of
Norwegian literature. Composition.
11.
H~STORY
OF THE SCANDINAVIAN
COUNTRIES.*I.
3 Cr.
A brief survey of the history of the Scandinavian peoples.
16. SOCIALDEVELOPMENT
OF MODERNSCANDINAVIA.'
3 Cr.
A survey of social thought and life in Scandinavia from I 8 I 5 t o the present
day, studied against the background of ,$he general conditions in Europe.
Senior College Courses
LITERATURE:
EARLIERPERIOD.*Jr., Sr. I.
51. MODERNNORWEGIAN
A study of Wergeland, Welhaven, Jonas Lie, and others.
LIERATURE:LATERPERIOD.*Jr., Sr. 11.
54. MODERNNORWEGIAN
Bjernson and Ibsen are studied especially, through selected works.
* Not
offered in 195C-1951.
3 Cr.
3 Cr.
THE HUMANITES
THE MODERNSCANDINAVIAN
NOVEL.
Prereq. 3 -4, or six credits in lizera2 Cr.
ture. Jr., Sr. I.
67
The course includes selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset, Selma Lagerlgif, and others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language not required.
DRAMA.Prereq. 3-4,or six credits in litera56. THEMODERNSCANDINAVIAN
z Cr.
ture. Jr., Sr. 11.
The course includes dramas by Bj@rnson, Ibsen, and Strindberg. Knowledge
of a Scandinavian language not required.
74. TEACHINGOF GERMANIC
LANGUAGES.
Sr. I.
I % Cr.
5 5.
Department of Romance Languages
The Romance Language D e p t m e n t aims first, t o train students for graduate
study, high school teaching, missionary work, and business positions involving
the use of French or Spanish; next, to assist in developing an appreciation of
the best in literature and encourage the reading of great i h k s as a use of leisure
time; and finally, to make a contribution toward world peace by fostering in
students an understanding of other peoples, their language, institutions, culture,
and ideals.
FRENCH
Minor, 24 credits.
BEGINNINGFRENCH. I, U.
8 Cr.
The course includes che study of French sounds and their spelling, the essentials of grammar, oral and written work, and the reading of suitable selections
from French literature.
1-2.
3-4. INTERMEDIA= FRENCH. I, n.
8 Cr.
One half of the time is devoted to the further study of grammar, compsition, and oral work. The other half is spent in reading representative types of
French literature.
Smiur College Courses
FRENCH LITERATURE.I, n.
4 Cr.
The course comprises lectures by the instructor on authors and literary movements of the seventeenth, eighteenth, and nineteenth centuries, and readings and
reports by rhe students.
5 3-54. FRENCH PHONETICS,
CONVERSATION,
LVD CUMPOSITION.
I, 11. 4 Cr.
During the h r semester rhere is a thorough study of French sounds, phonetic
symbols, drill on pronunciation, phonetic readings, various types of oral work,
memorization, and dictation. During the second semester phonetic drill is replaced by composition.
Courses 11-52and 53-54 may be taken together four hours per week, or
during .two successive years.
78. TEACHING
OF ROMANCELANGUAGES.
Sr. I.
1%
Cr.
1-52. SURVEY OF
I
Minor, 24 credits.
BEGINNINGSPANISH. I, 11.
8 Cr.
The course includes the essentials of grammar, oral and written work, and
the reading of stories in the Spanish language.
3-4. INTERMEDIATE
SPANISH.I, TI.
8 Cr.
The c m e includes further study of grammar, oral and written work, and
the reading of short stories, novels, and plays in the Spanish language.
1-2.
Senior College Cmses
5 1-5 2. SURVEYOF SPANISHLITERATURE.
4 Cr.
I, 11.
The course consists of readings and reports, and provides a general survey of
well known Spanish and Spanish-American authors and their works.
13-54. SPANISH CONYERSATION
AND COMPOSITION.
I, 11.
4 Cr.
Some further study of Spanish grammar is included with special emphasis on
developing the ability to use the language both orally and in writing.
Courses 5 1 - 5 2 and 53-54 may be taken together four hours per week, or
during two successive pears.
Sr. I.
78. TEACHINGOF ROMANCELANGUAGES.
1%
Cr.
Department of Music
This department ogers general instruction to students who are interested primarily in the appreciation and understanding of the music of the masters, in
addition to giving special training to those who wish to become teachers of
music, soloists, and directors of choral and instrumental ensembles. Emphasis
is laid upon the rich musical heritage of the Christian Church. The department
also affords preparation for those who expect to continue specialized study in
the field of music.
A graduation major (36 credits) requires completion of the following:
Ear Training . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 Cr. 7-8. Appreciation of Music. . . .4 Cr.
2. History and Literature of
5 1-5 2. Instrumental Technique
or
Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 Cr.
3-4. Harmony .............. 4 Cr.
53-54. Choral Technique . . . . .4 Cr.
5-6. Advanced Harmony . .
4 Cr.
55-56. Conducting . . . . . . . . . . 4 Cr.
I.
Electives, 4 credits from the following:
Hymns and Music of
58. Counterpoint . . . . . . . . . . . s Cr.
the Church . . . . . . . . . . . . . .z Cr. 59. Orchestration . . . . . . . . . . .z Cr.
57. Musical Analpsis . . . . . . . . .z Cr. 60. Composition . . . . . . . . . . . .2 Cr.
10.
Applied Music (including at least
-
. .. - .
'
.I
'
2
-
credits in piano) . . . . . . . . . - 8 Cr.
.
.
-. .. . . .. - -
L
-
-
THE HUMANITIES
A teaching major (36 credits) requires completion of the following:
Far Tnining . . . . . . . . . . . .z Cr.
I.
History and Literature of
Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .z Cr.
3-4. Harmony . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Cr.
5-6. Advanced Harmony. . . . . .4 Cr.
2.
7-8. Appreciation of Music. . - 4 Cr.
5 1-5 2. Instrumental Technique
or*
53-54. Choral Technique . . . . - 4Cr.
55-56. Conducting . . . . . . . . . -4Cr.
Ed. 87, 88. Teaching of Grade and High School Music.. . . . . . . . . . . . . , 4 Cr.
Electives,
t
credits from the following:
57. Musical Analysis . . . . . . . .z Cr.
5 8. Counterpoint . . . . . . . . . . .z Cr.
$9. Orchestration . . . . . . . . . .. 2 Cr.
Applied Music (including a t least z credits i n Piano) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 CI.
One public recital in each of the junior and senior years is required of all
mwic majors.
A graduation minor (26 credits) requires completion of the following:
I.
Ear Training . . . . . . . . . . . . z Cr.
2.
History and Literature of
Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . z Cr.
3-4. Harmony . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 Cr.
7-8. Appreciation of Music. . . . 4 Cr.
57. Musical Analysis . . . . . . . . 2 Cr.
Electives, 4 credits from the following:
5-6. Advanced Harmony. . . . .4 Cr.
Hymns and Music of
the Church . . . . . . . . . . . . . . z Cr.
10.
55-56. Conducting . . . . . . . 4 Cr.
5 8. Counterpoint . . . . . . . t Cr.
Applied Music (in which a t least 2 credits must be earned in private lessons in
either vocal or instrumental music) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 Cr.
A teaehiig minor (26 credits) requires completion of the following:
Ear Training . . . . . . . . . . . . z Cr.
55-56. Conducting . . . . . . . . . . 4 Cr.
3-4- Harmony . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Cr5 1-5 z. Instrumental Technique
or
5 3 -54. Choral Technique. . . . 4 Cr.
57. Musical Analysis. . . . . . . . . z Cr.
I.
Ed. 87, 88. Teaching of Grade
and High School Music. . . . . .4 Cr.
Applied Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Cr.
* A student securing a major for teaching should be prepared for both vocal and instrumental work. Unless he takes both techniques courses, his work in applied Music,
except for the required credits in Piano, must be in instrumental music if he registers
for Choral Technique, and in vocal music if he registers for Instrumental Technique.
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
70
(If the student has registered for h t m e n t a l Tedmiqw, a t least 2 credits
i n Applied Music must be earned in private lessons in instrumental music. If
he has registered for Choral Technique, at least 2 credits in Applied Music must
be earned in private lessons in vocal music.)
Two semester credits are given for membership for one year in the Choir, the
Choral Club, or the Band. Credits are not offered for less than two complete
semesters.
One credit per semester is granted to students taking sixteen thirty-minute
lessons per semester in either voice, p'iano, or organ.
Fees per semester:
Voice $35.00, Piano $35.00, Organ $35.00.
Piano rental is $y.oo per semester.
Organ rental (entitling the student to use the organ
per semester.
I
hour per day) is $20.00
EAR TRAINING. I.
r Cr.
A course including the basic fundamentals of music: notation, terminology,
scales, intervals, triads, rhythm, and melody. Special attention is given to sight
singing, ear training, elementary keyboard harmony and harmonic dictation.
I.
HISTORY
AND LITERATURE
OF MUSIC. II.
2 Cr.
The evolution of ,music from its earliest forms up to the present t e e . The
lives of rhe composers, their works and their impact on music. The literature
of music, iboth instrumental and choral, is stressed.
2.
I, TI.
4 Cr.
3-4. HARMONY.
Application of the study of scales, intervals, and chord $ormation in written
exercises. Written work includes harmonization of figured bass and given melodies as well as opportunity for simple creative writing.
HARMONY.
Prereq. 3-4. I, 11.
4 Cr.
5-6. ADVANCED
Continuation of the work begun in Course 3-4, with advanced work in harmonization of figured bass and given melodies. Thorough study of modulation,
advanced chord formations, the use of suspensions, retardations, and ornaments
of music. Students should have some knowledge of piano.
APPRECUTIONOF MUSIC. I, 11.
4 Cr.
A course designed to develop in the student an appreciation of the world's
greatest music. Supplemented by musical illustrations. For students with or
wifhout a musical background.
7-8.
HYMNS
AND MUSIC OF THE CHURCH.
z Cr.
A survey course dealing with the development of the music of the Christian
10.
Church, with special attention to Protestant Hymnody. Designed for the general
student, the course also will prove helpful to organists, choir directors, and preseminarians. The course is accepted as fuldling rhe requirement of a course in
Christianity.
Senior Colkge Colcrses
51-52. INSTRUMENTAL
TECHNIQUE.Prereq. I. I, 11.
4 Cr.
Class intruction in string, reed, and brass instruments, preparing the prospective public school music teacher and director for work in band and orchestra.
53-54. CHORALTECHNIQUE.
Prereq. I. I, 11.
4 Cr.
Class in~tructionin the fundamentals of voice -as related to singing, preparing
the prospective public school 'music teacher and director for work in vocal music.
55-56. C ~ N D U CPrereq.
~ G . I, 3-4. I, II.
4 Cr.
A course designed for students planning to enter the field of public school
music, as directors of vocal or instrumental music or 'both, and for those who
wish training in church choir administration and direction.
57. MUSICALANALYSIS.Prereq. I, 3-4. I.
2 Cr.
A detailed study of rhe s t r u c m e and form of ,music, together with the study
of the harmonies constituting any musical composition.
58. COUNTERPOINT.Prereq. 3-4, 5. 11.
z Cr.
Strict counterpoint in one, two, three and four-part writing in all the species.
59. ORCHESTRATION.
Prereq. 3-4, 5, 57. I.
A course in arranging for band, orchestra, and chamber groups.
2
Cr.
60. COMPOSITION.Prereq. 3-4, 5, 57, 5 8. 11.
r Cr.
Composing choral and instrumental music in the various musical forms. Students admitted only upon recommendation of the department.
87.
TEACHWG
OF GRADESCHOOLMUSIC. Sr. I.
88. TEACHING OF HIGHSCHOOLMUSIC. Sr.
OfIered as Education 87, 88.
JI.
=
2
Cr.
2
Cr.
CHOIR,CHORALCLUBOR BAND. I, 11.
2 Cr.
These organizations exist not only #or the benefit of the music student but
for anyone enrolled as a student who wishes t o participate in groups affording
the opportunity for musical expression.
PIANO. I, 11.
2 Cr.
All grades of instruction are given, from elementary to the most advanced.
The methods are modern, embodying the system of arm weight and arm rotation. One shirty-minute lesson per week.
ORGAN.I, 11.
2 Cr.
Instruction in organ technique and repertoire. Basic piano technique is recommended as a foundation. One thirty-minute lesson per week.
VOICE.I, 11.
I or 2 Cr.
Voice instruction includes correct habits of pronunciation and articulation,
breath control, flexibility, ear training in some cases, and interpretation of song
classics, both sacred and secular. One thirty-minute lesson per week.
Division of the Social Sciences
MR. QUANBECK,Cbairmun
It is the general purpose of rhe work in this division to improve the studends
understanding of human relationships and ,his appreciation of their importance
and value, especially in .their Christian interpretation. The work proceeding
under the guidance of the faculty in this division is therefore intended to develop a higher grade of citizenship and t o improve the individual's adaptation to
Department of History
MR. KJLDAHL, MR. KLEVEN, MR. J. E. HANSON
The Department of History aims to awaken in the student an intelligent interest in social phenomena, a clear conception of the basic factors in historical
development, a critical evaluation of social and political movements, and a
sympathetic attitude toward the human elements involved. Furthermore, this
department trains the student in the application of social and historical principles to practical life situations. Finally, it affords preparation for graduate
study and for teaching in secondary schools.
Major, 30 credits; 'minor, 21 credits. For teaching, the major and minor must
include History 21 and 22.
SURVEYOF EUROPEANCNILIZATION. Fr. I, 11.
course is a rapid survey of European history from ancient times and
up t o the present. Designed to lay the foundation for future work in History.
1-2.
This
economic as well as the political factors in the development of American ideas
and institutions. Prerequisite, six credits in social science.
22.
HISTORY
OF
THE
UNITED STATES(since 1 8 6 5 ) . So. 11.
the American people, on their ~oliticalinterests and party organizations, on their
cultural development, and on the relations with rhe rest of ,the world.
Senior College Colcrses
AND THE REFORMATION.
Prereq. 1-2. Jr. I.
3 Cr.
51. THERENAISSANCE
A study of the economic, social, ~olitical,cultural, and religious movements
that marked the transition from medieval .to modern civilization and culture.
52.
HISTORY
OF ENGLAND
UP
TO
1776.Prereq.
1-2. Jr.
factors which shaped the background of U. S. History.
11.
THE SOCIJU
SCIENCES
HISTORY.
Prereq. 1-2. Jr., Sr. I.
53. HISPANIC-AMERICAN
A survey course with emphasis upon colonial administration, the age of revolution, and the twentieth century.
EUROPE.Prereq. 1-2. Jr., Sr. II.'
54. EASTERN
The history of eastern Europe with emphasis on the development of Russia.
HSTORY
OF THE UN-ITEDSTATES.Prereq. History 2 I and
55. CON~WPORARY
2 2 . Jr., Sr. 1
.
A history of the United States from the Spanish-American War to the present, including considerztior of domestic and international policies, and cultural
and economic development.
DIPLOMATIC
HISTORY.
Prereq. U. S. Hist. or Am. Gov. 3 Cr.
56. AMERICAN
A consideration of foreign relations of the United States from the Revolutionary War to the present.
61, 62. ANCIENTHISTORY.Prereq. 1-2. Jr., Sr. I, II.
Political and military history is subordinated to the study of the cultural
aspects of ancient civilization. The student is introduced to the pmblems and
methods of the several fields of archmlogical investigation.
71-72. NINETEENTHCENTURY
EUROPE.Prereq. 12 Cr. in Hist.
A study of international relations as dected by nationalism, socialism, industrialism, militarism, and imperialism. World War I and the rise of the totalitarian states and World War II.
I
War. Some study of current affairs in the light of historical investigation.
I
Department of Political Science
MR. KLEVEN
Minor, 15 credits.
I, II.
41-42. PRINCIPLESOF AMERICANGOVERNMENT.
Foundations of American government, making and development of the Constitution, federal, state, and local governments, citizenship, civil rights, popular
control of government, political parties, governmental functions.
Senior Colkge Cmrses
PARTIES
OF THE UNITEDSTATES.
Prereq. Political Science 41-42;
53. POLITICAL
or, United States History. Jr., Sr. I.
A review af American parties, their organization, methods, functions, pressure groups.
OF POLI~CAL
THEORY.
Prereq. Political Science 41-42; or, United
54. HISTORY
56. AMERICAN
DIPLOMATICHISTORY.
'I.
See course 56 under History.
86.
TEACHING
OF THE SOCIALSTUDIES.Sr. I.
3 Cr.
I
% Cr.
Combined Major in Social Sciences for Teaching
Requirement: 21 credits in History (including History 21 and 22) and
Human Geography, and 6 credits each in Sociology, Economics, and Political
Science 41 -42.
Minor in Social Science
Requirement: 6 credits each in Sociology, Economics, and Political Science
41-42.
The objectives of this Department are to give the student a better understanding of the motivating farces which operate within our country in particular, and in society in general. A study is made of the institutions through
which these forces make themselves operative. As a Christian college we have
rhe further goal of seeking ways by which the Christian principles can be made
to have greater effectiveness upon the forces of our society. Students may prepare to teach in high school or may lay the groundwork for further preparation in the field of social services.
Sociology major, 24 semester credits including Sociology I. (Supporting hours
in other social studies subjects t o be approved by rhe Sociology Deparment).
Combined Social Science major, same as requirements listed in History Department.
Sociology minor, 15 semester credits including Sociology I.
Teaching minor in Social Science, at least 6 semester credits in each of sociology, economics, and political science.
History 1-2, or 21 and 22, required for a sociology major or minor.
Introduction to Statistics is recommended for majors and minors in Sociology
or Social Science.
Physical Education 6 and 85 may be approved for Sociology credit by the
Sociology Department.
I.
IN. SOCIOLOGY.
A course in general sociology for nurses. Two lectures per week.
2
Cr.
3 Cr.
PRINCIPLESOF SOCIOLOGY.
Fr., So. Offered both semesters.
A study of the nature of society, its interests, attitudes, social factors, structure, controls, and process of change.
3 Cr.
SOCIALPROBLEMS.
Prereq. Soc. I. Fr., So. 11.
2.
The dynamic processes a t the root of contemporary problems together with
an analysis of the personal, family, community, and politico-economic adjustments to these processes. Social policies in the making are analyzed in terms of
these processes and adjustment problems.
I.
HUMAN
GEOGRAPHY.
Fr., So. 11.
3 Cr.
A smdy of geographical factors influencing social institutions.
16. SOCIAL DEVELOPMENTOF MODERNSCANDINAVIA.*n.
3 Cr.
See Course 16 under Department of Scandinavian Language and Literature.
2 I. INTERCULTURAL
RELATIONSAND MINORITYPROBLEMS.Prereq. Soc. I.
So. I.
3 Cr.
Characteristics and contributions of ethnic groups in the United States, causes
and consequences cif race and group prejudice, mechanism and pmblems of
group adjustments, proposed solutions for intercultural conflicts.
22.
SOCIOL~GY
OF RURAI.LIFE Prereq. Soc. I. SO. TI.
3 Cr.
Study of the structural, vital, and material elements of the rural community,
and the analysis of rural institutions and social patterns of behavior. Emphasis
is placed on the dynamics of change.
14.
Senior CoLLege Cotwses
Prereq. Psy. I, 2 and Soc. I. Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
5 I . SOCIALPSYCHOLOGY.
A study of the psychological ,backgrounds of group behavior, ,the development
of ,personality in social situations, the principles of character formation, the development of public attitudes and opinion, the laws of progress, social conflicts,
and social control.
3 Cr.
53. THE FAMILY.Prereq. Soc. I. Jr. Sr. I.
A study of the ,history and function of the family as a basic institution, the
influence of modem and economic changes on family interactions, organization,
and disorganization.
OF URBANLIFE. Prereq. Soc. I. Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
54. SOCIOLOGY
Study of the city as to historical background, causes of growth, social communities, maladjustments, urban planning, housing problems, health factors,
cultural centers, and rural-urban relationships.
WELFARE.Prereq. Soc. I, Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
55. CHILD
A study of rhe factors in our civilization which affect the physical, mental,
and spiritual development of children. Topics stressed are changing concepts of
prablems, laws pertaining to children, private and public agencies dealing with
children.
56. ,LABORAND MANAGEMENT
RELATIONS.TI.
3 Cr.
See Course 56 in Department of Business Administratio~.
.
Soc. I. Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
$ 8 . CRIME AND S o c ~ n Prereq.
A study of the nature of delinquency and crime in our contemporary world.
An examination of causal factors, methods of apprehension, treatment, and
prevention of delinquency and crime.
TO SOCIALWorn. Prereq. Soc. I. Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
59. INTRODUCTION
An introductory course to acquaint the student with the scope, nature, and
functions of social work. A survey of private and public social agencies in the
field of family welfare, child welfare, medical social work, group work, and
other community agencies.
86. TEACHWGOF SOCIALS ~ D E S Sr.
. I.
I % Cr.
*Not offered in 1950-1951.
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
Department of Psychology and Education
MR. QUANBECK,
MR. URDM-IL,
MISS MORTENSEN,
MR. TORSTENSON,
MR. BERTNESS
The work in general psychology is planned for all students and intended to
improve their understanding of human nature. The courses i n education are
intended primarily f o t those preparing to do high school teaching. Attention
is given to problems of the learner, to philosophy of education, uld to methods
and materials of instruction. The work in this department will qualify the
teaching graduate f o r further study in the field of education. In addition to
the regular junior college requirements, students in teacher education are required t o have four semester hours in general psychology.
Admission to the teacher education curriculum requires an application to be
approved by a committee on teacher education. Application must be made
during rhe sophomore year or, at rhe latest, early in the first semester of the
junior year if the student is to complete the program in the regular time. Approval is granted on the basis of a satisfactory health report, favorable personality ratings, and a minimum in scholastic achievement of a 1.5 honor point
ratio in the major and 1.0 ratio for the overall average.
ORIENTATION
ORIENTATION.
Required. Fr. I.
I Cr.
Designed to assist freshmen in making the proper adjustment to their work
as students in college, including methods of study, vocational choice and preparation, and development of personality.
I.
PSYCHOLOGY
_
IN. GENERALPSYCHOLOGY.
I.
z Cr.
An introductory course in psychology intended for nurses. Two lectures
GENERALPSYCHOLOGY.
SO. I.
z Cr.
An introductory study of human behavior and its basic physiological mechanisms in the nervous system, followed by a psychological interpretation of emotion, motivation, habit, attention, perception, memory, imagination, thought,
and intelligence.
I.
GENERALPSYCHOLOGY.
SO. 11.
2 Cr.
A study of the roots and formative factors in developing personality, the
more common conflicts and maladjustments, and principles of mental hygiene.
Special attention to individual interests in applied and personal psychology.
2.
I
w
I
THE SOCIAL SCIENCES
Senior College Cowrses
SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY.
See Course 5 I in Sociology.
5 I.
their name, caases, prevention, and present treatment.
EDUCATION
23.
LABORATORY
EXPERIENCEIN GROUPACTIVITY.m e r e d both semesters.
tianiry 6, 57, and 5 8 ; Physical Education 6 . I I, r 3, 14,and 5 2 ; %&hgy Z, 5 I ,
and 59; and Home Economics 36. The n a m e of the experience will vary
with the course with which it is m c i a t e d , md may include such activities as
reaching, sapervising recreation, and advising clubs. Tbe cooperation of the
agmcia involved is necessary, wish reporcs from cbe supervisor and the studenc
to the reacher of the course with which rhe work is connected.
g5 ,
Senior Colkge Cmses
pects of the psychology of adolescence with its application to education.
TEACHING
m- HIGHSCHOOL.Prereq. g ~ Jr.
.
11.
Teaching procedures and class man2gement. Includes a study of the secondary
school in relation to r h e nsds of pouth.
73.
I
55.
PRINCIPLESOF GUIDANCE.Prereq. 5 I . Sr. 11.
The guidance function of the classroom teacher. The home room and extracurricular activities as instruments for guidance.
AND PHILOSOPHY
OF EDUCATION.
Sr. 11.
58. HISTORY
The course traces the development of modem education with special reference
to the underlying philosophy.
Special Teacbing Metbods
The special methods courses include the srudy of the materials, organization,
and teading pmedtues of the field for which they are given; applications of
the principles of =aching u e made in h e specific field. Usually, each student
is required to t&e two of c b a coum:s to prepare for student teaching. Thii
means one course related to the major and one to the minor. Prerequisites are
a major or a minor in the field and Education 53. In special situations, a student
may be permitted to register for more than
these courses.
I
54
hours of credit in certain of
TEACHINGOF LAT~N.Sr. I.
1 % Cr.
TEACHING
OF ENGLISH.Sr. I.
I % Cr.
TEACHING
OF GERMANIC
LANGUAGES.
Sr. I.
I
Cr.
TEACHINGOF ROMANCELANGUAGES.
Sr. I.
154 Cr.
TEACHINGOF NATUAL SCIENCES.Sr. I.
I 54-3 Cr.
TEACHINGOF COMMERCE.Sr. I.
1 % Cr.
TEACHING
OF MATHEMATICS.
Sr. I.
1 % Cr.
TEACHING
OF SOCIALSTUDIES.Sr. I.
1 % Cr.
TEACHINGOF GRADESCHOOLMUSIC.Sr. I.
2 Cr.
TEACHING
OF HIGH
SCHOOLMUSIC.Sr. 11.
z Cr.
TEACHINGOF HOMEECONOMICS.
Sr. I.
z Cr.
TEACHINGOF HEALTHAND PHYSICALEDUCATION.
Sr. I.
z Cr.
95. TEACHINGOF SPEECH.Sr. I.
I % Cr.
96. OBSERVATION
AND STUDENTTEACHING.
Prereq. Educ. 51, 5 3 . Sr. I.
4 to 5 Cr.
Observation, participation in teaching activities, and experience in actual
control of the classroom situation. Direction of the program is shared by the
college supervisor and selected critic teachers.
70.
72.
74.
The following courses prepare the student to meet zhe state requirements for
endorsement for the position of part-time librarian. They train him in making
a wise choice of books for the school library, in preparing books and other
library materials for circulation, in administering a small school library, and in
making intelligent and effective use of library tools for his own needs as a teacher.
C N I L D ~ -LITERATVRE.
'S
Jr., Sr. I.
r Cr.
A coarse in evaluating historic and modern types of literature for children in
relation w their developing castes and needs and with regard to the educational
responsibilities of parents, teachers, librarians, and guidance workers. Open to
sophomores by arrangement.
5 I.
ADOLESCENT
LITERATURE.
Jr., Sr. 11.
2 Cr.
A continuation of Course $1. It includes a study of the construction and
content of representative junior and senior high school reading programs.
Course 5 I recommended but not required as a prerequisite.
52.
6 Cr.
L~RAKYCOURSE FOR T~CHFX-LIBRARL+.UP
Jr., Sr. 1, 11.
The basic subjects of I i b r ~ r yscience: ~Iassjfrcation.caralo3ing, reference books,
g j , 14.
library adrninisrrarion. and h l r selection for school libraries. Lectures, class
Iabcntor). work, rssigned duties in the library, and occasional visits ro school
libraries. Each student does 30 hours of practice work in rhe college library
during the second semester.
* Not
offered in 195G1951.
Department of Business Admidstration and Economics
and Secretarial Studies
The objeclive of this depxment is ro help students g& a broad knowledge
and sound perspective of busin- m d o w ecanomic society. Such knowledge
and pspcccive is nefessaq for success in speczc positioab in oar complex
business vorld arrd &odd provide the background to facilitate adpnncement,
with experience, to p i c i o n s of responsibility. A degree with a W i n m s major
is a common reqajsemmt of b i n c s s firms and government agencies. Thc
department gives a general background in economics; rogether with secretarid
studies, ir provides a teaching major or minor; and it prepam for graduate
work in business and economics.
Major, 36 credits; courses required are
1-2, 4,
15-16, 51, 53, 54, 55, 56,
59, 62. Also required are Speech I I and History 2 1 and 22.
Minor, 21 credits; courses required are 1-2,4, 15-16and six credits in Senior
College courses.
PR~~CIPLES
OF A C C O ~ Fr.
G I,
. TI.
6 Cr.
An inzmduction to the ptinciph of accounting and their application to the
1-2.
single proprietorship, parmenhip, and corporate f o m of business; preparation
and analysis of h a n c i a l statements; procedure in recording tmsiness transactions;
and nn introduction to rnanufacmring and cast acwunchg.
h o n u c n o u TO S~~mncs.
Fr., So. II.
A smdy of rlrc colledoa, presenration, anal&,
3 Gand interpreration of smtistical data. It inclndes a s d y of the measares of central tendency, time. series,
tabaIation, graphic representation, and rbe application of these statistical techniques to various types of data.
4.
6 Cr.
honvcno~
TO ECONOMICS.
SO., Jr,, Sr. I, TI.
A t d y of the social arganization of our ewmmy, the pIace of money, value,
and prices, the diseriha'on of wenlth, dternative economic systems, and cansumer problems. The objective is to help the student appreciare the eomplaities
of our economy, the ecunoraic problems o f our times, and h place in the
sygtem. T h i s course is for non-businm maiors taking no other manes in
economics and business ur o d p a limited number. G u m 7 may be t a k a alone,
or 7. 8 together. T h i s unuse d m not satisfy the prerequisite requirements for
advanced busines md economic^ courses. A snrdent may not receive credit
in both 7, 8 and rj-16.
7, 8 .
~ P U OF
% S
FXONDWCP.SO. 1, II*
6 Ct
A smdy of &E social orgmization af our economy, fiscal and mmetnry
policies, uahe, prices, the distribahn of wealth, md alternative m d c syst e m s . T h e objecri~eis ro Help rhe student to d d o p the abitity ta d y z e
e w n m " c h e s ns &ey arise in bis p c r d and vocationa1 a c t i V i t i ~ smd in
pubIic life. This course ie far Bmines majors and is designed to be a background
for pmfessbnal buskm study and practice, A student may not receivt credit
in both 7, 8 and rr-16.
IS - T ~ . ~
Senior College Courses
..
m m u m a h p r & d d p in regard m con-,
sakk, and aagaisb£e hmcaln. ~ n i m i s m p w ~ w d l e I ~ i a s r w
d pro'-
cedures important in business.
j Cr.
G
.
P-,
1-2, 4, XI-16. Jrr Sr. L
A ~ a f t b s ~ m l * h a a d ~ o f inaUrournwtlP*,
r ~ f
inchding mnrk&ng ftmcdm nnd wmeio* pn inv#cig5tiom af *-d-
ST.
i n g ~ ~ u e s i n t h e ~ e t i n g ~ o f ~ a n d p n a n m ; n a t ; o n o f ~
is fo
of &&tg
qtipim aw -p.
The:
d imp*
g i P e t h t s t r a d m t a u a a P l ~ ~ f w ~ ~ i I ~ t i ~ d P I s
government legislation.
5 6.
L ~ O AND
R
~ A G E M E N TRELATIONS.Prereq.
7 or
I 5-16.
Jr., Sr. 11.
3 cr.
Aatnd70f mpengemept,of U , a f ddrrtktkmLpndaf d d r d b y :
~
i d v k h l l p d Thcobjectiveiarnpictmetbt
k ~ ~
~ ~ ~ ~ d t h e g e g p o u ~ i n o u r e c u n m y P n d t 9 i n ~ t
of a&iedng h
p pad &etEirenes of the whole tho&
educatbm otrd
government control.
Atwmuzu A c ~ ~ ~Prereq.
w G r-2, 4, rg-r3. &. L
3 cr.
p u q e of tbis c
o
w is tn prapide s a a l y a ewmtitig PPebniqtlw
wh;cb d
lmnble the d m t ar inrcrprer -id
.dam, and to %mint rhe
d
t with wt accmmtbg principleb aud paaotmtter. P-tb
a d +Pntysia
of h d d sazcmmts, comparative s t a m - aad statements s b w b g the
-tian
aP workbag upid: a
d prweedhgs in $b-oder d &d
cast59.
The
ing are stressed.
P&a m bmnax~.
Fsereq. r-a, 4, IS-xb, r9. Jr-, St II. 3 Ct.
~stud~afthehcvnrious~4f~Pies~~ia~Coasidera
.dam~~iponindhfnMmandcxternnl~ktth~~chptT~ee
&tingtktcpdcesd=cutiriek T n & d e d b r ~ 3 t f i t ~ ~ e s d g m & gopen tbe d* of &andint S C a ~ O
nnd -tin&
data of
w w h & have b ⬠o m & d as jnvesrment *&aa
62.
~ T O P B ForSdot.binBukmodF.Sr.T,II.
~ S .
6 Cr.
Aze6mobbnainesspacdoed~inour~,ph&gattt
tae a p p b t i e s fm idvidtd d i a v a r , f
a b y an &gkd m*&b y
d - m d e n z in wbieh he
pn h + & m
af of om. Tbc gro+ m y
fs 7%
+
be in-anyk
i m s
Md; for a m p k acmmrin&
market research, economic analysis.
mvwumanr,
felfing,
These courses aim to prepare students for stenographic and secretarial positions in business offices, to assist in the preparation for the teaching of commercial education in high schools and for parish secretarial work, and to provide an opportunity for the development of business skills for personal use.
A major may be obtained in commercial education by completing a minimum
of 36 hours, including: I,2, 3-4,6, 5 I, 52. 53-54,Business Administration 1-2,
7, 8, 53, and one other Senior College Course, and Education 82. A minor may
be obtained by completing a minimum of 24 hours, including: I,2, 3-4,6, 51,
52, 53-54,Business Administration 1-2 or 7, 8, and Education 82.
I,2. ELEMENTARY
TYPEWRITZNG.
I, 11.
4 Cr.
A course for the development of the fundamental skills of typewriting. Five
hours per week.
3-4. ELEMENTARY
SHORTHAND.I, IL.
4 Cr.
Training in the fundamentals of Gregg shorthand. Practice in simple dictation. Four hours per week.
6. OFFICE TRAINING.
Brereq. I, 2, 3-4. 11.
2 Cr.
Study and practice in the operation of such machines as the mimeograph and
other types of duplicators. Instruction in fling and the keeping of simple office records. Two hours per week.
Senior Colkge Cmrses
ADVANCED
TYPEWRITING.
I, 11.
5 I, 5 2.
4 Cr.
Further development of typewriting technique with practical training in
business letter arrangement, billing, tabulating, and the ,typing of legal documents. Prerequisite I, 2, or high school credit in typing. Open to students having
attained a speed of 35 words per minute. Four hours per week.
5 3-54. ADVANCED
SHORTHAND.
I,
11.
4 Cr.
Advanced study of ,the theory and principles of Gregg shorthand. Rapid
dictation. Prerequisite 3-4 or high school credit in shorthand. Open to studenu
who can take dictation at a minimum speed of 80 words per minute and transcribe a t a high degree of accuracy. Four hours per week.
82. TEACHING
OF COMMERCE.Sr. I.
1%
Cr.
Department of Home Economics
The objectives of the department are threefold: first, to provide courses that
will help students solve personal, home, and family living problems; second,
to offer training for homemaking; and third, to offer training for the teaching
of home economics.
Non-teaching major, 33 credits plus one course from the Senior College
Courses. Required courses are I,2, 3, 7, 41,42, 44, 52, 57, 66, 68, 71,72.
Graduation minor, I 8 credits including courses I,3, 7, 41,and 42 or 44 or 7 I.
Teaching major, 39 credits; courses listed for non-teaching major plus 33 and
76. Also required are Chemistry I or 5-6, Physics z, Economics 7, Sociology I,
and Biology z and 54. Teaching minors possible in Biology, Chemistry, Speech,
Social Science or Physical Education. Consult a member of the home economics
faculty for course plans.
CLOTHING SELECTION,CARE, AND REPAIR. I.
I.
A study of the factors involved in the choice, care, and repair of clothing.
Beauty i n design, becomingness, appropriateness, and some of the textile fabrics
suitable f o r difleren.t uses are topics considered.
11.
CLOTHINGCONSTRUCTION.
z.
z Cr.
Thii course provides laboratory experience in making simple garments in
cotton and rayon. I t includes experiences in planning, cutting, fitting, and
suitable techniques in making garments, the use of the sewing machine, alteration of garments. Home Economics I prerequisite for Home Economics education majors. Two double laboratory periods, one lecture discussion period per
week.
3cr
3.
ART IN DAILYLIVING. I.
3 Cr.
A study of art as i t is met in the activities of everyday living. Open t o all
students.
ELEMENTSOF NUTRITION.
I.
3 Cr.
Normal human nutrition applied to food selection for the promotion and
maintenance of health will be considered; student and recommended dietaries
will be analyzed.
7.
EXPERIENCEM GROUPA c m n .
23. LABORATORY
See course 23 under Education.
I
Cr.
COLORAND DESIGN.I.
3 Cr.
A study of the principle of design and color related to selecting, arranging,
33.
and designing of household furnishings. Lettering and simple poster designing.
Some craft experience. Home Economics 3 prerequisite for Home Economics
majors. Three double laboratory periods per week.
36. CRAFTS.I.
2 Cr.
Lzboratory experience in various crafts which can be done at home or at
camps with simple equipment. Principles of design and color in their application to crafts will be studied. Two double laboratory periods per week.
Prereq. 7 or per41. PRINCIPLESOF FOODPREPARATIONAND MANAGEMENT.
3 Cr.
mission of instructor. I.
Laboratory experience in menu planning, meal service, food purchasing, and
food preparation. Three double laboratory periods a week.
42. THEHOME.TI.
3 Cr.
A course applying principles of cultural living t o everyday problems of home
life. Discussions of personal family relationships, preparation for marriage, the
Christian home and its influence in the community, and related subjects. Regular lectures, talks by guest speakers, illustrated lectures, and tours.
I
C
THE SOCIALSCIENCES
83
Senior Colkge Courses
~ N
~
- n
A E MANAGEMENT.
~
Prereq. 41. 11. 3 Cr.
52. h ~ m FOOD
C&~timuatiDn of 4 began in
Economics 41 with emphasis on time
and
w
t
. T h e aoabk laboratory periods a week.
57. TEXTILES.
I.
2 Cr.
Study of textile fibers, fabrics, and G i h e s with special emphasis on selection,
use, and care of common household and clothing textiles. Two double laboratory
hours a week.
64. HISTORY
AND APPRECIATION
OF ART. II.
2 Cr.
A study of the historical development of architecture, decoration, costume,
furniture, painting, and sculpture. Three regular hours scheduled and field
trips arranged.
ffw W C
AXD FI
~ B X I S R ~ GII.
.
3 crinch& a comithtiun d housing, pn a d +
of f b r +,
a study of the d e b of meriors'and hte&rs, and pmblw m sefEGtina
amu&n$. and om bane ~
~
g Hame
s
.
3 preteqate
for harm! E b c s E d u e a h mrrpra. 9 h c doubIe Wwawrp periods per
66.
Th mme
~~
w ~ k
68. HOMENURSING. 11.
z Cr.
Basic facts and practical application of home care of the sick. Problems
relating t o environmental disease, prevention of illness and safety measures, as
well as to individual health problems within the family group.
71. HOME
MANAGEMENT
LECTURES.I.
2 Cr.
C o n b i k t h n of proMmm relating to planning, directing, guiding, and com&natbg Ebe regotrrces of the home for happy, satisfying family living. Two
lectote prim3 per we&
72. HOME
MANAGEMENT
LABORATORY.
2 Cr.
Actual experience in the regular activities of homemaking such as meal preparation and service, entertaining, care of the house and equipment. Also experience in various aspects of management met in home living such as management of money, time, energy, and equipment. Six weeks residence in a home
management house with one conference hour per week. Given in summer. Cost
to be determined by the group.
73. CONSUMEREDUCATION
AND INCOME
MANAGEMENT.I.
3 Cr.
The wise choice of consumer goods and services available on the market
and the necessity of a careful plan for spending are topics which will 'be w n sidered for the purpose of helping the student receive greater satisfaction from
the use of money income.
76. ADVANCED
CLOTHINGCONSTRUCTION.
Prereq. 2. 11.
2 Cr.
This course provides lzboratory experience in making garments in wool.
More advanced problems in fitting and construction are used than those in the
class in Clothing Construction. Some experience in planning and constructing
garments for children is also given. Two 3-hour laboratory hours per week.
OF HOME
ECONOMICS.Prereq. 3 2 credits in home economics
91. TEACHMG
and Education 53. Sr. I.
z Cr.
.
Division of Natural Sciences and Mathematics
It is the purpose of tbe division of hratural Science to provide training in
scientific methods and techniques; ro interprer N z m r d Science in the light of
the Word of God; to acquaint the student w i d f h e significance of Natural
Science in a modern, changing world; to emphasize a sound mind and a strong
body; to train for vocations in various fields of Natural Science; and to equip
the student with a scientific 'background which will enrich his life and the lives
of his fellow men.
Department of Biology
MR. NASH,MR. URDAHL,
MR. MJLLER,MISS
HOLMAN
'
The aim of this Department is to give the student a broader scientific background through the study of Biology, t o further the use of leisure time, and to
prepare for vocations or graduate study.
Major, 24 credits; minor, 16 credits.
Courses I and 2 satisfy the one-year requirement in Natural Science, but do
not count toward a major in Biology or in Natural Science.
GENERALBIOLOGY.Fr. I.
4 Cr.
A smdy of biological principles. A survq- is made of the animal and plant
kingdom with emphasis on morp~oIogp,physiology, adapration, and heredity
2s applied to type organisms. Three lectures and one double laboratory period
per week.
I.
HUMAN ANATOMYAND PHYSIOLOGY.
Fr. II.
4 Cr.
A short course dealing with the anatomy, physiology, causes of disease, and
maladjustment, hygiene, and heredity of man. Three lectures and one double
laboratory period per week.
2.
z N. ANATOMYAND PHYSIOLOGY.
I.
4 Cr.
A professional course in human anatomy and p;hysiology for nurses. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week.
~ i I,
. a.
8 Cr.
survey of the animal kingdom with emphasis on the habitat, morphology,
physiology, adaptation, and production of type animals. Biological principles
re emphasized. Two lectures and rwo double laboratory periods per week.
3-4. GENERALZOOLOGY.
5-6. GEXERAL
BOTANY.SO. Jr. 1, E.
8 Cr.
This is a study of the morphoIogy and physiology of higher plants, followed
by a survey of rhe p l a t kingdom. Emphsis is also placed on ,botanical principles. Flowering planu are identified in rbc spring. Three lectures and one
double laboratory period per week.
Senior College Courses
4 Cr.
GENETICS.'Prereq. I and 2 , 3-4, or 5-6. So., Jr. I.
A study of the laws involved in heredity and variation. Special emphasis is
5 I.
placed on the practical application of the genetical laws. Four lectures per week.
4 Cr.
ECOLOGY.*Prereq. 3-4 or 5-6. So., Jr. 11.
A survey of local ecological communities, and a study of the general prin-
5 2.
ciples of biological association and succession. Two lectures and one laboratory
period or field trip per week.
GENERALENTOMOLOGY.
Prereq. 3-4. Sr. I.
3 Cr.
A study of the habitat, morphology, physiology, reproduction, and classification of insects. Two lectures and one double laboratory period per week.
53.
54. GENERALBACTERIOLOGY.
Prereq. Chem. 5-6. II.
4 Cr.
A review of the general field of bacteriology, including the cause, control, and
prevention of important diseases. Training in modem laboratory techniques. Two
lectures and two double laboratory periods per week.
Prereq. Chem. I . I.
4 Cr.
54 N. GENERALBACTERIOLOGY.
A course in general bacteriology for nurses. Two lectures and two double
laboratory periods per week.
3 Cr.
TAXONOMY
OF FLOWERING
PLANTS.'Prereq. 5-6. Sr. I.
Taxonomy of flowering ~ l a n t s .Special emphasis is placed on systematic principles, systems of class%cation, rules of nomenclature, etc. Two lectures and
one double laboratory period per week.
5 5.
59. BIOLOGIC~~L
LITERATURE.
Jr., Sr. I.
I Cr.
A review of recent biological literature. One class conference per week. Open
to students who major in Biology.
TECHNIQUES.
Sr. 11.
1-2 Cr.
60. BIOLOGICAL
Practical work in mounting of microscopic slides, photography, and doing
projects useful to teachers.
OF NATURALSCLENCES.
Sr. I.
1%
Cr.
80. TEACHING
The course consists of methods of teaching natural sciences in secondary
schools.
Department of Physical Sciences
MR. REMENESKI,
MR. BOARDMAN,
MR. ALDRE,
MR LINDQUIST,
MR. ROTH
The courses o6ered provide fundamental background in the basic principles
of chemical and physical phenomena.
The primary objective is promotion of scientific thinking and scientific approach.
Thorough study in these courses will prepare the student for teaching the
natural sciences in secondary schools. Tbe courses in Chemistry will prepare
* Not
offered in 1950-1951.
him for further study in such specialized fields as Medicine, Research, Engineering, Nursing, Pharmacy, and other related fields.
The course in Physics will prepare him for study in Engineering and Applied
Mathematics.
CHEMISTRY
Major in Chemistry, 24 credits; minor, 16 credits.
I. PRINCIPLESOF CHEMISTRY. Fr. I.
4 Cr.
A lecture demonstration course involving the study of the laws of Chemistry, metals, non-metals, and organic compounds.
N.
CHEMISTRYFOR NURSES. I.
3 Cr.
A lecture and laboratory course covering subjects related to nursing in the
fields of inorganic and organic chemistry and biochemistry. Two lectures and
one double laboratory period per week.
I
CHEMISTRY.
Fr. I, II.
8 Cr.
5-6. GENERALINORGANIC
A study of laws and theories of Chemistry and of non-metals and metals and
their compounds. Three lectures and four hours of laboratory per week.
Senior College Courses
4 Cr.
51. QUALITATWEANALYSIS.Prereq. 5-6. So., Jr., Sr. I.
Laboratory work in macro and semi-micro qualitative analysis. Lectures;
theories of solution and ionization, ionic equilibria, precipitation, dissolution of
precipitates. Two lectures and six hours of laboratory per week.
5 Cr.
QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS.Prereq. 5 I. So., Jr. 11.
methods of quantitative analysis, volumetric
Introductory course in
and gravimetric. One lecture, eight hours of laboratory per week.
52.
8-10 Cr.
53-54. ORGANICCHEMISTRY.Prereq. 5-6. Jr., Sr. I, II.
A discussion of the important classes of aliphatic and aromatic compounds.
Laboratory work in preparation and study of typical organic substances. Three
lectures, four or six hours of laboratory per week.
PHYSICALCHEMISTRY.* Prereq. Math. 2, Chem. 51 and 52, and Physics
5 Cr.
5 and 6. Sr. 11.
An introductory course covering the gas laws, solutions, chemical equilibrium,
rates of reactions, and colloids. Three lectures and one double laboratory period
per week.
55.
PHYSICS
PRINCIPLES
OF PHYSICS.Prereq. H. S. Algebra and Plane Geometry. Fr. 11.
4 Cr.
A lecture demonstration course which includes mechanics, heat, sound, light
and electricity.
5. GENERALPHYSICS.Prereq. Math. 2. So. I.
4 Cr.
A general elementary course in mechanics, sound, and heat. Three lectures,
one quiz, and one two-,hour laboratory period per week.
2.
* Not
offered in 1950-1951.
THE NATURALSCIENCES
87
.
GENERALP H Y ~ P
-,.
P k y d 5. So. 11.
4 Cr.
This course is a continnstion of Gn. Plxp. 5 and covers electricity, magnetism, and light. Tlrrw Iectnxep. one qnia, a d one two-hour laboratory period
per week.
ELECTRICITY
AND MAGNETISM.Prereq. Gen. Phys. 6 and Math. 51 or con4 Cr.
current registration in Math. 5 I. Jr., Sr. I.
An advanced course with emphasis on fundamental laws, electric and magnetic field phenomena, high and low frequency circuits, and electrical instruments. Two lectures and two two-hour laboratory periods per week.
5 I.
52. LIGHT. Prereq. Gen. Phys. 5 and Math. 5 1 or concurrent registration in
Math. 5 I. Jr., Sr. II.
4 Cr.
A n advanced course in the study of geometrical and physical optics. Three
lectures and one two-hour laboratory period per week.
80.
TEACHING
OF NATURALSCIENCES. Sr. I.
1%
Cr.
Combined Science Major for Tcaching
Requirement: 40 credits in Natural Science, including Chemistry 5-6 with
either I I and 5z or 53-54;Biology 3-4 and 5-6;Physics 5 and 6.
D-ent
of Mathematics
The Department of Mathematics aims to give students a working knowledge
of mathematics sufficient for solving the simpler problems of life, also to afford
students in special fields the mathematical foundation needed for a fuller understanding of their subjects, and to open to those who major in the subject a wider
horizon with experience that will make them eficient workers in their chosen
fields and also give them confidence to pursue further study.
Major, 27 credits; minor, zo credits.
Courses A, B, 5, and 6 do not count toward the major or minor in mathematics, but A and B must be completed as prerequisites to other courses.
4 Cr.
SECONDCOURSEALGEBRA.Prereq. H. S. Algebra. Fr. I.
Fundamentals of Algebra continued and proper foundation laid for more advanced work in mathematics.
A.
B.
S a m GEOMBTBY.Pareg. Plane &&way.
Fr. 11.
4 Cr.
Axes and volume formulas developed.
Gatmm &ie.d to dids and
Spherical trbgIes a d &pm introduced.
I. COLLEGEA
L G Bfmq,
~
A. Fr. I.
4 Cr.
omof Algebra. Study in radicals, quadraReview of the -f
-ts,
theory of equations, permutations,
tics, the binomial &acombinations, ~ r o b a b i l i t ~complex
,
members, series, and partial fractions.
TRIGONOMETRY.
Prereq. A. Fr. 11.
4 Cr.
The right and oblique triangle. Formulas containing the trigonometric functions developed and applications made. Logarithms and De Moivre's Theorem.
2.
4 Cr.
ANALYTICGEOMETRY.
Prereq. I and 2. Soph. I.
'I'he straight line, conics, and higher plane curves are studied analytically.
Their equations are developed using rectangular and p l a r coordinate axes.
3.
4 Cr.
DIPFERENTIAL
CALCULUS.
Prereq. B and 3. So. IJ.
Concepts of constants, variables, limits, and inhitesimals are introduced.
The derivative is d e h e d and its application made.
4.
ENGINEERING
DRAWING.Prereq. Math. B. I.
3 Cr.
Elements of drafting with an introduction to the use of graphs and formulas. Eight hours a week. Courses 5 and 6 ,do not count toward a major or
minor in mathematics.
5.
6.
ENGINEERINGDRAWINGAND DESCRIPTIVEGEOMETRY.
Prereq. 5 and Math.
3 Cr.
Methods of representation. Graphical and algebraic solutions. Eight hours
a week.
B. 11.
Senior Colkge Cwrses
51. INTEGRAL
CALCULUS.
,Prereq. 4. Jr. I.
4 Cr.
Integration by inspection and by use of formulas developed in class. Applications to insure mastery and to give full view of the field.
DIPFERENTIAZ.
EQUATIONS.
Prereq. 5 I. Jr. 11.
4 Cr.
DSerential equations defined and formed. Solutions found for various )vpes,
such as: first order, &st and higher degree, linear equation with constant or
variable coeficients. Singular solutions and Clairant's equations.
5 2.
53. SOLIDANALYTICAL
GEOMETRY.
Prereq. 3. Sr. I.
3 Cr.
Lines and planes in space are studied and their equations developed. Quadratic
surfaces and transformation are given their proper emphasis.
84.
TEACHING
OF MATHEMATICS.
Sr. I.
I
Cr.
Dqartment of Health and Physical Education
MR. ERNESTANDERSON,MR. NELSON,MRS. KIEFER, MR. FOSLIEN
The aim of the Department of Health and Physical Education is to promote
health and physical fitness through a well-rounded physical education program,
to develop character and good sportsmanship through the intramural and intercollegiate sports program, ,to further the worthy use of leisure time, and to provide an effective training program for prospective teachers of health and physical education.
All students are required to take a physical examination by the college physician as a part of the registration procedure before participating in any phase
of the physical education program.
A course in personal hygiene is required of all freshmen and new upper class
students who have not had an equivalent course in college.
Two years of physical activities, courses 3a, gb and 4a, qb, are required of
all students. Those who take a major or minor in Physical Education are required to take 4a, qb only. This one credit will count toward the major or
minor.
ad Mino* Requirements:
Major for men, 33 credits, including Courses 2, 4a, 4b. 5, 6, 11, 12, 27, 50,
51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 58, 62, 84.
Major for women, 30 credits, including Courses 2, 4a, qb, 5, 6, 13, 14, 16,
17, 27, 50, 52, 53, 58, 62, 84.
Minor, 21 credits, including Courses 2, 4a, qb, 5, 6, 11, 12, 51, 53, 62, and 94
for men; 2, 4a, qb, 5, 6, 13, 14, 16, 17, 53, 62, and 94 for women.
Biology I, 2; Psychology I, 2; and Education 5 I, 53, 55, 58, and 96 should
be included for a teaching major in physical education.
Major
2.
HYGIENE.
Required of all freshmen. Fr. I or 11.
Personal and community hygiene.
3a, 3b. PHYSICALACTIVITIES. (Men). Fr. I, 11.
2
Cr.
I
Cr.
I G.
qa, 4b. PHYSIC~L
A C T I V I ~ S(Men).
.
Fr. I, 11.
Touch football, soccer, speedball, volley ball, table tennis, handball, basketball,
tumbling, apparatus, badminton, softball, and horseshoe.
3a, ~ b . PHYSICALACTIVITIES.(Women). Fr. I, II.
I
Cr.
I Cr.
qa, 4b. PHYSIC= A C T I V I ~ S(Women).
.
Fr. I, 11.
Posture and correction, basketball, field hockey, softball, volleyball, stunts
and tumbling, and selected recreational sports.
INTRODUCTION
TO HEALTH
EDUCATION,PHYSICALEDUCATION,AND
R E ~ R E A ~ OFr.
N .I.
2 Cr.
A brief preview of the three present day interrelated fields of health education, physical education, and recreation as they function in the public school
system.
5.
RECREATIOXAL
ACTIVITIES.Fr. 11.
I Cr.
Theory and practice in teaching recreational activities, social recreation, quiet
game, low organized games, noon hour activities, camp nights, relays, and
modzed gama.
6.
I I.
TEAMSPORTSAND LEAD-UPGAMES. (Men). So. I.
2
Cr.
A study of rechnique, rules, and teaching of lead-up games for soccer, speed-
ball, and volleyball.
Team Games: Touch football, sof~ball, speedball, soccer, and volleyball.
INDIVIDUAL
AND DUALSPORTS.(Men). So. 11.
2 Cr.
Theory and practice in teaching badminton, shuffleboard, handball, aerial darts,
table tennis, horseshoes, paddle tennis, archery, and golf.
12.
SO. I, 11.
4 Cr.
13, 14. T m SPORTSFC)R WOMEN.
Theory and practice in the m & g
and officiating of field hockey, soccer,
basketball, volleyball, and softball.
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
17. SELF-TESTINGACTIVITIES. (Women). So. I.
Theory and technique of teaching stunts and tumbling.
27. KINESIOLOGY.Prereq. Biology I, 2. So. I.
This is a study of body movements and the mechanics in the effecting of efficient movements.
29. OFFICIATING.(Men). So. I.
basketball, baseball, and track.
Senior ColZege Courses
PHYSICAL
EXAMINATIONS
AND ADAPTEDPHYSICAL
EDUCATION.Prereq.
Biol. I, 2 , and P.E. 27. Jr. 11.
Procedures and interpretation of physical examinations. Analysis of functional
and organic abnormalities and suggested adapted activities for atypical cases.
ACTIVITIES. (Men). Jr. I.
5 I. SELF-TESTING
Theory and practice in teaching, individual and dual stunts, apparatus,
tumbling, boxing, and wrestling.
52. FUNDAMENTAL
MOVEMENTS.Jr. II.
Folk games and gymnastic rhythms. Separate sections for men and women.
5 0.
ims, scope, and objectives of health and physical education.
COACHINGOF SPORTS:BASEBALL
AND TRACK.Sr. 11.
Theory and techniques of coaching. Seniors only, or approval of instructor.
Sr. I.
55. COACHINGOF SPORTS:FOOTBALLAND BASKETBALL.
Theory and techniques of coaching. Seniors only, or approval of instructor.
58. FIRSTAm. Jr. 11.
American Red Cross First Aid Course.
62. ORGANIZATION
AND ADMINISTRATION
OF HEALTH AND QHYSICAL
EDUCATION.Sr. 11.
54.
TESTSAND MEASUREMENTS
IN PHYSICAL
EDUCATION.
Sr. 11.
A survey and evaluation of tests in physical education.
85. COMMUNITY
RECREATION.
Jr. I.
Problems of community recreation including programs and program planning,
a survey of activities, and the organization and administration of recreational
84.
Augsburg Theological Seminary
Augsburg Theological Seminary is the training school for the pastors and
missionaries of the Lutheran Free Church. It ogers a regular three-year course
of preparation for the Christian ministry, including both rhmretical and practical training. In harmony with the Principles of the Lutheran Free Church
it aims to stress particularly the training of pastors and spiritual leaders dedicated t o the ideal of building Lutheran congregations where the Gifts ef
Grace are freely cultivated and nurtured under the authority of the Word and
the guidance of the Holy Spirit.
GENE=
REQUIREMENTS
Aclmkion
The normal prerequisite for admission to the Seminary is the Bachelor's degree from a liberal a r s college. The college course must have included the
following prerequisite subjects:
Greek
German, or
Latin, or
Norwegian
Philosophy
2
years
t
years
year
I
In the case of mature students of outstanding ability and experience, an occasional exception from these requirements may be made by special action of
the Committee on Admissions.
In order that students mag derive the greamt pssible advancage from their
theological studies, it Is recornmendud that h e i r college course of study, besides
fulfilling rrquiremenw as to a major and z minor, in addition to the subjects
indicated aborc, include as many as possible of the foIIowine:
English
Speech
Psychology
History
Natural Science
Sociology, or Economics
Typewriting
2
I
I
2
I
I
I
years
year
year
years
year
year
year
All candidates for admission to the Seminary must have achieved a goo
academic record in their preparatory studies in college.
Applications for Admission
Applications for admission to the Seminary should be addressed to the Secretary of the Theological Faculty, and should include the following:
I. A formal letter of application for admission as a student in the Seminary,
including a personal statement by the candidate concerning his background,
spiritual experience, and doctrinal convictions. '
2.
A transcript of the candidate's record in college.
3. Two letters of recommendation from pastors. Normally one of these
should be from the pastor of the candidate's local church.
4. A certificate of good health.
These documents must be i n the hands of the Secretary of the Seminaq
Faculty before July &st.
The Committee on Admissions consists of t h e Faculty and the Seminary Committee of the Board of Trustees.
The first. year of study is always considered a probationary year.
Transfer of Gedits and Advanced Standing
Students are admitted to the Seminary with the understanding that their
srudies are to be pursued under doe dircztion of the Theological Faculty. Any
arrangemenr ro rake 2 p2rr of rhe the&gical course a t another serninzry must
have the prior approval of the Theological Faculty a t Augsburg.
Advanced standing is giantPd in certain instances, as when a student applying
for admission presents a transcript of credits indicating work done in orher
theological seminaries of recognized standing.
Seminary srudears pap no tuition. They do, however, pay t h e regular student
activity fee and a genergl Seminuy fee of tm dollnrs per semester. Seminary
students living in the dormitory rece;vc a special grant to cover the cost of room
rent. The cost of board is the same as for the College students. See page 20.
Graduation and Degrees
The Seminary course consists of a three-year cycle of Icct-ures m d study plus
six months of practical service in the congregations. Students who complete all
the requirements of the regular course are gaduated with the degree of Bachelor
of Theology. These requirements may be summarized as follows:
I. A minimum of 102 semester credits; including a seminar course in each
of rhe following four major fields: Old Testament, New Testament, Church
History, and Systematic Theology.
2.
Courses in the Biblical languages, Hebrew and Greek, as regularly offered.
3. The attainment of an honor-point ratio of a t least 1.1 (C+ average)
throughout the three years of Seminary work.
4. Six months of ~racticalChristian service under the direction of the
Faculty Committee on Service. See below.
5 . The preparation of a scholarly thesis, approximately 8,ooo wvrds in
length, on an approved theological subject. The subject mast be submitted for
faculry approval before November I and the thesis must be completed by May
I of t h e Senior year.
6. A comprphensive examination, written and oral, in Old Testament, New
Tesmment, Church History, and Systematic Theology taken during the thud
week of Much. Written and oral examination sermons.
Students w b complete &e required number of credits for graduation witb
an Honor pint ratio of 1.0 (C average) uld the six m o n t h of practical ~ r vice, bur who have not met all the normal academic prerequisites for admibn,
or who have not attained ul honor point ratio of 1.5 in their strrdies, are gtadmted with the degree of Graduate in Theologp.
Practical Christian Service
of Aeol~gicdstady kt t h e Seminuq a c h stuIn addition w the three
dent i requimd to spend six m n t h in prrctieal Chrigtian s f i c e , as appoinred
urd supervised by ,the Commitre on Service. This work i doae dduriag the
summer vacarions between the beginning and conclusion of the Seminary come.
T h e Seminary studenrs are also encau~gedto engage in a Iimited amount of
practical church work during the school year either in the Twin Cities or in
nearby communities. This should be done in consultation with the Committee
on Practical Service.
COURSES O F STUDY
Theological Orientation Cmses
Jumior Year
THE BACKGROUND
AND STRUCTURE
OF THE BIBLE. A reading course
giving the student a preliminary orientation in the Book which is the chief
I.
source in theological study. Geography of Bible lands. General outline of Biblical
History and contemporaneous secular history. Brief survey of ,the hiitarical
origin of the Biblical writings.
2 Cr.
3. THESPIRITUALLIFE. A practical study of basic principles of spiritual living, with emphasis upon the cultivation of the devotional life. Selections from
the great classics of Christian devotion are studied.
I Cr.
4. THEOLOGICAL
P R O P A ~ ~A Csurvey
.
of the main divisions of Christian
Theology; their subdivbiom; heir relation to the entire field of Theology and
to the whole realm of h w m ~howledge.
I Cr.
5 . INTRODUCTTONTO DOGMATICS.A preliminary study of the Ecumenical
Creeds, the Augsburg Confession, Luther's Large Catechism, and the Life of
I Cr.
Luther.
THE THREE-YEAR CYCLE OF COURSES
Old Testament
10. SURVEY,OF
OLD TESTAMENTLITERATURE.A general survey of the individual writings of the Old Testament; the history of the Old Testament
2 Cr.
Canon and text.
AND ~ ~ E T H O D S . A study of selected problems of history and
11. PROBLEMS
interpretation in connection with certain Old Testament books, together with
2 Cr.
an introduction to the principles of Biblical criticism.
12. THE PENTATEUCH.The course includes a general introduction to the
3 Cr.
books and a careful exegetical study of selected passages.
13. THE HISTORICAL
BOOKS.A survey of the history of Israel with emphasis
on religious values and the rise of prophetism. Selected passages from the his3 Cr.
torical books are studied.
14. THEPROPHETISAIAH. A careful study of the Biblical data concerning
the political and religious conditions of Israel and Judah, together with a survey
of ,the contemporary history of Assyria, Syria, and Egypt. Attention is given
to the beauty, sublimity, and spiritual richness of the book.
3 Cr.
I 7. THEPROPELETJEREMIAH.
Alternates with 16. A study of the political,
mord, and religious trends of the time of Jeremiah. Special attention is given
to Jeremiah's persnnal character, his Messianic hope, and to h
i portrayal of the
2 Cr.
struggle for spiritual freedom.
16. THEPROPHETEZEKIEL. Alternates with 15. A study of the Babylonian
2 Cr.
Captivity and its spiritual significance for the people of God.
17. PSALMS. The course includes an historical survey, a general introduction to the larger groups, and a careful exegetical study of a number of
3 Cr.
Psalms.
18. THEB ~ OFK JOB. Alternates with 19. A course which aims to make
clear the teaching of the Wisdom Literature of the Old Testament in regard
to fundamental problems in l i e .
2 Cr.
19. PO~T-EXIIJC LITERATURE. Alternates with 18. A m r s e in the literature, history, and religion of Judaism in the Exile and post-Exile periods from
Ezekiel to the New Testament times.
2 Cr.
New Testament
MR.HELLAND
20. SURVEY OP NEW T E S T ~ E N LITERATURE.
T
A n historicd in~rsigation
of the origin, authorship, and interpretation of the books of the hrcw Testament.
History of the New Testament Canon and text. Special, artention to chose baoks
not treated in other courses.
3 Cc.
21. T ~ T U ACRITICISM
L
or THE NET TESTAMENT.An introduction t o *he
principles of texrnal cririckm. Survey of the history of criticism illustrated by
studies in specific seiecrions from the New Testament books.
I Cr.
22. EXEGESIS
OF GALATIANS.
The Epistle to the Galatians is studied as the
fundamental document of the Gospel of Christian freedom. Special attention to
3 Cr.
the basic problems of the authenticity of the New Testament records.
23. X N ~ R E T A T I O K
OF hriARfi AND LUKE. A study of the life and ministry
of Jesus based on Mark as our oldssr murce, with suppicmentary passages horn
Lvke. The origin and grow& of rhe Synopdc tradition; the literary relation of
&e h t three Gaspels, an anernpt to hnd a satisfactorg solurion of the Synoptic
Problem,
3 Cr.
24. INTERPRETATION
OF MATTHEW. Special emphasis is placed on the teachings of Jesus, their preservation and uansmission. The rela~onof Matthew's
!&pel w ,the Old Testament, aad irs presentation of Jesus' person, ministry,
hand wching to the Jewish mind.
3 Cs.
2 5 . INTERPKETATION
OF JOHN. A stlppIementary srudy af the life of Christ,
with special reference to the dcvelopmenr of faith and unbelief, the Person of
3 Cr.
&st,
and the advanced spiritual teachkgs of rhe Fourth Gospel.
26. T H E JEWISH SECTION OF THE EARL\- C I * P . I S ~CIIURC~~.
A study
of Acts, Chapters r-12, showing the development of the Early Church on
Pdestiniul soil. This will be followed by a m d y of the Epifcle to he Hebrews
and tbe Epistle of James as literature wrirtcn especiaUy for Jewish Chxisrians.
Several paprs are required.
j Cr.
27. THE L n d AND EPISTLESOF PAUL. A study of Acrs, Chspters 13-28,
as a basis for the life of Paul, together with an introduction to his epistles, in
their historical sequence, as a part of his minisrry. Several papers are required.
3 Cr.
2 8 . I~~ERPETATIQN
OF ROMANS.T h e purpose of the course is to gain a
compteh&ve view of tbe Gospel of Christ as preached by Paul, and of the
fundamental Christian doct-trinal system set forth in this Epistle.
2 Cr.
OF ~ H E I ~ L A X S . In the smdy o f Ephesians special em29. 'I~RPRETATIOX
phasis is laid upon the place o f the universal Christian Church as rhe Body of
Christ and t b e spiritual goal of history. Alrernates wicb 30.
2 Cr.
30. T m Fmsr EPISTLEOF PETER.The Epish of the Chr;stim hope. It
contains the chief doctrines of Christianity (the vicarious suffering and death of
Cluiir, the nevr b i d , redempion by the brood of Christ, faith, hope, and holiness of life) in a non-Pauline setting, thus giving a difEerent approach to &we
cardinal truths. Altcrnat- wirh 29.
2 Cr,
31. INTERPRETATION
OF THE REVELATIONOF JOHN. The course aims at
a mastery of the contents of the book and its interpretation in the light of the
Holy Scriptures in general. Special study of the forms of apocalyptic literas Cr.
ture.
Church ,History
40-41. THEEARLYCHURCH. Tlte H i s ~ t of
y the G k c i a n t%u& &om tbF
Apostolic Age to the time of G ~ s r tghe h a t {jao). 7 % ofgad%&
~
btrine, government, and worship of zhe E d y C h d ; tbe M d S of h m b ism in the Roman Empire, and tbe dea d rha hpq- 7 h wms~
% t g h dtb
a brief survey of the Book of Acts.
4 Cr.
42. TEIB
mmr of Chri#id&y
OF TI-IB MIDDLEA.GES. A general survey of the develop-
ia Wetern Europe from ggo to the period of the Protes-
tant & d o u n a t h ~The w m includes the study of the development and decay
of Papacy, monastic orders, scholasticism, and of movements toward reform.
3 Cr.
43. THEREFORMATION.A study of the causes which led up to the Protestant Reformation; the Reformation itself and its results, including the Roman
Catholic Counter-Reformation.
3 Cr.
This course covers the period
44. THECHURCHAFTER THE REFO~MATION.
from the Reformation and up to the present time, wirh special emphasis on
2 Cr.
the history of the Lutheran Church.
41. AMERICAN
CHURCH
HISTORY.
Early c&&+tioo;
d *;
church government, religious life and worship; -tion
of c h d md 8tnk;
revivals; denominationalism. The history of fhe Lwbe~pnC b d im -ka
is studied with special care.
t C=r.
OF CHRISTIANDOCTRINE.A study of the development
46. THE HISTORY
of Christian doctrine and its crystallization into creeds and confessions, including the Patristic, Scholastic, and Reformation periods.
2 Cr.
Systematic Theology
A course intended to introduce the student to the field
10. INTRODUCTTON.
of Christian truth in its systematic form. The course includes an outline of
2 Cr.
the entire field.
AND ANTHROPOLOGY.
A study in the systematic exposition
11. THEOLOGY
of the teachings of the Bible concerning God and man. Papers o n special
topics.
3 Cr.
12-53. ~ O L O G Y . The doctrine concerning the restoration and maintenance of ,the true communion ,between God and man. The Person of Christ
and His work; the Holy Spirit; the meaning and method of salvation in relation to the individual and to society; the nature and function of the Church.
4 Cr.
A study of the religious and ethical implications
54-15. C W ~ NEMU.
of the Christian experience. Special attention k give& to the development and
iadividd pr&d
inapplication of Christian ethics with reference
stiturions, and miety as a whole.
4 cr.
I ,
m>:teee
F-'
56. S ~ B O L I C SA
. careful study of r h e B w k of Concord, containing the
creeds subscribed .to by the Lutheran Church. The gene& of each creed, its
doctrinal signikance, and its place in thc present life of the Church.
I Cr.
AND RELIGIOUSCULTS. A comparative study
57. COMPARATIVE.
SYMBOLICS
of the creeds of the great divisions of the Christian Church, and of the teachings of various modem religious sects and cults.
2 G.
58. THE PHILOSOPHYOF RELIGION. Alternates with 57. A course in the
principles of the Christian religion. The Christian world view, interpretations
of .&story, and doctrines of the Person of Christ and Redemption are studied
with reference t o antagonistic theories.
2 Cr.
Practical Theology
All members of the Theological Faculty give instruction in this field.
A. Pastoral Theology
60. PRINCIPLESOF PASTORALTHEOLOGY.
ThiS course, which is based on the
Pastoral Epistles, comprises the historical and theoretical study of the foundaz Cr.
tions of the pastoral oace and the New Testament ministry.
61. PASTORAL PSYCHOLOGYAND SOUL-CARE. A study of Christian experience and its varied expressions. The principles of soul-care are studied in
the light of the teachings of the great spiritual leaders of the Church. The
2 Cr.
relation of psychiatry to soul-care.
62. EVANGELISTICS.
A course dealing with foreign, home, and inner missions,
including the work of Deaconess institutes, also the practical work in rescue
missions, street meetings, special missions, etc.
2 Cr.
B. Hmiletics
65. PRINCIPLESr n ~
PRACTICEOF PREACHING. Technical and psychological
2 Cr.
elements of preaching. Emphasis upon sermons. Juniors.
66. H o ~ m n c s .The application of the principles of preaching to the outlining and prrsracazion of brief sermons. Emphasis upon thorough preplration
2 Cr.
and constant praccice in delivery. Middlers.
98
AUGSBURG
THEOLOGIC~Z.
SEMINARY
67. SERMONS. A course in the preparation and delivery of sermons. Both
the structural and spiritual elements are emphasized. Sermons by great preachers
are studied. Seniors.
2 Cr.
C. Polity, Worshp, amd Parish Work
70. Cnua- P o L ~ ~ YA. course dealing with tbe Biblical theory of the congregation; ofiicers, organization, and governmenr in the apostolic times; the
growth of the idea of the Church; the idea of a frec church. I asd ll Corinthians
are studied os the best wurce.
2 Cr.
71. CHURCHADMINIS~ATION.A study of the various aspects of congregational organization. Methods of increasing eficiency in the performance of
the pastor's duties. Effective o6ce procedures. The practice and teaching of
I Cr.
Christian stewardship.
72. PASTORAL
PROBLEMS.A series of Iecrure~and discussions dealing with
pracrical problems in rhe p r o f s work in the parish and the locd comnuniry.
The approach co the unchurched. Cungregational evangelism. Making the gccasionaI services effective. Problems of p ~ t o r derhics.
r Cr.
73. LITURGICS.The principles and forms of public worship. A study of
liturgy as a means of expressing and moulding religious life with emphasis on
I Cr.
its relation to varying conceptions of the Church.
74. H n t ~ o r o ~ uAn
. hkisrorical survey of the best selccuoas of hymns from
the early Chrisrian Church and the Church in Germany, Scmdinavia, England,
r Cr.
and Arncricz. Special artention is given to Lutheran hymacdy.
D. Christian Education and Sociology
75. PRINCIPLESOF PARISHEDUCATION.
r Cr.
76. MEKHODS OF PARISH E ~ n u r o h . . Smdia in the application of basic
principles and methods of educarLon to the subject matter used in catechetical
instnrction, Sunday schmls, Parochial schools, and Bible classes. Emphasis upon
an educational program which includes the wbole parish.
2 Cr.
77. C R E n m RECREATIOK.
A study of recreational activities, their place
a.nd possibilities, especially among the young. Opportunity for participation in
activities which the student may use for his own recreation in later life. I Cr.
SOCIETY. A study of the relation between
78. THE CHURCHAND HUMAN
the Christian Church and present-day civilization and culture, and of the organized movements in contemporary society with which the Church must deal.
Emphasis upon the social duties of Christians and upon the world-wide task
2 Cr.
of the Church. The Ecumenical Movement.
79. CHRIS'IUNITY AND SOCIALWORK. This course is designed to give the
candidate for the ministry contact with the field of social work, and to enable
him to appreciate its close relation to the work of the Church. Lectures, reports, and institutional visits.
2 Cr.
Student Register
THEOLOGICAL STUDENTS 1949-1950
Third Year
..............................................
.Minneapolis
................................................
.Minneapolis
Haakenstad, Marius
Quanbeck, Russell
Second Year
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Everett, Wash.
.Valga, S. Dak.
Bergh, Oliver G. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Knutson, Alton T. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Mayer, Henry A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .West St. Paul
Velvo, N. Dak.
Ovewold, Carl M. ..............................................
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.Thief
River Falls
Parbst, John N.
Quanbeck, Philip A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Sortland, Howard J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ,Fargo, N. Dak.
Swenson, Jasper S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hendricks
Torgerson, Richard P. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Bakken, Norman K.
First Year
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Marinette,
..
Wis.
Bewig, Arthur L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fargo, N. Dak.
Feig, Gilbert H. .................................................
.Minneapolis
Kordahl, Axel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Nerge, Lowell ......................................................
.Madison
Anderson, Robert W.
.................................................
Northfield
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Veblen, S. Dak.
Nystuen, Theodore
Torgerson, Sheldon
Viland, Melvin
Special
................................................. Minneapolis
Ozolins, Karlis 2 ................................................
.Minneapolis
pearson, Vincent 1 .................................................
.Wyoming
Soberg, George . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Johnson, Edward
1 Registered for first semester only.
2 Registered for second semester only.
STUDENTREGISTER
COLLEGE STUDENTS 1949-1950
SENIORS
......
Alberg, Edward
Tigerton, Wisconsin
Amberson, Roger .......... .Minneapolis
Amlund, Curtis .............Minneapolis
Amschler, Adelle ........... .Cambridge
Anderson, Ethel
.Hanley Falls
Anderson, Marion ......... .Minneapolis
Anderson, Walter Ray ..... .Minneapolis
Andress, James ................Walker
Andrew, Vincent ......... .Minneapolis
Anhalt, Elmer ............ .Minneapolis
Ario, Frank .............. .Minneapolis
A ~ H~~~~~
~ ~ ............
,
.underwood
..........
Balerud, Andrew .......... .Minneapolis
Bard, Charles ............. .Minneapolis
Berntson, Gordon ...... .â¬dinburg, N. D.
Blom, M. Donald .... .Calumet, Michigan
Bodin, Raymond . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Braun, Richard ........... .Minneapolis
Bueide, Ann .................. Willmar
Campbell, Eugene ............ .Luverne
Carlsen, Erling . . . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Carlson, Robert .............Minneapolis
Dahlen, Shirley ............... .Luverne
Dale, Phebe .................. .St. Paul
Dillon, Dovid ............. .Minneapolis
Hedberg, Fred ............ .Minneapolis
Holden, Raymond. ........Pittsfield, Mas.
Holte, William ............ .Minneapolis
Hone, Ernest .............. .Minneapolis
Hoplin, Miriam .................. Lowry
Hoversten, Garfield ...............Lynd
Hoversten, Vincent ................Lynd
Howells, Robert ........... .Minneapolis
Hruska, John ............. .Minneapolis
Huglen, Raynard ............Newfolden
Jacobsen, Marion ......Racine, Wisconsin
.Minneapolis
Jacobson, Milton 1
Johnson, Esther ..............Minneota
Johnson, Everette N. ....Rockford, Illinois
Johnson, Harvey ............Minneapolis
Johnson, Hilbert ........... .Minneapolis
Johnson, Lillian ........ Racine, Wisconsin
Johnson, Mae .............Carpion N. D.
Johnson, Oliver ........... .Minneapolis
Johnson, Wilbur ..... .Osnabrock, N. D.
Jones, Richard ............ .Minneapolis
~ , , ~ t ~ dT~~~~~~
,
........... ,wanamingo
........
Kallevig, Lloyd ................ .Willmar
Kleven, Sylvia ....... Blanchardville, Wia.
Knutson, william .......... .Minneapolis
~ ~ paul
~ ............
~ ~ ~ ~
i
l~ i ~~
Elmberg., Donald .......... .Minneapolis
~ ~ l hi^
i ~ ............
,
. ~ iN. ~D. ~ ~ ,
Elstad, Vernon ....... .Coos &Y, Oregon
bndahl, Robert 1 ........ .Minneapolis
Emberson. Curtis ..... .Argyle, Wisconsin
Landvik, Elden ............ .Minneapolis
Engelmm*
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Clarissa Lanes, Georgette .......... .Minneapolis
Englundr
.Pasadena, California
............... .St. PaulLarson, Bernice
Ennen, Louis ............. .Minneapolis
L
~ ~~~~l~~
~
1~ .........
~
~.sauk, kapids
Erickson, Charlotte ......... Fergus Falls
............... Minneapolis
Leak, Roger
Erickson, Donald R. 1 ...... .Minneapolis
Lideen, Cyrus ............. .Minneapolis
Erickson, Harold .......... .Minneapolis
~
~
~ ...............
k
~
~~
~,
t
~
h
Erickson, Orville .......... .Minneapolis
Lucas, Richard ............ .Minneapolis
.............
.Minneapolis
Fagerlie,
Kenneth ......... .
~ Lundin, Lynn
~
~
~
~
....
Farm, Delores ................ Guckeen
Felix, Mavis 1 ......-......Minneapolis
Felland, Elizabeth .... .Colfax, Wisconsin
Forsell, Alfred ............Lake Bronson
Foss, Arden .............. .Minneapolis
Fredman, Merlyn ............... .Carlos
raml ling, ~ o r o t h y ............. .Climax
......... .Thief River
.......... ,
Harvey ........ .Lancaster,
Green, Helen
Falls
Hagen, Robert
1 Registered for first semester only.
2 Registered for second semester only.
Mateyko, Albert .......... .Minneapolis
~ i ~ h somuel
~ ~ . .l . . .~. . .~. ~ ~ ,i
~
~ i ~ h~ ~ ~l F.~b1 ~. .~.~. . .,*. ~
i
~
~ i ~ k ~ ~~ l bT.~~............
~r t~ ,
. ~ i l
Nelson,
Nelson,
Nelson,
Nelson,
~
~
~ ~
Daniel ................. .Spier
Euna ............... .Evansville
Richard R. 1 ........... .Austin
Robert P. ............ .Zumbrota
............
~
.Minneapolis
~
............... .Mclntah
Gordon ....... .Manistique, Mich.
~ Nolan, Dolores
~
Nornes, ldelle
Oberg,
Olson, Donald B. .......... .Minneapolis
Olson, Paul .................... .Tower
~
Parker, Mrs. Marilyn I . . . . . .Minneapolis
Paulson, Robert ....... .Twin Falls, Idaho
Pederson, Grant 1 . . . . ..... .Minneapolis
Pegors, Karl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Peterson, James . . . . . . ..... .Minneapolis
Peterson, Juliet ....... . . . . . . .Constance
Peterson, LaVonne . . . ...... .Minneapolis
Peterson, Wayne ..... ..... .Minneapolis
Pohren, Robert E. . . . . ..... .Minneapolis
Quanbeck, Dagny
Quanbeck, Quentin
. . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
.............
.Bertha
Radmacher, Roy . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Reitz, Harold . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Richards, Walter . . . .Oakland, California
Robbins, Kenneth . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Robbins, William . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Roe, Marion .............. .Minneapolis
Rvan.
,
. Robert . . . . . . . .Lacrosse, Wisconsin
Sandberg, Bertil 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul
Schroeder, Robert . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Schumack, Lavern . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Shaw, Lyle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Sivertson, Donald . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Skonnord, Harriet . . . Valley City, N. D.
Ahlness, Miriam ................. Milroy
Anderson, Jean . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Augustine, Douglas . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Aune, R. Harry . . . . . . . . . . . . .Underwood
Baxter, Joan ............. .Minneapolis
Becken, Betty ............. .Minneapolis
Berg, Russell . . . . . . . . . . . .Seattle, Wash.
Bergeland, James .............. Dawson
Berkland, Theodore . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Binder, Freda ....... Devils Lake, N. D.
Blager, Herbert . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Botko, Willard 1 . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Botten, T. Joyce . . . . . . . . . .Seattle, Wash.
Brennan, William .......... .Minneapolis
Bretheim, Doris ............ .Minneapolis
Bringle, Marion ........ Estherville, Iowa
Bruns, Ronald . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Morris
Bue, Tilfred .............. .Minneapolis
Bungum, Theodore ......... .Minneapolis
Calderwood, Dave ......... .Minneapolis
Capetz, George . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul
Carlson, Donald V. ....... New Brighton
Carlyon, Thomas R. 2 ...... .Minneapolis
Christopherson, James . .Valley City, N. D.
Collin, Merida .................. .Morn
Cote, Arthur . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Smith, Russel ................Hendricks
Snodgrass, Wesley . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Sorenson, Angeline. ........ .Minneapolis
Strand, Herbert ................Bayport
Stuempges, Neil
Hinckley
Thorson, L. Dwayne ... .Omaha, Nebraska
Tollefson, Harold . . . . . .Osnabrock, N. D.
Twiton, Dorothy ... .Sun Prairie, Wisconsin
Vaagenes, Carl ........... .Minneapolis
Vettel, Jean .............. .Minneapolis
Vorland, Gehard .......... .Minneapolis
Wagner, Raymond
Wasgatt, David . .
Wessman, LaVonne
Wilberg, Marjorie
Willeti, Jay .....
Wroge, Vernon 2 .
. .Minneapolis
... .Waylato
...... Dossel
.Taylors Falls
. .Minnaapolis
. . . . . . .Plat0
Yattaw, Edwin 1 . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Yoshikawa, Edward . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Men ............................ ,104
Women .......................... 35
Total
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .,139
Daniels, Earl ............. .Minneapolis
Davis, Gerald .............. .Monticello
DeBoer, Hubert . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Dick, Frederick ........... .Minneapolis
Ditmanson. Esther . . . . . . . . . . .Minnea~olis
Dyck, Doris . . . . . . . . . ..Paramount, Calif.
Ekblad, Leola . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Emerson, Harold . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Engelstad, Stephen ....... .Astoria, S. D.
Erickson, Ellen . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Erickson, Raymond . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Erickson, Stanley .......... .Minneapolis
Everson, Oliver .......... .Corsica, S. D.
Ewert, Donald . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Felland, Orion ............ .Colfax, Wis.
Flaa, Dolores ............. .Minneapolis
Fladland, Donald .......... .Minneapolis
Fraasch, Forrest 1 ......... .Montevideo
Framstad, Clarence ......Williston, N. D.
Garland, John . . . . . . . . . .Morinette, Wis.
Greseth, Lyle ............ .West Concord
Hall, Enoch .............. .Minneapolis
Hallberg, Grant 2 . . . . . . . . . . .Wyoming
Halling, Lloyd . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Halverson, William . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Halvorson, Howard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Gully
Hanson, Elmer
..... .Elk Mound, Wis.
Hanson, Hubert . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cambridge
Hegge, Hjalmer 2 . . . . . . . .Williston, N. D.
Hendrickson, Glen ...... .Seattle, Wash.
Hengler, Kenneth . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Hjelm, Howard . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cambridge
Hofflander, Robert . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Hoifjeld, Clairold . . . . . . . . .Eureka, Calif.
Hoium, Norman . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Holmquist, lvar . . . . . .Hyde Park, Mass.
...
.
Jergenson, Arnold . . . . . . . . . . . . . Donnelly
Johnson, Everet R. . . . . . . . . . Rockford, III.
Johnson, Merlin . . . . . . .Grantsburg, Wis.
Johnson, Quentin . . . . . . . . . . . .Hendricks
Kleven, Luther . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Knutson, Merle . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Krenz, John .................. Faribault
Kulterman, Robert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Duluth
Laffin, Glen . . . . . . . . . .... .Minneapolis
Landvik, Norman . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Larson, Shirley ..... . . . . . . . . . .Braham
Law, Albert . . . . . . . . .....
.
.Minneapolis
Lee, Harold 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Lee, Mavis . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . Mora
Lindberg, Alfred . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Lowen, Peter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Lundh, Lorraine . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Lundin, Paul . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Maher, Merle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hutchinson
Manlove, LeRoy . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Martinson, Richard . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Meier, Thorlough . . . . .Cumberland, Wis.
Miller, Perry . . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Moe, Marvel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Boyd
Mohn, Donald .... . . . . Enumclaw, Wash.
Morseth, LaWayne . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Mosby, Carola . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Blue Earth
Nelson, Robert L. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Nielsen, Jeannette . . . . . . . . . . . . Lakeville
Norby, Allen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Starbuck
Norrbohm, Robert . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Norton, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Nystuen, Beverly. .Erickson, Manitoba, Can.
Odencrans, Shirley ......... .Minneapolis
Olfert, Richard 1 ......... .Frazer, Mont.
Olson, Donold H. .......... .Minneapolis
Olson, Everett D. .......... .Cottonwood
Olson, Muriel ............ .Buxton, N. D.
Olson, Walter ............ .Cadott, Wis.
Olson, Williom ............ .Minneapolis
Omdahl, lngierd .... .Stavanger, Norway
Ott, Jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Oudal, Robert ...... .Orchard Park, N. Y.
Parker, James . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Pearson, Daniel . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Petersen, A. Richard . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Peterson, Gerald . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Peterson, Herbert ........ Pomeroy, Iowa
Pratt, Wallace ............ .Minneapolis
. . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Rasmussen, James .......... .Minneapolis
Romfo, Melvin ............ .Minneapolis
Rosten, Richard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Glenwood
Quanbeck, Robert
Sannerud, Alfred ........... .Hazel Run
Schafer, Harold. .Wessington Springs, S. D.
Schramek, Richard ......... .Minneapolis
Schultz, Floyd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Watertown
Severson, Leland .......... .Minneapolis
Sevig, Palmer . . . . . . .Minot, North Dakota
Sevold, Raymond .......... .Minneapolis
Sheldon, Donald . . . . . . . . . . .Twin Valley
Slarks, J. Don ............ .Minneapolis
Sletta, Robert ............. Fergus Falls
Smith, Robert G. .......... .Minneapolis
Solberg, Arthur ........... .Minneapolis
Solberg, Viola ............ .Minneapolis
Sotnak, Otto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Luverne
Staub, Erika . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Stenvig, Charles ........... .Minneapolis
Storley, Calvin . . . . . . . . . . . . .Roslyn, S. D.
Svendsen, Herbert . . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul
Swenson, Carol. .Dawson Creek, B. C., Can.
Thom, Donald . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul
Thompson, Jennings. . .Blanchordville, Wis.
Thorsgard, Kathryn .....Northwood, N. D.
Thorson, Donald .......... .Minneapolis
Thorson, Marvin. . . . . . . . Menomonie, Wis.
Toussaint, Stanley .............. .Milaca
Triplett, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul
Tweed, Kenneth . . . . . . . . . . . .Tolna, N. D.
Unruh, Pete ............ .Mountain Lake
Unseth, Einar . . . . . . . . . . . . .Westby, Wis.
Vaagenes, Morris
..........
.Minneapolis
Waller, James . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hoffman
Walther, Stephen .......... .Minneapolis
Weinreis, Paul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Brookston
Williams, Warren .......... .Minneapolis
Winquist, Mawin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Duluth
Woolson, Loren . . . . .St. Croix Falls, Wis.
York, Beverly
...........
.Brockton, Mass
Men . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Women . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
-
Total
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Alfsen, Thomas ............... Rochester
Allar, Donald 1 ......... .St. Louis Park
Anderson, Evgene .............Willmar
Anderson, Fritz ............ .Minneapolis
Anderson, John C. 2 ...... .Minneapolis
Anderson, Kenneth ............Ellendale
Anderson, Norman C. ........Ellendale
Anderson, Victor . . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Andros, Marvin . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Anenson, LeRoy ..... .Wallace, So. Dak.
Aune, Wilfred ............. .Underwood
Gilbertson, Glen .......... .Minneapolis
Glans, Roger . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolir
Green, Paul ................. .St. Paul
Gryth, Beverly ................ Pembina
Guderian, Ronald ......... .Minneapolis
Gudim, Milo . . . . . . . . . . .McVille, N. D.
Haas, Marvis .............. .Minneapolis
Hage, Robert ............. .Minneapolis
Hagen, E. James .......... .Minneapolis
Hagert, David ............... .Starbuck
Holler, Harriet . . . . . . . . . . . . .Wanamingo
Bockie, Walter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .St. paul
HaIverson, Philip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Anoka
kckstrom, Norman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H~~~ Hans". Harold . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Ha"s0"n Allen D. 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . .Nisswa
Bagley, Yvonne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Gatzke
Boker, Phyllis ............... .Lakesville Han~on, Celia ................. .Aitkin
H""son. Herbert . . . . . . . .Elk Mound,
Bekken, Oliver ............ .Minneapolis
A. ......... .Minneapolis
h t James
~
Bennethum, ~
~ . . .colUmbia
~
~ ~ l ~ i d ~Hanson,
Hanso", John A- . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Benson, Carl ................ .Clarkfield
bnson,
K~~~~~ . . . . . . . . . . . . ,clarkfield
Hanson, Sheldon . . . . . Blanchardville, Wis.
Benson, Stanley ............ .Minneapolis
HadleY, Dale ............. .Minneapolis
Benzel, Jerold . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Hedlund, Jack . . . . . . . . .Grantsburg, Wis.
Bergstrom, Dean . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Hird, Murray 2 ........... .Minneapolis
Bergum, James . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minnwpolis
Hjelle, Orlette .............. Newfolden
. . . . .~. . . .l. .Minneapolis
Bodin, earl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ~ i ~ Howells,
~ ~Richard
~ ~
i ~
men,
E. ~ ~ .......
l ~ ,se0ttle,
i ~ , wash.
Hume, Paul ............... .Minneapolis
Bozony, Martha ........... .Minneapolis
Hustoft, Theodore 1 . . . . .Astoria, Oregon
Brodahl, Donald . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
B
~ william
~
~ ..........
~
, pequot ~~k~~ Jacobson, Arvild .......... .Minneapolis
. . . . . .Minneapolis
. , ti
~
~ ~ ~ ~ . .d. b. . .~. .~. . .~.~
~
~ Jacobson,
~
Donovan
~
~ ...~
~
l
i
B
~ william
~
~ . . ., . . . . . . . . . . . ~
i
~ Jacobson.
~
Luther
~
~
........
~ .New
~ Richland
l
i
Johnson, Anton . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Johnson' Dennis . . . 'Newman Grove' Neb'
Carlson, VerDella . . . . . . . . . . .Watertown
Johnson. Gordon . . . . . .Blooming Prairie
Caviness, David . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Johnson, Harold ....... .Kloten, N. D.
Christensen, David.. . . . .Kenmare, N. D.
Johnson, Richard A. ....... .Minneapolis
Cornelius,
Arthur .......... .Minneapolis
Crowell, Carol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul JOhnSOnn Roger . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Johnson, Ronald. . . . . . . . .Escanaba, Mich.
Cummings, Frank . . . -Atlantic City, N.
Johnstone, Donald ........ .Minneapolis
~
~
J.
Dahlager, Arlo ............ .Minneapolis
Dahlberg, Thomas . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Kidder, M. Worden . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Dalberg, Leonard . . .Stratton, Ont., can. Kleven, Charlotte . . . .Blanchordville, Wis.
~
i~
~~. . . .~. . .~
. . .~~ ~
li
d~ ~
Knutson,
~ ~
Millard
~
~
2, . . . ~
. . . . . .Minneapolis
~
l
i
it^^^^^^, ~
~ . . . .~. . . . . ~
. . . ,willmar
l
d Kohls, Allan ................. Lindstrom
Dixen, Arvid .............. .Minneapolis
Kottke, Phyllis . . . . . . . . . . . . .Eagle Bend
Kottom, James . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Renville
Kristianson. Burton . . . .Rugby, N. Dakota
Elofson, Robert ............ .Minneapolis
Eng, Leona . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . kgley Krueger, Wallace . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
~ ~ i ~~l~~~~
~ k .~. . . ~. . . ~
. . . ., . .. ~ r t h ~ dKU~OSS,
~
William . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Erickson, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bemidji
Landsverk, Eleanor . . . . . . . . . . . . Fosston
Erickson, Roland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kenyon
Larson, Alyce . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Wadena
Larson, Benjamin . . . . - - . . . . . . ..Wadeno
Faul, James . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Larson, Elwood . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Fenske, Delmour 1 . . . . . .Pardeeville, Wis.
Larson, John K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Staples
Flonn, Morrielgien . . . . . . . . . .Lake Lillian
Larson, Luther . . . . . . . . . .Brockton, Mont.
George, John 2 . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Larson, Mabel . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
~
Larson, Robert D. 1. .Newman Grove, Neb.
Larson, Violet ............. .Minneapolis
Lindquist, Robert .......... .Minneapolis
Linxheid, Vera ..............Buttefield
Lodahl, Helen ... .Medicine Lake, Mont.
Loe, Julian .............. .Sauk Centre
Lund, Ronald ............. .Wanamingo
Lyngdal, Lloyd ................. Duluth
Madryga, Robert . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Madsen, John . . . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Madsen, Roger ........... .Minneapolis
Malm, Ellen Jane . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Markland, Finn 1 . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Massoll, Cornelia . . . . . . - ..Aurelia, Iowa
Mattson, Harold . . . . - - . . . . . . . . .Hoffman
McGinnis, Msrle 1 . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
.
Mitrnoen, Winnifred . . - - - . . . . . . .Dulvth
Mortensen, Richard . . . . . . . . .Robbinsdale
Mosby, Arthur 1 . . . . . . . . . ..Blue Earth
Myhre, Richard . . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Nagel, Audrey . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Arlington
Nelson, Harland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Duluth
Nelson, Roger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Brooten
Nelson, Wayne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pennock
Nestvold, Elwood . . . . . . . .Peerless, Mont.
Northfelt, Leroy . . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Nyhus, Leroy . . . . . . .Tacoma, Washington
Odegard, Robert . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Ohno, Tom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Olson, Orville L. . . . . .Oakes, N. Dakota
Olson, Oscar E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Mound
Onischuck, William . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul
Oscarson, Donald 1 ... .Chicago, Illinois
Ott, Robert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Pangburn, Danny . . . . . . . . ..Sauk Centre
Paulson, LeVon . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Perry, Richard . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Petersen, Marlo . . . . . .Valley City, N. D.
Peterson, Glenn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Renville
Peterson, Harvey . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Peterson, Lloyd 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul
Peterson, Vera . . . . . . . . . . .Superior, Wis.
Powers, Dayton - . . . . . . . .Jefferson, Wis.
Pressnalle, Irving . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Puterbaugh, Karl . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Ramlo, Arden 2 .............. Hendricks
Riley, William . . . . . . - . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Ringdahl, Irving . . . . . . . . . .McVille, N. D.
Roberts, Donovan . . . . . . . . . .Lake Crystal
Robertson, Elwood 1 . . . . . . . . . . .Dawson
Robinson, David 1 . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Rodvik, Erling 2 . . . . . . . . Bluffs, Illinois
Rokke, David .............. Strandquist
Romano, Pasquale . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Romansky, Ruth ............. .St. Paul
Ronholm, Palmer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Erskine
Roos, Robert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Ryden, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Rykken, Franklyn . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Roseau
Scheuerman, Gerald . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Schmidt, Ruth ......... .Elkton, So. Dak.
Schuenemon, Eldred ....... .Minneapolis
Schwartz, Laton ........... .Minneapolis
Siegel, Donald 2 . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Sigler, Fred . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Sjoquist, Thure 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . lsanti
Skjei, Lola ............. Williston, N. D.
Skolas, Franklin ...... .Chaseburg, Wis.
Smith, Lynn .............. .Minneapolis
Snodgrass, Melvin . . . . . . . . . . . . . Richfield
Solberg, Melvin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Milaca
Solem, Duane . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Soli, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Solum, Marvin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Argyle
Soulis, William 1 ......... .Minneapolis
Swanson, Jean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bemidji
Swanson, Sylvia . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Swenson, Roland . . . . . . . . . . . .Stanchfield
Tallman, Mary Joyce . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Thompson, Rod 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . .Excelsior
Thorpe, Gordon . . . . . . . . . . .Aniwa, Wis.
Thorsen, Floyd ............Minneapolis
Underbakke,
Leland
...........
.Argyle
Varner, Joanne . . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Vartdal, Roger . . . . . . . . .St. Louis Park
Vlohos, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Walters, Orville . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Wong, Donna Jean . . . . . . . . . . .Whedton
Weeden, Robert ... . . . . Waupaca,
.
Wis.
Wegner, LaGrande . . . . . . . . . .New Ulm
Weidenbach, Paul . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Weisberg, Morton 1 ....... .Minneapolis
West, Donald . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Westlund, Esther . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Westphal, David 1 . . . . . - . . . . . . .Madelia
Wiger, Donald .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cyrus
Wilson, Dora 1 . . . . .. . . . . ..Round Lake
Young, Lyle
........
Zaudtke, Ronald
.Valley City, N. D.
.............
.St. Paul
Men . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Women . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
-
Total
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
FRESHMEN
Aaskov, Ruth. .Cumberland Center, Maine
Adamson, Allan . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kerkhoven
Alfsen, Evelyn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Rochester
Alfsen, James 2 . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Allar, Dale ............. .St. Louis Park
Amundsen, Gerhard . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Anbuhl, Ted ........... .St. Louis Park
Andersen, Grace 2. . .Staten Island, N. Y.
Anderson, Colene 1 . . . . .Rackford, Illinois
Anderson, Curtis . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Anderson, Donald C. . . . . . . . . . . . .Carver
Andenon, Donald E. 1 . . . . . .Lamberton
Anderson, George 1 . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Anderson, Glenn . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lindstrom
Anderson, Richard J. 1 . . . . . .Minneapolis
Anderson, Sherman . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Anensen, Willard . . . .Wallace, So. Dakota
Anklam, Arnold 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ceylon
Appel, C. Thomos 1 . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
A~idson, David 1 . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Arvidson, Gayle . . . . . . . .Porkers Prairie
Bailey, ~ e r a l d. . . . . . . . . .Mobridge, S. D.
Baker, Eleanor . . . .Spokane. Washington
Baker, Erling . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Wanamingo
Balzer, Laurie . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Batltelt, Clifford 1 . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
B a ~ i l l e , George 2 . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Beamant Roger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dawson
Beaver, William . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Becklin, Joyce . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cambridge
Bengtson, ~ o l a. . . . . . . . . . . . . . ~ n o k a
Berg, Donald 1 . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Berg, Junald . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Berg, Robert M. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Berge, Ronald . . . . . .Cooperstown, N. D.
Berge, Torrey . . . . . . Cooperstown, N. D.
Berkas, Theodore . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kenyon
Berkland, Bonnar 2 . . . . . Harnpden, N. D.
Berntson, Rudolph . . . . . .Edinbu rg, N. D.
Beyers, James . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Bezanson, Joyce . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Birkeland, Frances . . . . . . . . . . .Climax
.
Bjornton, Jeanne . .. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Blake, Shirlee . . . . . . . . . .Ottawa, Illinois
Blom, Allen . . . . . . . . . .Calumet, Michigan
Blomquist, Elroy . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Bown, Marjorie . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Boe, Gloria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Borgen, Alfred 2 . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Bowman, Myrlen 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . Kennedy
Boyum, Joyce . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Peterson
Brarn, William 1 ........ . . . .Minneapolis
Brecto, Betty . . . . . .New Rockford, N. D.
Bretheim, M. Luther.. . . . . . . Bisbee, N. D.
Brown, Willis . . . . . . . . . ... .Minneapolis
Bruder, Harriet 1 . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Burger, Robert 2 . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Burton, Richard . . . . . . . . .
Minneapolis
Bymark, Dayle 1
. . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Bystrom, Wayne 1 . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Cariberg, J w n . . . . . . . . . . . . .Rush City
Curlsen, Glenn . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
carlson, Erland 2 . . . . . . . . . .
St. PuuI
cOrlson, John H. 1 . . . . . . . . . . .Willmar
Carlstedt, Faith . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Finlayson
Corr, Lowell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul
Charland, Donald . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
chivers, Kathryn . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
christensen, ~~~n~ . . . . Kenmare, N. D.
Christenson, Audrey . . . . . . . . . .Butterfield
Chri~to~herson,
Myrna . .Valley City, N. D.
Cleary, Joseph . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..St. Paul
Cottrell, Douglas . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Arthyde
cyriacks, Marvin . . . . . . . . . .Lake Benton
Dahlberg, Gladys ... .Brockton, Montana
Daily, William 1 . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Dolland, John . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Donielson, Horace . . . . . . . . . . .Watertown
Davis, Harry . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
~
~
john ~. . . .i. . . .~
. . . . . ,. ~
i
~
D
~ Darlyne
~
~ . .,. .Medicine Lake, Mont.
~ i ~ k h a r tDaniel
,
. . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Dillon, Donald . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Darn, Roy 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . lnger
Dreyer, Earl . . . . . .Spokane, Washington
Dreyer, Marlys . . Spokane Washington
Dupslaff, Harriet . . . . . . . . . ..Arlington
Ebert, Harlan . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . .Gaylord
Eckhoff, Donald . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . .Delano
Ehlen, Donald 1 . . . . . .. . . . . .Minneapolis
Elden, Duane 2 . . . . . ...... .Minneapolis
Ellingson, Anetta 2 . . . .Rugby, No. Dak.
Ellisen, Arthur . . . . . . .. . . . . .Minneapolis
Elness, Marilyn . . . . . . Fargo, No. Dak.
Emerson, Evonne . . . . . . . . .West Concord
Engseth, Jerry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wayzata
Erdahl, Manford 2 . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Erickson, Dean . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Erickson, LaVonne . . . . . . .Goldfield, Iowa
Farness, Margaret . . . . . . . . . . . . .Windom
Fjaer, Charles . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Flockoi, Carol . . . . . . . Bellingham, Wash.
Foslid, Raymond . . . . ...... .Minneapolis
Foste~old, Astrid 1 . . Nordm0re. Norway
Froiland, David . . . . ......... Bellingham
Frosig, Kristian 2 . - - . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Fure, Clorice 1 . . . . . . . . . .Sca~ille, Iowa
~
~
Gallop, Douglas . . . . . . . .Shell Lake, Wis.
Jorgensen, Joyce . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Delano
Giese, Lyle .............Ashland, Wis.
Justensen, Charles 1 . . - . . . . .Minneapolis
Giesdahl, Alice ........... .Minneapolis
Glockner, Robert .............. Bemidji
Kalberg, Freddy 1 . . . . . . . .Circle, Mont.
Goodrich, Quentin ........ .Minneapolis
Kaliszewski, Edward 1 . . . . . .Minneapolis
Grunow, Glenn ........... .Minneapolis
Kalvig, Harold . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Oudim. Fern 2 . . . . . . . . . .McVille. N. D.
Kandt, Myron . . . . . . . . . . . . .Buffalo Lake
Gustafson, Charles . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Kirchoff Ralph . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Gustofson, Donna . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Kleppe, Donna ...... . . . .Williston, N. D.
Gustafsan, Herbert 2 . . . . . . . .~inneobolis Kletscher, Murl 1 .... . . . . . . . . . . . Belview
Kloos, Margret . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .Herman
Hagen, Dean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Starbuck
Kloster, Morlyn . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kandiyohi
Hagen, James H. . . . . . . . . . .Montevideo
Klungtvedt, Gerald . . . . .Newark, Illinois
Halvonon, Arvin .......Galesburg, N. D.
Kobin, Jerry 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Halvorson, Joseph 1 . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul
Koerner, Bruce . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Litchfield
Hamre, James . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Montevideo
Kroll, James . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . St. Paul
Hansen, Clarence . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Kube, Lou Ann . . . . . . . .Wahpeton, N. D.
Hanske, Cynthia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lucan
Kvam, Marilyn . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Hanson, James E. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Hanson, James H.. . . .
.Callender, Iowa
. . . .Minneapolis
Ladd, Lorenz . . .
Hansvick, Alvin . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
. . . .Minneapolis
LaFerte, Suzette
Hibbard, Gerald 2 . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
. . . . . . .Ellendale
Lageson, Andrew
Hill, Lorne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Veblen, S. D.
. . . . . . .St.' Paul
Lanz, William ...
H,illeren, John . . . . . . . . . . .St. Louis Park
. . . . . . . . LeSueur
Lapham, Dean . . Haaglund, Donold C. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
. . . . . . . . . .Tyler
Larsen, Ann 1 . .
Hokanson, Betiy . . . . . . . . . . . Butterfield
. Everest, Kansas
Larson, Esther . . .
Hokanson, James . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
. . . . . . .Excelsior
Lorson, Marvin .
Holmquist, Mari Ann 1 . . . . . .Minneapolis
. . . . . Annandale
Lorson, Philip 1 .
Holt, Russell . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
. .Wallace, S. D.
Louen, LeRoy 1 . .
Holte, H. James 1 . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
... .Minneapolis
Leach, Richard 2
Holte, Leonard . . . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
. . . .Minneapolis
Leak, John . . . . .
Hoversten, Esther . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Lynd
Williston, N. D.
Lewis, Mona . . . .
Howard, Charles . . . . . . . . ..Lake Crystal
. . . .Minneapolis
Lindell, Juliana . .
Hult, Donald . . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
. . . .Minneapolis
Linaen.
John . . .
"
.
Loh, Ellen . . . . . . . . . . . ..Nanking, China
Jackson, John . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Lorensen, Stanley . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Jacobsen, Richard . . . . . . . . .Racine, Wis.
Luhn, Charles . . . . . . . . . . .Racine, Wis.
Jacobson, Margaret 2 . . . . . .Minneapolis
Lundberg, Jack . . . . . . . . . .Rush City
Jakobitz, Robert . . . . . . . . . . . Buffalo Lake
Lunde, David . . . ..Cooperstown, N. D.
Jensen, Donald . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Jesko, Dale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fosston
Jespersen, Gene . . . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul
McKay, Robert 1 . . . . . . . . . . . Farmington
Johnson, Arlan . . . . . .Grand Forks, N. D.
Maas, Donald . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Watertown
Johnson, Beverly . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Mackey, Lois . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Johnson, Bruce R. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Magnuson, William 2 . . . . . Minneapolis
Main, Ronald . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Johnson, Dale . . . . . . . . . . . . .Lake Lillian
Johnson, Delores ...... .New York Mills
Manger, Elizabeth . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Johnson, Douglas 1 ....... .St. Louis Park
Markson, Stanley . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Johnson, James L. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Marquardt, William . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul
Johnson, Joan L. 1 . . . . . . .St. Louis Park
Marsh, A. Warner . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Johnson, Joan M. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Martinsen, Kenneth. . . Menominee, Mich
Martinson, Phyllis . . . . . . . . . .Tioga, N. D.
Johnson, Marvin . . . . . . . . . . .Platte, S. D.
Mattison, Robert . . . . . . ..Thompson, Iowa
Johnson, Mary Lou . . . . . . . .Ashland, Wis.
Mickelsen, Kenneth . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Milroy
Johnson, Merlyn R. 2 ...... .Minot, N. D.
Miller, Marlys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plato
Johnson, Norman . . . . . . . . . . .Farmington
Johnson, Robert J. . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Moderow, LeVon . . . . . . . . . . . . .Lockhart
Mueller, Donald 1 . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Johnson, Ruby A. . . . . . . . . . .Fergus Falls
Munson, Betty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Atwater
Johnson, Wilgard ............ .Herman
Myrin, Duane . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Johnston, Richard . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
AND THEOLOGICAL
SEMINARY
Nelson, Arnold ............Minneapolis
Nelson, Caryl Jean. Newman Grove, Neb.
.Underwood
Nelson. Eunice
Nelson, Helen ........Roseburg, Oregon
Nelson, Robert C. 1 . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Niemann, Mary .......... .Meadowlands
Northfelt, Richard 2 . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
.
............
Oberg, Theodore ......Rockford, Illinois
Olsen, Donald A. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Olsen, Mery Ann .......... .Minneapolis
Olson, Damoris 1 ......... .Minneapolis
Olson, Donald E. 1 . . . . . . . . ..Bear River
Olson, Douglas . . . . . . . . . . . ..Cottonwood
Olson, Harry E. 2 ......... .Minneapolis
Olson, Howard ................ .Climax
Olson, Julian . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Olson, Roger ................ Ellendale
Olund, Jim 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Ondov, Raymond . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Oren, Donald ................ .St. Paul
Oslund, Robert ............ .Forest Lake
Parizek, Gloria . . . . . . . . . . .Minot, N. D.
Patterson, Robert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Lucan
Paulson. Arnold ......... .Wallace, S. D.
Paulson, Philip 2 ... .Blanchardville, Wis.
Peorson, Howard .......... .Minneapolis
Pearson. Paul .............Minneapolis
Petersen, Alan ............ .Minneapolis
Petersen, Arnold ............... .Milroy
Peterson, Charles A. 1 ...... .Park Rapids
Peterson, John C. . . . . . . . .Rice Lake, Wis.
Peterson, John P. 2 ....... .Minneapolis
Peterson. Magnus 1 . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Peterson. Rhodes 2 . . . . . . . . ,Minneapolis
Peterson, Richard ........ Cambria, Wis.
Peterson, Roland 1 . . . . . . .St. Louis Park
Petterson, Leroy . . . . . . . . . . .Colfax, Wis.
.Minneapolis
Philbrwk, Kathleen
Pioske. Donald ................ LeSueur
.......
Raabe, Mark ............... .St. James
Radde, Leon ............. .Minneapolis
Ray, Clifford ............. .Minneapolis
Ray, Ollie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Razook, Patricia ......... .Rugby, N. D.
Reierson, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Fosston
Reimer, Donald . . . . . . . . .Mountain Lake
Rethwill, Corinne ..............LeSueur
Rimme~eid,Arthur . .New Rockford, N. D.
Ringstad, Ruth . . . . . . . . . . ..Bronx, N. Y.
Rishovd, Larry 1 ...... .Douglas, N. D.
Ritmire, Charles 1 ..........Minneapolis
Rocene, Luella ............ .Minneapolis
Rocene, Muriel ........... .Minneapolis
Rodvik, Marvin ........... .Bluffs. Illinois
Ronningen, Marlene ....... .Carpion N. D.
Rosenbloom, David 1 . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Rowland, Steve ........... .Minneapolis
Rundquist, Bertil .......... .Minneapolis
Ruud, George ............ .Minneapolis
Rust, Gary 1 .......... Harwood, N. D.
Ryan, Merwin ............ Landa, N. D.
Rydell, Julin .............. .Minneapolis
Rykken, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Roseau
Sanderson, Leah .......... .Minneapolis
Schaupp, Roger 1 ......... .Minneapolis
Schumack, Kenneth ........ .Minneapolis
Seoholm, John ............ .Minneapolis
Seck, Charles ............... Watertown
Sewall, Duane ......... .St. Louis Park
Shepherd, Lawrence. . . .Springdale, Wash.
Shiell, Wendell .............. .Hoffman
Shultl. Arthur ......... .Spokane, Wash.
Siege!, David 2 . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Sirotiak, Arlene ........,.. .Minneapolis
Sirotiak, Arnold ...........Minneapolis
Skene, Shirley ............ .Minneapolis
Skimland, Don .............. .Belgrade
Skogen, Clyde 2 .............. Wahkon
Skogsbergh, Samuel ....... .Minneapolis
Skonnord, Dorothy ... .Valley City, N. D.
Smith, Patricia ............ .Minneapolis
Smith, Robert E.. . . . . . . . .Superior, Wis.
Solheim, Derle . . . . . . . . . . . . .Racine, Wis.
Stanley, William 1 ........ .Minneapolis
Staum, John ............. .Minneapolis
Steineke, Donald . . . . . . . . . . .Moose Lake
Stenoien, Vernon . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Stensland, Donald . . . . . .Portland, N. D.
Stevens, Sene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Farmington
Stock, Marlys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kensington
Straiton, Thomas .......... .Minneapolis
Strandlie, Wenona ............. Richfield
Stratton, Cora 2 . . . . . . .Westhope, N. D.
Stromberg, Theodore . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Strommen, Dorothy .. Blanchardville, Wis.
Strot, Raymond 2 ......... .Minneapolis
Stump, JoAnn .................. Duluth
Sufficool, William 1 ........ .Minneapolis
Sullivan, Earl B. 1 . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Sundt, Donald ............ .Minneapolis
Swanell, Robert . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Swanson, Alvin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lindstrom
Sylvester, Carmen 2 . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Tamm, William . . . . . . . . . . - .-Minneapolis
Teigum, Kristen 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Modelin
Tenold, Marjorie ............ Reva, S. D.
Thomford, Wayne . . . . . . . . . . ..Zumbrota
Thompson, Carol 2 . . . . . . . Binford, N. D.
Thompson, Lorraine . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
P
Thompso?, Myron 2
Thone, Marjorie
Thorson, Arthur
Thorvig, Mary
Thorwick, Wendell
Tibke, Joan
Treanor, Arthur
Twedt, Isabel 1
............Marshall
........... .Minneapolis
........... .Minneapolis
.............Minneapolis
......... .Minneapolis
............. .Dupree, S. D.
........... .Minneapolis
.........McHenry, N. D.
......... Rice Lake, Wis.
Uehlin, Clarice
Vall, Marilyn .................. .Aitkin
Vane, Duane 2 ................ Dowson
Van Otterloo, Johanna ......... Hancock
Varland, Martha ....... .Ottawa, Illinois
Vick, Oliver 2. ............ .Minneapolis
Vigesaa, George .... .Cooperstown, N. D.
Vik, Phyllis ............ .Waubay, S. D.
Vornholt, Carl 2 ............... .Anoka
Watson,
Vern
............ .Minneapolis
SPECIAL
Wcmq Jw4l~son
w-mm, w
.......... , MnnWpaL
..............
. h l
W W , &ntMq ..-........
MtmmpOL$
w&&btrg k y Anq ..... . b i b
-
.......... .#.
-WIkt
...-..........mlmwp&
............... .St. &I
w-,
shs*
....Chrppmm bit&Wtr
Wllsons W d m .......... W n d W
WoM, J a m - ..............-path
Wr@ht&, O Ksih ....... ~~
Zimmermon, Donna ........ .Minneapolis
W*M
&tITiCB
WhIfa, a*
Whb, Wiliibm
.................
Zinn, Wilton
Zustiak, Mildred
Zwick, Willi.am
.St. Paul
...........Minneapolis
............ .Sauk
Rapids
Men ............................
Women ..........................
Total
261
105
-
........- .................... .366
AND UNCLASSIFIED
Addison, Duane ............. .Marshall
Anderson, Charles F. .......Rockford, Ill.
Moyer, Henry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .St. paul
Michaelson, Carrol 1 ........... Kiester
~- -
Biorklund, Paul ............... .St. Paul Mikkelson, David 2 . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Bredeson, B~+,,, 2. . . . . . . . . .
~ Mondloh, ~Vernon 1 ........
~
.Minneapolis
~
Brvstad,
1 ............. .
~ Morgan, ~
Luther ...........
~
.Minneapolis
~
........... ~
.........
~
~ .
~
l.
...........
i
christino, ~~~~h
collins, ~
~1
l~
Dahle, ~
~~ i
Englund, Pearl
d
................St.
id
Paul
...... .Warnick, R. 1.
Halvorson, Jeanive ... .Grand Forks, N. D.
Haukeness, Stanley ............ .Sebeka
Herleikson, Aileen ... .Grand Forks, N. D.
Granquist. Ardis 2
Hetager, Mildred ..........Forgo, N. D.
Hinsverk, Donald 2 ........ .Minneapolis
Hitzeman, Wallace 1 ....... .Minneapolis
Hoium, Leslie 1 ........... .Minneapolis
Joel, Mildred 1 ........... .Minneapolis
Johnson, LeRoy ........... .Minneapolis
Johnson, Robert E. 2 . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Johnson, Ruby L. 1 . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Knutson, Alton . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Lambert. Andreas 1 ........ .Minneapolis
Larson, Iris ........... .Thief River Falls
Lindohl, Burton 1 .......... .Minneapolis
Mantzke, Robert ........... .Minneapolis
Markland, Arne ........... .Minneapolis
Mattson, Milford 2 ......... .Minneapolis
Martson, Walter .............. .Erie, Po.
Charles
. . . . . .~
.Ironwood.
~ Nelmark,
~
~
~
~ Mich.
l
i
~ Nelson,
~ ~
Elaine
~ . . .~. . . .~. . . .l. . .i.Woodlake
~
~
~
..........
~~ ~
~ Eleanor
~ ~.Thief
l River
i ~Falls
Ozolins, Karlis ............ .Minneapolis
Pearson, Vincent 1 .......... .Wyoming
Peterson, Del Ray 2 . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Quanbeck, Philip 1
........
.Minneapolis
.............. .Minneapolis
Sanders, Paul 2 ........... .Minneapolis
Sivertson, Loryce ........ Marinefie, Wis.
Smith, Gilbert ............ .Minneapolis
Stenseng, Lillian 2 ......... .Minneapolis
Thompson, Duane 1 ........... .St. Paul
Roth, Poul 2
Torgerson, Richord 2
....... .Minneapolis
Wetzler, John . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Wicklund, J w n n 1 ........... .Hopkins
N. D.
Wickoren, Wayne . . . . . . . . .W,
Ystebo, Lillian
. . . . . . . . . . . . .Fargo,
N. D.
Men . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Women ..........................
Total
35
17
-
............................
52
~
~
~
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
AND
THEOLOGICAL
SEMINARY
STUDENT NURSES
. . . . . . . . . .Tigerton,
Wis.
Lindfors, Mary Ann
. . . . . . . . . . . . Fosston
............Westby, Wis.
. . . . .Mt. Sterling, Wis.
M. ........ .Two Harbors
Lomness, Mary Lou
. . . . . . . . . . . . Fosstcn
Alberg, Vera C.
Aus, Phyllis B.
Bruland, Audrey 1
Lunde, Margaret L.
Cavallin, Joyce
Molmin, Thelma D.
. . . . . .Calmar, Iowa
. . . . . . Shell
Lake, Wis.
Nelson, Ellen L.
. . . . . . . .Longford,
Dahlman, Eileen M.
Nordeen, Myrtle
Donielson, Marjorie K.
Olson, Carolyn L.
D. 1 . . . . . . . . . . Kasota
.............. .Climax
Dilmar, Morilyn L.
Olson, Signora L.
Cook, Kothleen R. ... .Wis. Rapids, Wis.
. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
......... .Malung
. . . . . . . . . . . .Red Wing
Erickson, Harriet C. . . . . . .Arlington, S. D.
Erickson, June M.
.............
Fostervold, W. Ruth
Grudt, Mary E.
.St. Paul
. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
. . . . . . . . . .Baldwin, Wis.
S. D.
. . . . . . . . .Clarion, Iowa
. . . . . . . . . . . .Milroy
Petersen, Juanita M.
Peterson, Alice S.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fosston
Peterson, Mary L.
. . . . . . . . . .Cambridge
Raun, Ruth G..
. . . . . . . . .Seattle, Wash.
..........
Hofstad, Beatrice
. . . . . . . . . . . .Owatonna
Hafstad, Bernice
. . . . . . . . . . . . . Owatonna
Swiggum,
Hanson, Vera L.
........
Weis, Marilyn F.
. . . . . . . . . . .Combridge
Westby, Joyce M.
. . . . . . ..Fairdale,
Holmgren, Marianne 1.
Iverson, Juliet C.
.Porkers Prairie
......... .Braham
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bemidji
Johnson, Jean L.
....... .Grafton,
Larsen, Helen M.
........ .Lacrosse,
N. D.
Wis.
Sorem, Edith A.
Doris B.
Wilson, Shirley M.
Women
Total
.Minneapolis
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Utica
N. D.
. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
..........................
36
--
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
GRADUATES 1949
SEMINARY
Dyrud, Amos
......-.......
Erickson, Merle K.
.Newfolden
....... Binford,
Framstod, Waldemar
. . .Williston,
Martinson, Emil C.
.............
.Dalton
....-.. .Superior,
. . . . . . . . . . . . .Superior,
N. Dok.
Rusdahl, Kenneth
Wis.
N. Dak.
Steen, John
Wis.
COLLEGE
Almquist,
Andersen,
Andersen,
Anderson,
Anderson,
Anderson,
Anderson,
John G. .... .Sand Creek, Wis.
Jerome B. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Robert W. . . . .Morineite, Wis.
Bertil C. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Jeanell M. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Norman E. W. . . . . .Hendricks
Raymond C. ......... .Mound
Bagley, Emil J. ..... . . . . . . . . . . .Big Lake
Bartsch, Robert L. . . ....... .Minneapolis
Berg, Korl . . . . . . . . . . . Los Angeles, Calif.
Bergeland, Helen C. . . . . . . . . . . . .Dawson
Bergeland, Luther C. . . . . . . . . . . . Dawson
Berry, Jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Bervig, Arthur L. ... . . . . .Fargo, N. Dak.
Brekken, Carol M. . ....... .Minneapolis
Bueide, James L. . . . . . . .Menominee, Mich.
Carlson, Arthur S. .. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Carlson, Fabian C. . ....... .Minneapolis
Corlson, James I . . ....... .Minneapolis
Carlson, John M.. ... . . . . . . . . . . . St. Paul
Carlson, Robert J. .. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Carstenbrock, Walter J. .... .Minneapolis
Christenson, David R. ...... .Minneapolis
Clyne, Alfred P. . . . . . . . . . . L'Anse, Mich.
.
Dahl, George H. . . . . - - . . ..Minneapolis
Dohle, Norman A. ............. .Aitkin
Dalland, Harold A. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Dovidson. Esther . . . . . .Highland, Kansas
Detchons, Richard P. . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Drange, Arnold N. . . . . . - . ..Minneapolis
Dyrud, Amos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Newfolden
Embretson, Donald A. . . - . . . .Minneapolis
Evenson, Leslie J. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hector
.
Falconer, Elizabeth ... . . . . .New Brighton
Feero, Lee S,. Jr. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Jacobson
Feig, Gilbert . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Felland, David E. . . . . . . . . .Colfax, Wis.
Fischer, William W. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Foss, Merideth F. . . . . . . . .Minot. N. Dak.
Froien, Dora . . . . . . . . . .Oakes, N. Dok.
Furney, Michael . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
George, Shirley . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Morgan
Gissel, John H. . . . . . . .Kenmare, N. Dak.
Gisselquist, Grace E. . . . . . . . . Minneopolis
Glade, Willard W. . . . . . . . . . Dows, Iowa
Gmitro, Edward F.. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Goertzen, Delna E. . . . . . .Mountain Loke
Goertzen, Louis C. . . . . . . .Mountain Lake
Goode. Dolores M. . . . . . . . . . . . .Modelia
Granum, Hilma . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Green, Evelyn R. . . . . . . . . . ..Bathe Lake
Greene, Carolyn M.. . . . . . . . .St. Paul
Hogen, John L. . . . . . . . . . . .Zimmerman
Hamilton, Marguerite M. . . . .Maple Plain
Haukeness, Helen E. . . . . . . . . . . . . Sebeka
Haukeness, Stanley J. . . . . . . . . . Sebeka
Hegg, Donald H. . . . . . . . . . .Hanley Falls
Heistad, Rachel M. . . . . Milwaukee, Wis.
Helland, Erling M. . . . . . . . . .Sacred Heart
Hendrickson, Gordon . . . ..... .Minneapolis
Henium, Arnold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hoffman
Hitzeman, Wallace C. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Hoff, Avery B. . . . . . . . . . . . .Pequot Lakes
Holden, William E. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Holmquist, Gordon E. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Isoacson, Ruth M.
Johnson,
Johnson,
Johnson,
Johnson,
Johnson,
............
Buffalo
Carol M. . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Bagley
George A. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Kenneth L. . . . . . Minot, N. Dak.
Louise H. . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneota
Marvin B. . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Knudson, Elrie E. . . . . . . Lacrosse, Wis.
Konsterlie, Mildred M. . . . . . . .Willmor
Kragthorpe, Maynard H. . . . . . . . .Mound
Kvamme, Leiv . . . . . . . . . . .Voss, Norway
Larsen, Mentor R. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Lorson, Calvin E. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Larson, Lyla J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wanamingo
Leafblad, Charlotte Watt.. . . . . . .St. Paul
Lehman, Robert M. . . .Chambersburg, Pa.
Lindblod, Richord G. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
McGinnis, J. Lorene . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Manthie, Russel L. ......... .Minneapolis
Markland, Arne K. ........ .Minneapolis
Martinson, Jeanette S. ..... .Minneapolis
Midiling, John E. .......... .Minneapolis
Morgan, Paul D. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Mortensen, Hildegarde ..... .Minneapolis
Nelson, Clifford L. ........... .Blomkest
Nordstrom, Truit F. ........ .Minneapolis
Nystuen, Ruth B. ............Northfield
Nystuen, Theodore C. .........Northfield
Olesky, Robert H. . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Olsen, Robert 0. ........Brooklyn, N. Y.
Olson, Elaine D. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Lake City
Olson, John W. . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Olson, Orville A. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Opland, Laverne M. . . .Thief River Falls
Oscarson, Elder W. . . . . . . . ..Fergus Falls
Paulson, Pout S. ...... .Spokane, Wash.
Pearson, Ralph E. ......... .Minneapolis
Pearson, Wayne L. ........... .Champlin
Pearson, Woodrow ........ .Minneapolis
Pedersen, Leonard J. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Pedersen, Ragnvold A
Kristiansand. Norwav
Peterson, Charles E. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Peterson, Clifford A. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
P&erson, Donald Wm. . . . . . .Minnecpolis
Peterson, Olga A . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Peterson, Robert D. . . . . . . . . . . . WiIImclr
Phillipps, John P.. . . . . . . . . . Minnsupolis
Quam, John L. ............ .Minneapolis
Quanbeck, John T. . . - . . . . ..Minneapolis
Quanbeck. Phyllis . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Raymond, R. Scott . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Rodmyre, Doris E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hector
Ronholm, Elsie I. . . . . . .Thief River Falls
Roth, Paul I. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Samuelson, Mary ... . . . . . . . . . Grasston
Schwah, Harold ... ...... .Minneapolis
Roufs, Henry W.
Ryden, Joan S.
Serstock, Margaret L ...... .Minneapolis
Severtson, Milford D. ...... .Minneapolis
Shaleen, D. Marian . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Snider, Victor L. .... ...... .Minneapolis
Solberg, Oliver S. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Solheim, Dorothy L. .. ....... Racine, Wis.
Solheim, Russell G. .. . . . . . . . Racine, Wis.
Sorenson, Kenneth S. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Sorenson, Norman ... . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Stock, Elroy M. .... . . . . . . . . Kensington
Stohlberg, Paul E. . . . ...... .Minneapolis
Sween, Donald L. ... . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Telander, Lorraine H. ........... .Mora
Thorberg, Dorothy E. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Thorsen, Arline J. .. ... Waterville, Iowa
Thorvig, Richard J. .. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Thurston, Stuart J. . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Torgerson, Sheldon L. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Torvend, Alice . . . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Tungseth, Esther D. .. . . . . .Seattle, Wash.
Tweed, George H. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Vane, Rueben L.
. . . . . . . . . . ..Dawson
Wanous, Mary J. . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Weagant, Robert A. . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Welter, Eugene ................ .Milroy
Weltzin, Lorraine . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Werket, John R. . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Wetzler, John H. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Wilcox, Peder J. . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Men . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .,106
Women . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
-
Total
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
STUDENTREGISTER
ENROLLMENT SUMMARY 1949-1950
FIRST SEMESTER
SEMINARY
Men Students .................................................
Women Students .................................................
Total
..........................................................
COLLEGE
Men Students ...................................................
Women Students ................................................
Total
23
0
-+.
,638
249
-
...........................................................
Total Enrollment .................................................
Deducting those counted more than once ...........................
!.
SECOND SEMESTER
SEMINARY
.......-..............-...............................a
............................... !....................-0
.............................................................
Men Students
Women Students
Total
,
.
COLLEGE
......................................................
Men Students
Women Students
612
..................................-.-.............-238
Total ............................................................
Total Enrollment ..................................................
Deducting those counted more than once ..., ,,...... ..............
TOTAL ENROLLMENT 1949- 1950
SEMINARY
...................................................
................. ;................,,,,..,.,...,,
Men Students
Women Students
Total
..
24
0
.........................................-.................
COLLEGE
..............................+..............!.......
690
Men Students
Women Students
.................... !........,.,.................258
-
Total ..........................................
Total Enrollment
Deducting those counted more than once
i
................
.................................................
............................
IN1
I
I
I
Page
Absence Rules .................... 41
Academic Administration ........... 36
Admission Procedure .............. 36
Administrative Staff ................ 4
Administration. ORicers of .......... 3
Aims. Fundamental ............... 13
Alumni Association. The ............. 35
Ancient Languages. Department of . . . . 60
Annuities .........................118
Archives. The ..................... 19
Athletics ......................... 31
Attendance. Chapel ................ 42
Attendance. Class ................. 41
Audi~VisualEducation ............. 20
Band
I
......................33.
70. 7T
84
20
17
Biology. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . .
Book Shoppe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Buildings and Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . .
Business Administration. Curriculum . . .
Business Administration. Economics. and
Secretarial Studies. Department of . .
50
79
Calendar ........................ 2
Cancellation ...................... 40
Chemistry ........................ 86
Choir .....................32. 70. 71
Choral Club . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32. 70. 71
Christian Education and Sociology .... 98
Christian Environment ............. 22
Christianity. Department of . . . . . . . . . . 56
Church History (Seminary) .......... 96
Classification ..................... 41
Classwork. Amount of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
College. Augsburg ................ 36
College Faculty ................... 6
College Students (1949.1950) ........ 101
Committees of the Faculty ............ 12
Conditions ....................... 43
Convocation ...................... 23
Counseling. Academic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Counseling. Personal ............... 25
Courses of Study. College ........... 56
Cultural Opportunities ............. 23
Curriculums ...................... 46
Debate and Oratory ...............
Degree. College ..................
Dentistry and Dental Hygiene. PreDental Courses .................
Departmental and Student Interest
Groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diaconate ........................
Dining-Hall .......................
Discipline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
31
46
52
30
54
28
25
Page
Distinction. Degree with . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Divisional Organization . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Drama .......................... 31
Economics ........................ 79
Education ........................ 77
Electives ......................... 45
Elimination of Students ............. 41
Employment Service ................ 28
Engineering, Pre-Engineering Courses .. 53
English. Department of .............. 61
Enrollment Summary ............... 113
Entrance Requirements. College ...... 36
Examinations. Absence from ......... 43
Examinations. Comprehensive. . . . . . . . . 44
Examinations. Rules ................ 43
Expenses .......................... 20
Faculty. The ......................
Fees. General ....................
Fees. Music .......................
Fees. Special .....................
Financial Support and Control .......
Finals. Delayed ...................
Food Service .....................
Foundation Fellowship . . . . . . . . . . . . .
French ...........................
Freshman Guidance ................
5
21
22
22
16
43
28
35
67
24
..............
General Information
13
German. Department of ............. 65
Gifts and Bequests ................ 117
Grade. Students Below ............. 43
Grade Values .................... 44
Graduate Study
46
Graduates (18701949). Summary of . .114
Graduates 1949 .................. 1 l l
Graduation from College
46
Greek ........................... 60
..................
...........
Health and Physical Education.
Department of ................. 88
Health Service .................... 28
Hebrew .......................... 61
High School Teaching. Curriculum.... 49
History and Aims ............... ..13
History. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Home Economics. Department of . . . . . . 81
Home Economics. Vocations in . . . . . . . . 50
Homiletics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Honors
33
Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Housing for Women . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Humanities. Division of the . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Incompletes
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Page
Journalism ................... 31. 65
Junior College Requirements. . . . . . . . . 44
Laboratories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Latin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . - - . - .19
Library Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Loan Funds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Majors ........................... 45
Mathmetics. Deportment of .......... 87
Medicine. Pre-Medic Courses . . . . . . . . . 51
Membership in Educational Associations 17
Ministry. Preparation for the ........ 46
Minors ........................... 45
Missionary Work. Preparation for .... 47
Museum. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -- 18
Music. Deportment of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Music. Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22. 70
Music. Organizations . . . . . . . . . . .32. 70
Natural Sciences. Division of the . . . . .
New Testament . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Norwegian .......................
Nursing. Pre-Nursing Courses . . . . . . .
Nursing. Affiliation with Deaconess
Hospital .................... .40.
84
95
66
52
Old Testament . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Oratory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Organ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
94
31
71
76
Parish Work. Preparation for . . . . . . . .
Pastoral Theology .................
Payment of Accounts ...............
Personnel Services, Student . . . . . . . . . .
Philosophy, Department of . . . . . . . . .
Physical Education, Department of
Health and . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Physical Sciences, Department of . . . . .
Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Piano . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68, 69,
Placement Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Political Science, Department of ......
Polity, Worship, and Parish Work ...
Practical Theology ................
Pre-Seminary Curriculum ........ .46,
Prizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Probation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Psychology and Education, Depart.. ment of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
47
97
21
23
58
53
88
85
86
71
28
73
98
97
91
34
41
76
76
Recreation and Social Life . . . . . . . . . . 25
Refunds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Registration, Change of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
page
56
Religion and Philosophy. Division of
Religious Activities ................ 29
Residence Requirement ............. 46
Romance Languages. Department of . . 67
Rooms. Applications for . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
..
Scandinavian Language and Literature.
Deportment of .................. 66
Scholarships ...................... 34
Secretarial Studies ................ 81
Seminary. Admission ............... 91
Seminary. Faculty ................ 5
Seminary. Courses of Study .......... 93
Seminary. Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . .20. 92
Seminary. Graduation and Degrees .... 92
Seminary. General Requirements. . . . . 91
Seminary. Transfer of Credits and
Advanced Standing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Senior College Requirements. . . . . . . . 45
Sociology. Deportment of . . . . . . . . . . 74
Social Sciences. Division of the . . . . . . 72
Social Work Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Special Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Speech .......................... 64
Student Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Student Areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Student Community Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Student Council .................. 29
Student Nurses ................... 110
Student Personnel Services . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Student Register .................. 100
Student Society. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
SverdrupOftedal Memorial Hall . . . . . 27
Systematic Theology ............... 96
Teacher's Certificate ............... 49
Teaching Curriculum .............. 49
Theology. College Preparation for . .46. 91
Theology. Courses of Study .......... 93
Theology. Expenses ............ .20. 92
Theological Orientation Courses ...... 93
Theological Seminary. Augsburg ..... 91
Theological Students (1949-1950) ....100
Theology. Language Courses ......... 99
Theology. The Three-Year Cycle of
Courses ....................... 94
Tours. Absences for ................. 42
Transfer and Advanced Standing ..... 37
Trustees. Board of ..................
3
Tuition and Fees .................. 21
Unclassified Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
University Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Veterans. Applications of . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Voice .................... .69. 70. 71
Show less